1
Chapter 1 • Number Sense, Place Value & Large Numbers • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 1: We the Travellers – I

हम यात्री – १ (बड़ी संख्याएँ एवं यात्रा गणना)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Reading, writing and representing 4-digit, 5-digit, and 6-digit numbers using the Indian Place Value System.
  • Indian Numbering System comma placement: Ones, Tens, Hundreds, Thousands (Th, T-Th), Lakhs (L, T-L).
  • Place Value and Face Value: Place value of a digit = Face value × Value of place position.
  • Expanded notation: e.g., 58,406 = 50,000 + 8,000 + 400 + 0 + 6.
  • Forming smallest and greatest numbers from given digits and solving digit-swap puzzles.
  • Travel arithmetic: Distance, Speed, Time relationship: Distance = Speed × Time.
Indian Place Value System & Comma Placement Model Ten-Lakhs Lakhs Ten-Thous. Thousands Hundreds Tens Ones — — 8 4 5 2 0 Numeral: 84,520 → Eighty-four thousand five hundred twenty Rule: First comma after hundreds (3 digits from right), then every 2 digits (thousands, lakhs)
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Read the following numbers, insert commas according to the Indian System of Numeration, and write their number names:
(a) 8045
(b) 20869
(c) 75034
(d) 10599
Indian Numeration • Periods & Commas 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Indian System Commas & Number Names:
• (a) 8045: Comma insertion: 8,045. Number Name: Eight thousand forty-five.
• (b) 20869: Comma insertion: 20,869. Number Name: Twenty thousand eight hundred sixty-nine.
• (c) 75034: Comma insertion: 75,034. Number Name: Seventy-five thousand thirty-four.
• (d) 10599: Comma insertion: 10,599. Number Name: Ten thousand five hundred ninety-nine.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 8,045 & Number name 0.75 M
Part (b): 20,869 & Number name 0.75 M
Part (c): 75,034 & Number name 0.75 M
Part (d): 10,599 & Number name 0.75 M
Q2 Find the missing terms in the following number patterns by identifying the sequence rule:
(a) 456, 567, 678, _____, _____
(b) 10,100, 10,200, 10,300, _____, _____, 10,600
(c) 73,005, 72,004, 71,003, _____, _____
(d) 2,500, 5,000, 7,500, _____, _____
Number Sequences • Pattern Finding 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pattern Rules & Solutions:
• (a) 456, 567, 678: Rule is add 111 (+111). Next: 678 + 111 = 789; then 789 + 111 = 900.
• (b) 10,100, 10,200, 10,300: Rule is add 100 (+100). Next: 10,400, then 10,500.
• (c) 73,005, 72,004, 71,003: Rule is subtract 1,001 (-1,001). Next: 70,002, then 69,001.
• (d) 2,500, 5,000, 7,500: Rule is add 2,500 (+2,500). Next: 10,000, then 12,500.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 789, 900 0.75 M
Part (b): 10,400, 10,500 0.75 M
Part (c): 70,002, 69,001 0.75 M
Part (d): 10,000, 12,500 0.75 M
Q3 (a) Compare using > or < signs: 68,950 and 68,905.
(b) Arrange in ascending order: 23,516; 52,823; 30,512; 30,125; 42,222.
(c) Riya took the number 26,053 and swapped two digits to make a new number between 50,000 and 60,000. Which digits did she swap, and what is the new number?
Comparing Numbers • Ordering 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Step-by-Step Working:
• (a) Comparison: In ten-thousands, thousands, and hundreds places, both numbers are equal (6, 8, 9). Looking at tens place, 5 > 0. Therefore: 68,950 > 68,905.
• (b) Ascending Order: Smallest to largest: 23,516 < 30,125 < 30,512 < 42,222 < 52,823.
• (c) Digit Swap: To get a number in the 50,000s, the ten-thousands digit (2) must be replaced by 5. Swapping digits 2 and 5 gives: 56,023 (which lies between 50,000 and 60,000).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 68,950 > 68,905 1.0 M
Part (b): Correct ascending order 1.0 M
Part (c): Swapped 2 & 5 to get 56,023 1.0 M
Q4 A family travels from New Delhi to Jaipur covering 280 km in 5 hours, then from Jaipur to Udaipur covering 395 km in 7 hours.
(a) Find the total distance traveled.
(b) Find their average speed during the New Delhi to Jaipur journey.
(c) Find the total travel time for the entire journey.
Travel Arithmetic • Distance & Speed 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Total Distance: 280 km + 395 km = 675 km.
• (b) Average Speed (Delhi to Jaipur): Speed = Distance ÷ Time = 280 ÷ 5 = 56 km/h.
• (c) Total Travel Time: 5 hours + 7 hours = 12 hours.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total distance = 675 km 1.0 M
Speed calculation = 56 km/h 1.0 M
Total travel time = 12 hours 1.0 M
Q5 (a) Using the digits 3, 0, 8, 5, 2 only once each, form the greatest 5-digit number and the smallest 5-digit number.
(b) Calculate the difference between the greatest and smallest numbers formed.
Forming Numbers • Place Value Rules 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Formation & Difference:
• Greatest 5-digit number: Arrange digits in descending order: 85,320.
• Smallest 5-digit number: 0 cannot be the leading digit. Smallest non-zero digit is 2, followed by 0, then ascending digits: 20,358.
• (b) Difference: 85,320 - 20,358 = 64,962.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Greatest number = 85,320 1.0 M
Smallest number = 20,358 1.0 M
Difference = 64,962 1.0 M
Q6 Write the number 8,45,219 in words according to the Indian Numbering System and show its place value expansion table. Place Value Expansion • 6-Digit Numbers 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
1. Number in Words: Eight Lakh Forty-Five Thousand Two Hundred Nineteen.

2. Place Value Expansion Table:
• Lakhs (L): 8 × 1,00,000 = 8,00,000
• Ten Thousands (TTh): 4 × 10,000 = 40,000
• Thousands (Th): 5 × 1,000 = 5,000
• Hundreds (H): 2 × 100 = 200
• Tens (T): 1 × 10 = 10
• Ones (O): 9 × 1 = 9
Expanded Notation: 8,00,000 + 40,000 + 5,000 + 200 + 10 + 9.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct word form 1.5 M
Accurate place value table and expanded form 1.5 M
Q7 The population of City A is 7,85,420 and City B is 7,82,990.
(a) Which city has a greater population?
(b) By how much is it greater?
(c) Round both populations to the nearest thousand.
Place Value Comparison • City Populations 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Analysis:
• (a) Comparison: Lakhs (7) and Ten-Thousands (8) are equal. At Thousands place, City A has 5 and City B has 2. Since 5 > 2, City A has a greater population (7,85,420 > 7,82,990).
• (b) Difference: 7,85,420 - 7,82,990 = 2,430 people.
• (c) Rounding to Nearest Thousand:
- City A (7,85,420): Hundreds digit is 4 (< 5) → 7,85,000.
- City B (7,82,990): Hundreds digit is 9 (≥ 5) → 7,83,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct comparison 1.0 M
Difference = 2,430 1.0 M
Accurate rounding (7,85,000 & 7,83,000) 1.0 M
Q8 Find the predecessor and successor of the largest 6-digit number. What is their difference? Number Operations • Predecessor & Successor 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Step-by-Step Solution:
1. Largest 6-digit number: 9,99,999.
• Predecessor (Number - 1): 9,99,999 - 1 = 9,99,998.
• Successor (Number + 1): 9,99,999 + 1 = 10,00,000 (Ten Lakhs, smallest 7-digit number).
2. Difference: 10,00,000 - 9,99,998 = 2.
Mathematical property: The difference between the successor and predecessor of any whole number is always 2.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct predecessor and successor 2.0 M
Accurate difference = 2 1.0 M
Q9 Round off the following vehicle odometer readings to the nearest hundred and nearest thousand:
(a) 43,267 km
(b) 89,849 km
(c) 15,092 km
Rounding Off • Real-World Context 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rounding Calculations:
• (a) 43,267 km:
- Nearest 100: Tens digit is 6 (≥ 5) → 43,300 km.
- Nearest 1,000: Hundreds digit is 2 (< 5) → 43,000 km.
• (b) 89,849 km:
- Nearest 100: Tens digit is 4 (< 5) → 89,800 km.
- Nearest 1,000: Hundreds digit is 8 (≥ 5) → 90,000 km.
• (c) 15,092 km:
- Nearest 100: Tens digit is 9 (≥ 5) → 15,100 km.
- Nearest 1,000: Hundreds digit is 0 (< 5) → 15,000 km.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a) rounding 1.0 M
Part (b) rounding 1.0 M
Part (c) rounding 1.0 M
Q10 The train distance from Delhi to Mumbai is 1,384 km. The Rajdhani Express covers this distance in 16 hours.
(a) Find the average speed of the train in km per hour.
(b) If a passenger ticket costs ₹2,150, what is the total fare collected from a coach of 54 passengers?
Travel Budget • Railway Timetable 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Average Speed: Speed = Distance ÷ Time = 1,384 ÷ 16 = 86.5 km/h.
• (b) Total Fare: Number of passengers × Fare per ticket = 54 × ₹2,150 = ₹1,16,100.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Speed calculation: 1384 ÷ 16 = 86.5 km/h 1.5 M
Total fare: 54 × 2150 = ₹1,16,100 1.5 M
Q11 On a number line marked from 50,000 to 60,000 with major ticks at intervals of 2,000:
(a) How many equal subdivisions lie between 50,000 and 60,000?
(b) Between which two markings does 57,400 lie?
(c) Which major marking is 57,400 closest to?
Number Line • Interval Estimation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Number Line Analysis:
• (a) Subdivisions: Total interval = 60,000 - 50,000 = 10,000. Subdivisions = 10,000 ÷ 2,000 = 5 equal intervals (50,000; 52,000; 54,000; 56,000; 58,000; 60,000).
• (b) Position: 57,400 lies between 56,000 and 58,000.
• (c) Proximity: Distance to 56,000 = 57,400 - 56,000 = 1,400. Distance to 58,000 = 58,000 - 57,400 = 600. Since 600 < 1,400, it is closest to 58,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 5 intervals identified 1.0 M
Part (b): Between 56,000 and 58,000 1.0 M
Part (c): Closest to 58,000 1.0 M
Q12 I am a 5-digit number. My ten-thousands digit is 7. My thousands digit is 3 less than ten-thousands digit. My hundreds digit is 0. My tens digit is double my thousands digit, and my ones digit is 1. What number am I? Mental Arithmetic • Number Puzzles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Deduction Step-by-Step:
1. Ten-thousands digit = 7.
2. Thousands digit = 7 - 3 = 4.
3. Hundreds digit = 0.
4. Tens digit = 2 × 4 = 8.
5. Ones digit = 1.
The secret number is 74,081 (Seventy-four thousand eighty-one).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct deduction of individual place values 1.5 M
Final number: 74,081 1.5 M
Q13 A highway distance stone shows: Chandigarh 145 km, Shimla 260 km, Manali 495 km from Delhi.
(a) What is the distance between Chandigarh and Shimla?
(b) How much further is Manali from Chandigarh than Shimla is from Chandigarh?
(c) If an electric bus travels 45 km per hour, how long will it take to reach Shimla from Chandigarh?
Distance Comparison • Highway Markers 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Distance Chandigarh to Shimla: 260 km - 145 km = 115 km.
• (b) Manali to Chandigarh vs Shimla to Chandigarh:
- Manali to Chandigarh = 495 km - 145 km = 350 km.
- Extra distance = 350 km - 115 km = 235 km.
• (c) Travel Time: Time = Distance ÷ Speed = 115 ÷ 45 = 2.55 hours = 2 hours 33 minutes (approx 2.56 h).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 115 km 1.0 M
Part (b): 235 km extra 1.0 M
Part (c): Time calculation (approx 2 h 33 min) 1.0 M
Q14 An airliner carries 180 passengers from New Delhi to Bengaluru (distance 1,740 km).
(a) If each ticket is priced at ₹4,500, find the total revenue collected.
(b) The flight consumes 4 litres of aviation fuel per kilometre. How many litres of fuel are needed for the one-way flight?
Word Problem • Flight Fuel & Passengers 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Total Ticket Revenue: 180 × ₹4,500 = ₹8,10,000.
• (b) Fuel Required: 1,740 km × 4 L/km = 6,960 litres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Ticket revenue: 180 × 4,500 = ₹8,10,000 1.5 M
Fuel: 1740 × 4 = 6,960 L 1.5 M
Q15 Write the number 450320 in:
(a) Indian System with commas and number name.
(b) International System with commas and number name.
(c) How many thousands make 1 Lakh?
Indian vs International System • Comparison 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
System Comparison:
• (a) Indian System: 4,50,320 → Four Lakh Fifty Thousand Three Hundred Twenty.
• (b) International System: 450,320 → Four Hundred Fifty Thousand Three Hundred Twenty.
• (c) Equivalence: 1 Lakh = 1,00,000 = 100 × 1,000 = 100 thousands.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Indian system: 4,50,320 and name 1.0 M
International system: 450,320 and name 1.0 M
1 Lakh = 100 thousands 1.0 M
Q16 In the number 5,75,425, what is the sum of the place values of the digit '5' appearing in all three positions? HOTS • Digit Value Puzzle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Finding Place Values of 5:
• First 5 (Lakhs place): 5 × 1,00,000 = 5,00,000.
• Second 5 (Thousands place): 5 × 1,000 = 5,000.
• Third 5 (Ones place): 5 × 1 = 5.
• Sum of place values: 5,00,000 + 5,000 + 5 = 5,05,005.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Identifying 500,000; 5,000; and 5 1.5 M
Sum = 5,05,005 1.5 M
Q17 A family maintained a travel odometer log:
• Start at Home: 12,450 km
• Lunch stop at Highway Dhaba: 12,680 km
• Evening Arrival at Hill Resort: 12,910 km
(a) Find distance covered before lunch and after lunch.
(b) Was the travel distance split equally before and after lunch?
In-Text Activity • Travel Log 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Analysis:
• Distance before lunch = 12,680 - 12,450 = 230 km.
• Distance after lunch = 12,910 - 12,680 = 230 km.
• (b) Conclusion: Yes, both legs of the journey covered exactly 230 km each, so the travel distance was split perfectly equally.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Before lunch: 230 km 1.0 M
After lunch: 230 km 1.0 M
Valid affirmative conclusion 1.0 M
Q18 A cashier entered ₹45,290 into the computer by mistake instead of ₹42,590.
(a) Which two digits were interchanged?
(b) How much extra amount was recorded?
(c) In which place values did this error occur?
Place Value • Digit Interchange 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Error Analysis:
• (a) Interchanged Digits: Digits 5 and 2 were interchanged.
• (b) Excess Amount: ₹45,290 - ₹42,590 = ₹2,700.
• (c) Place Values: The error occurred between the Thousands place and Hundreds place.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Digits 5 and 2 1.0 M
Part (b): Difference ₹2,700 1.0 M
Part (c): Thousands & Hundreds 1.0 M
Q19 At a national highway toll plaza, 3,450 cars passed on Monday, 4,120 cars on Tuesday, and 2,980 cars on Wednesday.
(a) Find the total number of cars that passed over the three days.
(b) If each car paid ₹85 as toll, calculate the total collection on Tuesday.
Real-Life Application • Toll Plaza Data 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Total Cars: 3,450 + 4,120 + 2,980 = 10,550 cars.
• (b) Tuesday Toll Collection: 4,120 cars × ₹85 = ₹3,50,200.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total cars = 10,550 1.5 M
Tuesday revenue = ₹3,50,200 1.5 M
Q20 The predecessor of a number $X$ is 99,999. (a) What is the number $X$? (b) How many digits does $X$ have? (c) What is the successor of $X$? Number Logic • Predecessor Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Finding X: Predecessor = X - 1 = 99,999 → X = 99,999 + 1 = 1,00,000 (One Lakh).
• (b) Number of Digits: 1,00,000 has 6 digits (it is the smallest 6-digit number).
• (c) Successor of X: 1,00,000 + 1 = 1,00,001 (One Lakh One).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): X = 1,00,000 1.0 M
Part (b): 6 digits 1.0 M
Part (c): Successor = 1,00,001 1.0 M
Q21 Rohan's school is 3,600 metres from his house.
(a) Express this distance in kilometres.
(b) Rohan walks at 60 metres per minute. How many minutes does he take to walk to school?
(c) If he rides his bicycle at 180 metres per minute, how much time does he save?
Travel Estimation • Walking vs Cycling 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Steps & Solutions:
• (a) In Kilometres: 3,600 m ÷ 1,000 = 3.6 km.
• (b) Walking Time: 3,600 ÷ 60 = 60 minutes (1 hour).
• (c) Cycling Time & Time Saved:
- Cycling time = 3,600 ÷ 180 = 20 minutes.
- Time saved = 60 min - 20 min = 40 minutes saved.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Distance: 3.6 km 1.0 M
Walking: 60 minutes 1.0 M
Time saved: 40 minutes 1.0 M
Q22 Evaluate using place value breakdown:
(a) 250 × 40
(b) 1,200 × 5
(c) 99 × 35 (using 100 × 35 - 35)
Mental Math • Quick Multiplications 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mental Math Strategies:
• (a) 250 × 40: 25 × 4 = 100, append two zeros → 10,000.
• (b) 1,200 × 5: 12 × 5 = 60, append two zeros → 6,000.
• (c) 99 × 35: (100 - 1) × 35 = (100 × 35) - (1 × 35) = 3,500 - 35 = 3,465.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 10,000 1.0 M
Part (b): 6,000 1.0 M
Part (c): 3,465 with distributive working 1.0 M
Q23 A state transport bus has 52 passenger seats. For an inter-city tour, 380 people register.
(a) How many buses are required to seat all passengers comfortably?
(b) How many vacant seats will remain in the last bus?
Practical Application • Bus Capacity 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division with Remainders:
• 380 ÷ 52: 52 × 7 = 364 passengers.
• Remaining passengers = 380 - 364 = 16 passengers.
• (a) Buses Required: Since 16 passengers cannot be left behind, 7 + 1 = 8 buses are needed.
• (b) Vacant Seats in 8th Bus: 52 - 16 = 36 vacant seats.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Division: 380 ÷ 52 gives quotient 7, remainder 16 1.5 M
Total 8 buses & 36 vacant seats 1.5 M
Q24 A book publisher prints 25,000 copies of a Class 5 textbook.
(a) If 18,450 copies are dispatched to government schools and 4,820 copies to private bookstores, how many copies remain in the warehouse?
(b) Write the number of remaining copies in words.
CBSE Revision • Comprehensive Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• Total books dispatched = 18,450 + 4,820 = 23,270 copies.
• (a) Remaining Copies: 25,000 - 23,270 = 1,730 copies.
• (b) In Words: One thousand seven hundred thirty.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total dispatched = 23,270 1.0 M
Remaining copies = 1,730 1.0 M
In words: One thousand seven hundred thirty 1.0 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency-Based Question: Highway Toll & Fuel Economy

Real-World Math Context: A tour bus travels across 3 states covering 1,840 km in 4 days. The bus has a fuel tank of 150 litres and gives an average mileage of 8 km per litre of diesel. Diesel costs ₹90 per litre.

Analytical Task: (a) How many litres of diesel were consumed during the 1,840 km trip?
(b) What was the total cost of diesel consumed?
(c) If 40 tourists shared the diesel expense equally, how much did each passenger pay?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Diesel Consumption: 1840/8 = 230 litres.
(b) Total Fuel Cost: 230 × ₹90 = ₹20,700.
(c) Share per Passenger: ₹20,700/40 = ₹517.50.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
2
Chapter 2 • Fractions & Parts of a Whole • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 2: Fractions

भिन्न (अंश, हर, तुल्य भिन्न एवं भिन्नों की तुलना)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Fraction as part of a whole: Fraction = Numerator (parts taken)/Denominator (total equal parts).
  • Fraction Kits: Combining unit fractions: two 1/6 pieces make 1/3, two 1/4 pieces make 1/2.
  • Equivalent Fractions: Fractions that have the same value: a/b = a × k/b × k.
  • Cross-multiplication rule for comparing fractions: a/b vs c/d ⇒ compare a × d and b × c.
  • Addition and subtraction of fractions with common denominators.
Equivalent Fractions & Fraction Strip Wall 1 Whole (1 / 1) 1/2 1/2 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 Visual Insight: 1/2 = 2/4 = 4/8 | Two 1/4 strips exactly equal One 1/2 strip
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 In each of the following figures, identify the fraction represented by the shaded region:
(a) A circle divided into 8 equal sectors with 3 shaded.
(b) A rectangle divided into 12 equal squares with 7 shaded.
(c) A strip of 10 equal parts with 4 unshaded. What fraction is shaded?
Visual Fractions • Shaded Parts 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fraction Identification:
• (a) Circle: Total parts = 8, Shaded = 3. Fraction = 3/8 (three-eighths).
• (b) Rectangle: Total parts = 12, Shaded = 7. Fraction = 7/12 (seven-twelfths).
• (c) Strip: Total parts = 10. Shaded parts = 10 - 4 = 6. Fraction = 6/10 = 3/5 (three-fifths).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 3/8 1.0 M
Part (b): 7/12 1.0 M
Part (c): 6/10 or 3/5 1.0 M
Q2 Find three equivalent fractions for each of the following:
(a) 3/4
(b) 2/7
(c) 18/24 (using division/simplification)
Equivalent Fractions • Multiplication & Division 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Finding Equivalent Fractions:
• (a) 3/4:
- (3 × 2)/(4 × 2) = 6/8
- (3 × 3)/(4 × 3) = 9/12
- (3 × 4)/(4 × 4) = 12/16.
• (b) 2/7:
- (2 × 2)/(7 × 2) = 4/14
- (2 × 3)/(7 × 3) = 6/21
- (2 × 5)/(7 × 5) = 10/35.
• (c) 18/24:
- Divide by 2: (18 ÷ 2)/(24 ÷ 2) = 9/12
- Divide by 3: (18 ÷ 3)/(24 ÷ 3) = 6/8
- Divide by 6: (18 ÷ 6)/(24 ÷ 6) = 3/4 (simplest form).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a) equivalent fractions 1.0 M
Part (b) equivalent fractions 1.0 M
Part (c) simplified equivalent fractions 1.0 M
Q3 Compare the following pairs of fractions using > or < signs:
(a) 3/5 and 4/7
(b) 5/8 and 7/12
(c) 2/3 and 8/12
Comparing Fractions • Cross Multiplication 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comparison by Cross Multiplication:
• (a) 3/5 vs 4/7: Cross multiply: 3 × 7 = 21, and 5 × 4 = 20. Since 21 > 20, 3/5 > 4/7.
• (b) 5/8 vs 7/12: Cross multiply: 5 × 12 = 60, and 8 × 7 = 56. Since 60 > 56, 5/8 > 7/12.
• (c) 2/3 vs 8/12: Cross multiply: 2 × 12 = 24, and 3 × 8 = 24. Since 24 = 24, 2/3 = 8/12 (they are equal equivalent fractions).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 3/5 > 4/7 1.0 M
Part (b): 5/8 > 7/12 1.0 M
Part (c): 2/3 = 8/12 1.0 M
Q4 Draw a number line from 0 to 1 and locate the points representing: 1/4, 2/4, 3/4, and 4/4. What is another name for 2/4 and 4/4? Fractions on a Number Line 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Number Line Representation:
1. Divide the segment from 0 to 1 into 4 equal segments.
2. Mark points at 1/4, 2/4, 3/4, and 4/4.
• Another name for 2/4: Simplifying gives 1/2 (One-Half).
• Another name for 4/4: 4 ÷ 4 = 1 (One Whole).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct subdivision into 4 equal parts 1.5 M
Identification of 2/4 = 1/2 and 4/4 = 1 1.5 M
Q5 Rohan has a chocolate bar with 16 equal pieces. He gives 1/4 of it to his sister, 1/2 of it to his mother, and keeps the rest for himself.
(a) How many pieces does his sister get?
(b) How many pieces does his mother get?
(c) What fraction and how many pieces are left for Rohan?
Word Problem • Sharing Food 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations (Total = 16 pieces):
• (a) Sister's Share: 1/4 of 16 = 16 ÷ 4 = 4 pieces.
• (b) Mother's Share: 1/2 of 16 = 16 ÷ 2 = 8 pieces.
• (c) Rohan's Share:
- Pieces left = 16 - (4 + 8) = 16 - 12 = 4 pieces.
- Fraction = 4/16 = 1/4 of the chocolate bar.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Sister: 4 pieces 1.0 M
Mother: 8 pieces 1.0 M
Rohan: 4 pieces (1/4) 1.0 M
Q6 Solve the following additions and express in simplest form:
(a) 2/9 + 4/9
(b) 3/10 + 5/10
(c) 7/15 + 8/15
Addition of Like Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Step-by-Step Addition:
• (a) 2/9 + 4/9: (2 + 4)/9 = 6/9 = 2/3.
• (b) 3/10 + 5/10: (3 + 5)/10 = 8/10 = 4/5.
• (c) 7/15 + 8/15: (7 + 8)/15 = 15/15 = 1 (Whole).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 6/9 = 2/3 1.0 M
Part (b): 8/10 = 4/5 1.0 M
Part (c): 15/15 = 1 1.0 M
Q7 Solve the following subtractions:
(a) 7/8 - 3/8
(b) 11/12 - 5/12
(c) 1 - 3/5
Subtraction of Like Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) 7/8 - 3/8: (7 - 3)/8 = 4/8 = 1/2.
• (b) 11/12 - 5/12: (11 - 5)/12 = 6/12 = 1/2.
• (c) 1 - 3/5: Write 1 as 5/5: 5/5 - 3/5 = (5 - 3)/5 = 2/5.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 1/2 1.0 M
Part (b): 1/2 1.0 M
Part (c): 2/5 1.0 M
Q8 Calculate:
(a) 3/4 of 24 apples
(b) 2/5 of 45 students
(c) 5/6 of 60 minutes
Fraction of a Set / Collection 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) 3/4 of 24: (24 ÷ 4) × 3 = 6 × 3 = 18 apples.
• (b) 2/5 of 45: (45 ÷ 5) × 2 = 9 × 2 = 18 students.
• (c) 5/6 of 60: (60 ÷ 6) × 5 = 10 × 5 = 50 minutes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 18 apples 1.0 M
Part (b): 18 students 1.0 M
Part (c): 50 minutes 1.0 M
Q9 (a) Convert the improper fraction 14/3 into a mixed fraction.
(b) Convert the mixed fraction $3\frac{2}{5}$ into an improper fraction.
(c) Which is greater: $2\frac{1}{2}$ or 9/4?
Mixed Fractions & Improper Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Conversions & Comparison:
• (a) 14/3: 14 ÷ 3 gives quotient 4 with remainder 2 → $4\frac{2}{3}$.
• (b) $3\frac{2}{5}$: (3 × 5 + 2)/5 = (15 + 2)/5 = 17/5.
• (c) Comparison: Convert $2\frac{1}{2}$ to improper: 5/2 = 10/4. Since 10/4 > 9/4, $2\frac{1}{2} > 9/4$.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 4 2/3 1.0 M
Part (b): 17/5 1.0 M
Part (c): 2 1/2 > 9/4 1.0 M
Q10 A vegetable farmer divides his rectangular plot into 12 equal beds. He plants tomatoes in 4 beds, potatoes in 3 beds, spinach in 2 beds, and carrots in the remaining beds.
(a) What fraction of the garden is used for tomatoes (in simplest form)?
(b) What fraction of the garden is used for carrots?
(c) Do potatoes and spinach together occupy more than half of the field? Explain.
Ramu's Vegetable Field • Comprehensive Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Analysis (Total = 12 beds):
• (a) Tomatoes: 4/12 = 1/3 of the field.
• (b) Carrots: Beds left = 12 - (4 + 3 + 2) = 12 - 9 = 3 beds. Fraction = 3/12 = 1/4 of the field.
• (c) Potatoes + Spinach: 3/12 + 2/12 = 5/12. Half the field is 6/12. Since 5/12 < 6/12, No, they occupy less than half of the field.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Tomatoes = 1/3 1.0 M
Carrots = 1/4 1.0 M
Comparison: 5/12 < 6/12 (less than half) 1.0 M
Q11 A car fuel tank holds 40 litres when completely full. The fuel gauge needle points to 3/8.
(a) How many litres of petrol are currently in the tank?
(b) How many litres are needed to fill the tank to capacity?
Practical Application • Fuel Tank Fraction 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Current Petrol: 3/8 of 40 L = (40 ÷ 8) × 3 = 5 × 3 = 15 litres.
• (b) Petrol to Fill: 40 L - 15 L = 25 litres (or 5/8 of 40 = 25 L).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Current: 15 litres 1.5 M
Needed: 25 litres 1.5 M
Q12 Arrange the following fractions in ascending order (smallest to largest):
2/3, 1/6, 3/4, 5/12
Ordering Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Finding Common Denominator (LCM of 3, 6, 4, 12 is 12):
• 2/3 = (2 × 4)/(3 × 4) = 8/12
• 1/6 = (1 × 2)/(6 × 2) = 2/12
• 3/4 = (3 × 3)/(4 × 3) = 9/12
• 5/12 = 5/12
Comparing numerators: 2 < 5 < 8 < 9.
Ascending Order: 1/6 < 5/12 < 2/3 < 3/4.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Converting to common denominator 12 1.5 M
Correct ascending order: 1/6, 5/12, 2/3, 3/4 1.5 M
Q13 Take a square paper napkin. Fold it in half horizontally, then in half vertically.
(a) How many equal parts are created?
(b) If you unfold and colour 3 of the squares, what fraction is coloured?
(c) If each small square has an area of 9 cm², what is the area of the entire napkin?
In-Text Activity • Paper Folding Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Geometry & Fractions:
• (a) Equal Parts: 2 × 2 = 4 equal squares.
• (b) Fraction Coloured: 3 out of 4 = 3/4 (three-fourths).
• (c) Total Area: 4 × 9 cm² = 36 cm².
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 4 equal parts 1.0 M
Part (b): 3/4 1.0 M
Part (c): Total area = 36 cm² 1.0 M
Q14 (a) What is a unit fraction? Give two examples.
(b) Which unit fraction is larger: 1/7 or 1/9? Explain the rule.
Unit Fractions • Concept & Property 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Unit Fractions Explanation:
• (a) Definition: A fraction with a numerator of 1 is called a unit fraction. Examples: 1/2, 1/5, 1/10.
• (b) Comparison: 1/7 > 1/9.
Rule: When two fractions have the same numerator (1), the fraction with the smaller denominator is greater, because dividing a whole into fewer parts makes each individual part larger.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definition and examples 1.5 M
1/7 > 1/9 with logical rule explanation 1.5 M
Q15 In a class library of 60 books, 1/3 are science books, 2/5 are storybooks, and the rest are mathematics puzzle books.
(a) Find the number of science books.
(b) Find the number of storybooks.
(c) How many mathematics puzzle books are there?
Fraction Word Problem • Library Books 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Science Books: 1/3 of 60 = 60 ÷ 3 = 20 books.
• (b) Storybooks: 2/5 of 60 = (60 ÷ 5) × 2 = 12 × 2 = 24 books.
• (c) Math Puzzle Books: 60 - (20 + 24) = 60 - 44 = 16 books.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Science = 20 1.0 M
Story = 24 1.0 M
Math = 16 1.0 M
Q16 Express each fraction as a decimal:
(a) 3/10
(b) 75/100
(c) 2/5
(d) 1/4
Decimal-Fraction Equivalence 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Conversions:
• (a) 3/10: 0.3.
• (b) 75/100: 0.75.
• (c) 2/5: Multiply top and bottom by 2: 4/10 = 0.4.
• (d) 1/4: Multiply top and bottom by 25: 25/100 = 0.25.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
0.3 and 0.75 1.5 M
0.4 and 0.25 1.5 M
Q17 A fraction is equivalent to 2/3. The sum of its numerator and denominator is 25. Find the fraction. HOTS • Fraction Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Algebraic Reasoning:
1. Let the fraction be (2 × k) / (3 × k).
2. Sum of numerator and denominator: 2k + 3k = 25.
3. 5k = 25 → k = 5.
4. Numerator = 2 × 5 = 10.
5. Denominator = 3 × 5 = 15.
The fraction is 10/15 (Check: 10 + 15 = 25 and 10/15 reduces to 2/3).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Setting up proportion 2k + 3k = 25 1.5 M
Final fraction = 10/15 1.5 M
Q18 How many minutes are there in:
(a) 1/4 of an hour
(b) 2/3 of an hour
(c) 1/2 of 1/2 of an hour
Time & Fractions • Hour Portions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
1 Hour = 60 Minutes:
• (a) 1/4 of 60: 60 ÷ 4 = 15 minutes.
• (b) 2/3 of 60: (60 ÷ 3) × 2 = 20 × 2 = 40 minutes.
• (c) 1/2 of 1/2 of 60: 1/4 of 60 = 15 minutes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 15 minutes 1.0 M
Part (b): 40 minutes 1.0 M
Part (c): 15 minutes 1.0 M
Q19 Priya had ₹240. She spent 1/3 of her money on a geometry box and 1/4 of her money on sketch pens.
(a) How much money did she spend on the geometry box?
(b) How much on sketch pens?
(c) How much money does she have left?
Fraction Word Problem • Money Spent 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Financial Calculations:
• (a) Geometry Box: 1/3 of 240 = 240 ÷ 3 = ₹80.
• (b) Sketch Pens: 1/4 of 240 = 240 ÷ 4 = ₹60.
• (c) Money Left: 240 - (80 + 60) = 240 - 140 = ₹100.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Geometry box: ₹80 1.0 M
Sketch pens: ₹60 1.0 M
Remaining: ₹100 1.0 M
Q20 Reduce each fraction to its simplest form by dividing by their HCF:
(a) 24/36
(b) 15/45
(c) 28/70
Simplifying Fractions to Lowest Terms 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Simplification:
• (a) 24/36: HCF(24, 36) = 12. (24 ÷ 12)/(36 ÷ 12) = 2/3.
• (b) 15/45: HCF(15, 45) = 15. (15 ÷ 15)/(45 ÷ 15) = 1/3.
• (c) 28/70: HCF(28, 70) = 14. (28 ÷ 14)/(70 ÷ 14) = 2/5.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 2/3 1.0 M
Part (b): 1/3 1.0 M
Part (c): 2/5 1.0 M
Q21 A baker uses 1 kg of flour. He uses 3/8 kg for biscuits and 1/2 kg for bread.
(a) Express both amounts in grams.
(b) How many grams of flour are used in total?
(c) How many grams of flour remain unused?
Fraction of Weight & Mass 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
1 kg = 1,000 g:
• (a) In grams:
- Biscuits: 3/8 of 1,000 = (1000 ÷ 8) × 3 = 125 × 3 = 375 g.
- Bread: 1/2 of 1,000 = 500 g.
• (b) Total Flour Used: 375 g + 500 g = 875 g.
• (c) Unused Flour: 1,000 g - 875 g = 125 g (or 1/8 kg).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 375 g and 500 g 1.0 M
Part (b): 875 g 1.0 M
Part (c): 125 g 1.0 M
Q22 A tailor has a 2-metre ribbon. He cuts it into 8 equal pieces.
(a) What fraction of a metre is each piece?
(b) What is the length of each piece in centimetres?
Measurement Fractions • Tape Length 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Fraction of a Metre: Total length = 2 m. Length per piece = 2 ÷ 8 = 2/8 = 1/4 of a metre.
• (b) In Centimetres: 1 m = 100 cm. 1/4 of 100 cm = 100 ÷ 4 = 25 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Fraction = 1/4 m 1.5 M
Length = 25 cm 1.5 M
Q23 State whether each statement is True or False. Give a mathematical justification:
(a) 2/3 of 12 is greater than 3/4 of 12.
(b) Any fraction with numerator equal to denominator equals 1.
(c) 4/6 and 6/9 are equivalent fractions.
Critical Thinking • True or False with Reason 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) False: 2/3 of 12 = 8; 3/4 of 12 = 9. Since 8 < 9, the statement is False.
• (b) True: When numerator = denominator (e.g. 5/5, 8/8), dividing a quantity into $n$ parts and taking all $n$ parts equals exactly 1 whole.
• (c) True: 4/6 simplifies to 2/3 (divide by 2). 6/9 simplifies to 2/3 (divide by 3). Both equal 2/3, so they are equivalent.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): False with calculation 1.0 M
Part (b): True with justification 1.0 M
Part (c): True with simplification 1.0 M
Q24 A cricket team played 20 matches in a season. They won 3/5 of their matches, lost 1/4 of their matches, and the rest were tied.
(a) How many matches did they win?
(b) How many matches did they lose?
(c) How many matches were tied, and what fraction of the total is that?
Comprehensive Review • Fraction Story Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working (Total Matches = 20):
• (a) Matches Won: 3/5 of 20 = (20 ÷ 5) × 3 = 4 × 3 = 12 matches.
• (b) Matches Lost: 1/4 of 20 = 20 ÷ 4 = 5 matches.
• (c) Matches Tied: 20 - (12 + 5) = 20 - 17 = 3 matches.
- Fraction tied = 3/20 of the matches.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Won: 12 matches 1.0 M
Lost: 5 matches 1.0 M
Tied: 3 matches (3/20) 1.0 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Farmer Sohan's Crop Field Partition

Real-World Math Context: Farmer Sohan has a square field measuring 24 acres. He cultivates wheat on 1/3 of the land, tomatoes on 1/4 of the land, and mustard on 1/6 of the land. The remaining land is kept as grazing meadow for cattle.

Analytical Task: (a) How many acres are used for each of the three crops?
(b) How many acres remain for cattle grazing?
(c) What fraction of the total field is left for cattle?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Acres for each crop:
- Wheat: 1/3 × 24 = 8 acres.
- Tomatoes: 1/4 × 24 = 6 acres.
- Mustard: 1/6 × 24 = 4 acres.
(b) Acres for Cattle Grazing:
Remaining area = 24 - (8 + 6 + 4) = 24 - 18 = 6 acres.
(c) Fraction for Cattle: 6/24 = 1/4.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
3
Chapter 3 • Geometry, Angles & Turns • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 3: Angles as Turns

कोण और घुमाव (समकोण, न्यूनकोण, अधिककोण एवं घूर्णन)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Angle definition: Formed when two rays or line segments meet at a common vertex point.
  • Types of Angles: Right Angle = 90° (L-shape); Acute Angle < 90°; Obtuse Angle between 90° and 180°; Straight Angle = 180°.
  • Angles as Turns: 1/4 turn = 90° (one right angle); 1/2 turn = 180° (two right angles); 3/4 turn = 270°; 1 full turn = 360°.
  • Clock Angles: Clock dial is 360° divided into 12 hours. Angle between consecutive numbers = 30°.
Classification of Angles & Rotational Turns Acute Angle < 90° (Sharp) Right Angle = 90° (1/4 Turn) Obtuse Angle > 90° & < 180° Straight Line = 180° (1/2 Turn) Key Rule: 1 Full Turn = 360° | 1/2 Turn = 180° | 1/4 Turn = 90° | 1/8 Turn = 45°
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 What type of angle (Acute, Right, Obtuse, or Straight) is formed between the hour hand and minute hand of a clock at the following times?
(a) 3:00
(b) 6:00
(c) 9:30
(d) 1:15
Clock Angles • Concept & Types 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Clock Hand Angle Analysis: (Each hour mark = 360° ÷ 12 = 30°)
• (a) 3:00: Hour at 3, minute at 12. Separation = 3 hours = 3 × 30° = 90° (Right Angle).
• (b) 6:00: Hour at 6, minute at 12. Separation = 6 hours = 6 × 30° = 180° (Straight Angle).
• (c) 9:30: Minute hand at 6, hour hand halfway between 9 and 10 (at 9.5). Distance = 3.5 marks = 3.5 × 30° = 105° (Obtuse Angle).
• (d) 1:15: Minute hand at 3, hour hand slightly past 1. Distance ≈ 1.75 marks ≈ 52.5° (Acute Angle).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 90° (Right angle) 0.75 M
Part (b): 180° (Straight angle) 0.75 M
Part (c): 105° (Obtuse angle) 0.75 M
Part (d): 52.5° (Acute angle) 0.75 M
Q2 A girl stands facing North.
(a) If she takes a 1/4 turn clockwise, which direction will she face?
(b) If she takes a 1/2 turn from North, which direction will she face?
(c) If she takes a 3/4 turn anticlockwise from North, which direction will she face?
Turns & Directions • Compass Navigation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Direction Analysis:
• (a) 1/4 Turn Clockwise: 90° turn to the right from North → East.
• (b) 1/2 Turn: 180° turn (opposite direction) from North → South.
• (c) 3/4 Turn Anticlockwise: 270° counter-clockwise: North → West (90°) → South (180°) → East (270°).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): East 1.0 M
Part (b): South 1.0 M
Part (c): East 1.0 M
Q3 Identify the type and count of angles formed by straight lines in the capital letter 'H' and letter 'E'.
(a) How many right angles are in 'H'?
(b) How many right angles are in 'E'?
Angles in Letters of the Alphabet 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Geometric Angle Count in Letters:
• (a) Letter 'H': The horizontal bar meets the two vertical uprights creating 2 interior right angles on the left and 2 on the right = 4 right angles (all 90°).
• (b) Letter 'E': Three horizontal bars meet the vertical spine: top bar (1 right angle), middle bar (2 right angles above and below), bottom bar (1 right angle) = 4 right angles (all 90°).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Letter H: 4 right angles 1.5 M
Letter E: 4 right angles 1.5 M
Q4 Explain how you can make a simple 'Angle Tester' using two strips of cardboard and a drawing pin. How do you test whether the corner of a textbook is a right angle? Angle Tester • In-Text Activity 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cardboard Angle Tester:
1. Construction: Cut two equal strips of stiff cardboard (about 15 cm long). Fasten them together at one end using a drawing pin or split paper pin so they can pivot freely.
2. Testing a Textbook Corner:
• Open the two arms so that one arm lies along the bottom edge and the other arm lies along the side edge of the textbook.
• If the arms open to form an 'L' shape matching the corner perfectly without any gap or overlap, the corner is exactly a Right Angle (90°).
• If the corner opens less than the 'L' shape, it is an Acute Angle. If more, it is an Obtuse Angle.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct steps of construction with pivot pin 1.5 M
Clear testing procedure matching 'L' shape (90°) 1.5 M
Q5 In various yoga postures (asanas), the body forms different angles:
(a) In 'Dandasana' (Staff Pose), where a person sits upright on the floor with legs extended forward, what angle is formed between the spine and the legs?
(b) In 'Bhujangasana' (Cobra Pose), what type of angle does the backward-curving upper torso make relative to the floor?
(c) When touching toes in 'Uttanasana', what type of angle is formed at the hips?
Angles in Yoga Asanas • Real-Life Geometry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Yoga Asana Angle Identification:
• (a) Dandasana: The spine is vertical (90°) to the horizontal legs lying flat on the mat. Angle = Right Angle (90°).
• (b) Bhujangasana: The chest and head lift upward and backward away from the floor, opening past 90°. Angle = Obtuse Angle (greater than 90°).
• (c) Uttanasana: The upper body folds deeply forward against the legs. The angle at the hip joint is significantly less than 90°. Angle = Acute Angle (less than 90°).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Dandasana: Right Angle (90°) 1.0 M
Bhujangasana: Obtuse Angle 1.0 M
Uttanasana: Acute Angle 1.0 M
Q6 A full turn around a complete circle is 360°.
(a) How many degrees are in a 1/4 turn?
(b) How many degrees are in a 1/2 turn?
(c) How many degrees are in a 3/4 turn?
(d) How many degrees are in a 1/8 turn?
Degrees & Fractions of a Turn 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Degree Computations (Full Turn = 360°):
• (a) 1/4 Turn: 360° ÷ 4 = 90° (Right angle).
• (b) 1/2 Turn: 360° ÷ 2 = 180° (Straight angle).
• (c) 3/4 Turn: (360° ÷ 4) × 3 = 90° × 3 = 270° (Reflex angle).
• (d) 1/8 Turn: 360° ÷ 8 = 45° (Half of a right angle).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 90° 0.75 M
Part (b): 180° 0.75 M
Part (c): 270° 0.75 M
Part (d): 45° 0.75 M
Q7 Write the name 'RAMAN' in straight capital block letters. Count:
(a) The total number of right angles.
(b) The total number of acute angles (less than 90°).
(c) The total number of obtuse angles (greater than 90°).
Angles in Names • Comprehensive Count 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Analyzing Letters in 'RAMAN':
• R: Upright and top loop has 2 right angles.
• A: 3 acute angles (1 apex + 2 at crossbar base), 2 obtuse angles (inside crossbar junction).
• M: 3 acute angles (1 central valley + 2 outer peaks).
• A: 3 acute angles, 2 obtuse angles.
• N: 2 acute angles (top and bottom corners).
Summary Count:
• (a) Right Angles: 2.
• (b) Acute Angles: 3 + 3 + 3 + 2 = 11.
• (c) Obtuse Angles: 2 + 2 = 4.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Right angles = 2 1.0 M
Acute angles = 11 1.0 M
Obtuse angles = 4 1.0 M
Q8 Explain how to place a protractor on a drawn angle $\angle ABC$ with vertex at $B$ to measure its size accurately. Mention the baseline and centre point. Protractor Reading • Measuring Angles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Protractor Alignment Steps:
1. Place the centre point (cross-mark) of the protractor directly over the vertex point $B$ of the angle.
2. Align the baseline of the protractor precisely along ray $BC$ so that the $0^\circ$ mark lies directly on line $BC$.
3. Look at the second ray $BA$. Follow the scale starting from $0^\circ$ on the baseline to where ray $BA$ passes through the curved scale.
4. Read the degree value on that scale. That number gives the exact measurement of $\angle ABC$ in degrees.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Centre point on vertex B 1.0 M
Baseline aligned with ray BC at 0° 1.0 M
Reading scale along ray BA 1.0 M
Q9 Classify each of the following angle measurements as Acute, Right, Obtuse, or Straight:
(a) 35°
(b) 90°
(c) 128°
(d) 89°
(e) 180°
(f) 92°
Acute, Right, Obtuse Classification 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Classification:
• (a) 35°: Less than 90° → Acute Angle.
• (b) 90°: Exactly 90° → Right Angle.
• (c) 128°: Between 90° and 180° → Obtuse Angle.
• (d) 89°: Less than 90° → Acute Angle.
• (e) 180°: Exactly 180° → Straight Angle.
• (f) 92°: Greater than 90° → Obtuse Angle.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Parts (a), (b), (c) 1.5 M
Parts (d), (e), (f) 1.5 M
Q10 When playing carrom, a striker hits the cushion board at an angle of 45° with the border edge.
(a) What type of angle is 45°?
(b) At what angle will the striker rebound off the cushion (assuming ideal bounce)?
(c) What is the total angle of deviation between the incoming path and outgoing path?
Carrom Board Angles • Rebound Trajectory 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Billiards / Carrom Angle Geometry:
• (a) Angle Type: 45° is less than 90°, so it is an Acute Angle (half of a right angle).
• (b) Rebound Angle: By the law of reflection, angle of reflection equals angle of incidence: Rebound angle = 45° with the cushion border.
• (c) Angle of Deviation: The straight line path (180°) minus the sum of two cushion angles (45° + 45° = 90°) gives a deflection of 180° - 90° = 90° (a right-angle turn).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Acute angle 1.0 M
Part (b): 45° rebound 1.0 M
Part (c): 90° right-angle turn 1.0 M
Q11 (a) What happens to the angle between the two blades of a pair of scissors when you open them wider? Does it increase or decrease?
(b) A pair of scissors is opened to an angle of 30°. If it is opened by another 60°, what type of angle is formed?
Angles in Everyday Tools • Scissors & Compass 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Angle Variation in Hinged Tools:
• (a) Blade Opening: When scissors are opened wider, the angle between the blades increases in degree measure.
• (b) Combined Angle: Initial angle = 30°. Additional opening = 60°. Total angle = 30° + 60° = 90°. This forms an exact Right Angle.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Angle increases 1.5 M
Part (b): 30° + 60° = 90° (Right angle) 1.5 M
Q12 Two angles are complementary if their sum is 90°.
(a) Find the complement of 35°.
(b) Find the complement of 60°.
(c) Can two obtuse angles ever be complementary? Explain.
Complementary Angles • In-Text Practice 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Complementary Angle Calculations:
• (a) Complement of 35°: 90° - 35° = 55°.
• (b) Complement of 60°: 90° - 60° = 30°.
• (c) Two Obtuse Angles: No. An obtuse angle is greater than 90°. The sum of two obtuse angles will always exceed 180°, so their sum can never be 90°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Complement of 35° = 55° 1.0 M
Complement of 60° = 30° 1.0 M
Logical explanation for obtuse angles 1.0 M
Q13 Angles on a straight line add up to 180° (supplementary angles).
(a) If one angle is 115°, find the measure of the adjacent angle on the straight line.
(b) If two supplementary angles are equal, find the measure of each angle.
Supplementary Angles • Straight Line 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Supplementary Calculations:
• (a) Adjacent Angle: 180° - 115° = 65°.
• (b) Two Equal Angles: Let each angle be $x$. Then $x + x = 180° \rightarrow 2x = 180° \rightarrow x = 180° ÷ 2 = \mathbf{90°}$ (both are Right Angles).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 65° 1.5 M
Part (b): 90° each 1.5 M
Q14 (a) What is the measure of each interior angle in an equilateral triangle?
(b) What is the measure of each interior angle in a square?
(c) Are all angles in a regular hexagon acute or obtuse? Explain.
Angles in Regular Polygons • Shape Analysis 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Interior Angles of Polygons:
• (a) Equilateral Triangle: Sum of 3 angles = 180°. Each angle = 180° ÷ 3 = 60° (Acute).
• (b) Square: Sum of 4 angles = 360°. Each angle = 360° ÷ 4 = 90° (Right angle).
• (c) Regular Hexagon: Each interior angle = 120°. Since 120° > 90°, all angles in a regular hexagon are Obtuse Angles.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Equilateral triangle = 60° 1.0 M
Square = 90° 1.0 M
Hexagon = 120° (Obtuse) 1.0 M
Q15 Through how many degrees does the minute hand of a clock rotate in:
(a) 15 minutes
(b) 30 minutes
(c) 45 minutes
(d) 10 minutes
Clock Problem • Minute Hand Rotation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Minute Hand Speed: 60 minutes = 360°, so 1 minute = 360° ÷ 60 = 6° per minute.
• (a) 15 Minutes: 15 × 6° = 90° (1/4 turn).
• (b) 30 Minutes: 30 × 6° = 180° (1/2 turn).
• (c) 45 Minutes: 45 × 6° = 270° (3/4 turn).
• (d) 10 Minutes: 10 × 6° = 60° (1/6 turn).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Rate: 6° per minute 1.0 M
15 min (90°), 30 min (180°) 1.0 M
45 min (270°), 10 min (60°) 1.0 M
Q16 Explain why three straight line segments can only form a closed shape if they form 3 interior angles adding to 180°. Can you make a closed polygon with only 2 straight sticks? Explain. Angles in Open vs Closed Shapes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Polygon Properties:
1. Triangle Closure: Three line segments meet at 3 vertices to enclose a 2D space. The sum of the 3 interior angles formed must strictly equal 180° for the triangle to close.
2. Two Sticks: No, it is impossible to create a closed polygon with only two straight sticks. Two line segments meeting at an angle leave an open mouth between their other endpoints; a minimum of 3 sides (a triangle) is mathematically required to enclose an area on a plane.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Triangle interior sum = 180° 1.5 M
Cannot enclose space with 2 line segments (minimum 3 sides) 1.5 M
Q17 In an activity, students create a circular 'Degree Clock' with markings at 0°, 45°, 90°, 135°, 180°, 225°, 270°, 315°, and 360°.
(a) How many equal sectors is the circle divided into?
(b) What is the angle between any two adjacent markings?
Degree Clock • Activity 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Degree Clock Geometry:
• (a) Number of Sectors: 360° ÷ 45° = 8 equal sectors.
• (b) Angle between Markings: Each step from one mark to the next is exactly 45°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
8 equal sectors 1.5 M
Angle = 45° 1.5 M
Q18 Why do railway steel bridges and construction cranes use triangular frameworks (trusses) with acute angles rather than rectangular frameworks? Give a mathematical reason. Angles in Architectural Bridges 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Geometric Rigidity of Triangles:
• In a quadrilateral or rectangle, the 4 sides can deform or shift into a parallelogram under heavy load without changing the lengths of the sides because angles can change freely.
• In contrast, a triangle is a rigid shape: once the lengths of the 3 sides are fixed, the 3 angles cannot change unless a side bends or breaks.
• Therefore, triangular structures with strong acute angles distribute heavy loads safely and do not deform under stress.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Quadrilaterals deform easily under load 1.5 M
Triangles have rigid, unchanging angles providing structural stability 1.5 M
Q19 I am an angle. If you add 25° to me, I become a right angle. What angle am I? What type of angle am I? HOTS • Angle Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
1. Let the angle be $A$.
2. Condition: $A + 25° = 90°$ (Right angle).
3. $A = 90° - 25° = \mathbf{65°}$.
4. Since 65° is less than 90°, it is an Acute Angle.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Equation: A + 25° = 90° 1.5 M
A = 65° (Acute Angle) 1.5 M
Q20 Through how many degrees does the hour hand of a clock move between 2:00 PM and 5:00 PM? Hour Hand Rotation Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Hour Hand Movement:
• Time elapsed = 5:00 - 2:00 = 3 hours.
• In 12 hours, the hour hand moves 360°, so in 1 hour it moves 360° ÷ 12 = 30°.
• In 3 hours: 3 × 30° = 90° (a quarter turn / Right Angle).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Elapsed time = 3 hours 1.0 M
Rate: 30° per hour 1.0 M
Total rotation = 90° 1.0 M
Q21 Fold a square piece of paper along its diagonal corner to corner.
(a) What two shapes are formed?
(b) What are the angles of the triangles formed?
Angles in Paper Folding • Origami 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Origami Geometry:
• (a) Shapes Formed: Folding along the diagonal divides the square into two identical right-angled isosceles triangles.
• (b) Angles of the Triangles:
- The original corner of the square remains a 90° right angle.
- The diagonal bisects the two other 90° corners into two equal halves: 90° ÷ 2 = 45° each.
- Therefore, the angles of each triangle are 45°, 45°, and 90°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Two right-angled isosceles triangles 1.5 M
Angles: 45°, 45°, 90° 1.5 M
Q22 (a) What is a reflex angle?
(b) If the interior angle of a corner is 70°, what is the measure of the reflex angle on the exterior?
(c) What time on a clock shows an angle of 240° between the hands?
Reflex Angles • Introduction 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Reflex Angles:
• (a) Definition: An angle that is greater than 180° but less than 360° is called a reflex angle.
• (b) Exterior Reflex Angle: Complete circle = 360°. Reflex angle = 360° - 70° = 290°.
• (c) Clock Hands: 240° = 8 hour divisions (8 × 30° = 240°). At 8:00, the angle measured clockwise from the hour hand (at 8) to the minute hand (at 12) is 4 × 30° = 120°, and the major angle on the other side is 360° - 120° = 240°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definition: between 180° and 360° 1.0 M
Exterior reflex = 290° 1.0 M
8:00 clock example 1.0 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) An angle measuring 90.5° is an acute angle.
(b) Two acute angles added together can sometimes form an obtuse angle.
(c) A straight line always represents an angle of 180°.
True or False with Geometric Reason 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) False: 90.5° is greater than 90°, so it is an Obtuse Angle, not acute.
• (b) True: For example, 50° + 60° = 110°. Since 110° > 90°, the sum of two acute angles can indeed be obtuse.
• (c) True: A straight angle formed by two opposite rays is defined as exactly 180°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): False with explanation 1.0 M
Part (b): True with counter-example (e.g. 50+60=110) 1.0 M
Part (c): True with 180° definition 1.0 M
Q24 A student stands on a circular turntable facing East. He rotates 45° clockwise, then 180° anticlockwise, and finally 90° clockwise. Which direction is he facing now? Show your angle calculations. Comprehensive Review • Chapter Mastery 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Net Angle Calculation:
1. Start direction = East (90° from North).
2. Turn 1 (Clockwise): +45° → Position = South-East.
3. Turn 2 (Anticlockwise): -180° → Position = North-West.
4. Turn 3 (Clockwise): +90° → Position = North-East.
Mathematical Check:
Net turn = +45° - 180° + 90° = -45° (i.e. 45° anticlockwise from East).
45° anticlockwise from East points directly to North-East.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Tracking individual turns (+45, -180, +90) 1.5 M
Net result = 45° anticlockwise from East → North-East 1.5 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Yoga Asana Angle Identification

Real-World Math Context: During morning physical training, students perform various yoga postures: Trikonasana (Triangle pose), Bhujangasana (Cobra pose), and Dandasana (Staff pose).

Analytical Task: Identify the angles formed by the body in each case:
(a) In Staff pose, what angle is made between the torso and legs?
(b) In Triangle pose, what kind of angles are made between legs and floor?
(c) In a deep backbend, what type of angle is formed?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Staff Pose: Torso vertical, legs horizontal ⇒ Right Angle (90°).
(b) Triangle Pose: Sharp angles at feet ⇒ Acute Angles (< 90°).
(c) Backbend: Opening greater than 90° ⇒ Obtuse Angle.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
4
Chapter 4 • Arithmetic Operations & Real-life Financial Planning • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 4: We the Travellers – II

हम यात्री – २ (यात्रा व्यय, होटल पैकेज एवं दैनिक बजट)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Multi-digit addition and subtraction applied to travel logistics and ticket reservations.
  • Comparing hotel packages: Flat rate vs Room-plus-meal split pricing.
  • Taxi fare calculations with minimum distance billing criteria.
  • Fuel economy, distance per litre, and total trip expenditure.
Trip Expense Component Breakdown (Total Budget: ₹30,375) Bus Transport: ₹18,450 Food: ₹9,900 Transport: ₹18,450 Food & Meals: ₹9,900 Entry Tickets: ₹2,025 Per Student Share (45 students): ₹30,375 ÷ 45 = ₹675
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 A hotel offers two package options for a 3-night stay for a family of 4:
• Package A: Flat rate of ₹2,800 per night including breakfast.
• Package B: Room rent of ₹2,200 per night plus ₹250 per person per day for breakfast.
(a) Calculate the total cost for Package A.
(b) Calculate the total cost for Package B.
(c) Which package is more economical, and by how much?
Travel Budget • Hotel Package Comparison 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations (Duration = 3 nights, 4 persons):
• (a) Package A Total: 3 nights × ₹2,800 = ₹8,400.
• (b) Package B Total:
- Room rent: 3 × ₹2,200 = ₹6,600.
- Breakfast cost: 4 persons × ₹250 × 3 days = ₹3,000.
- Total = ₹6,600 + ₹3,000 = ₹9,600.
• (c) Comparison: Package A is cheaper. Difference = ₹9,600 - ₹8,400 = ₹1,200. Package A saves ₹1,200.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Package A = ₹8,400 1.0 M
Package B = ₹9,600 1.0 M
Package A saves ₹1,200 1.0 M
Q2 A school excursion of 45 students incurs expenses:
• Bus rental: ₹14,500
• Entry tickets: ₹90 per student
• Packed meals: ₹150 per student
• Guide charges: ₹1,500
(a) Find the grand total expenditure for the trip.
(b) Calculate the contribution amount required from each student to cover all costs exactly.
Excursion Expenses • Per-Student Share 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Expense Calculations (45 Students):
• Bus rental = ₹14,500
• Entry tickets = 45 × ₹90 = ₹4,050
• Packed meals = 45 × ₹150 = ₹6,750
• Guide charges = ₹1,500
• (a) Grand Total: ₹14,500 + ₹4,050 + ₹6,750 + ₹1,500 = ₹26,800.
• (b) Per Student Share: ₹26,800 ÷ 45 = ₹595.55 ≈ ₹596 per student.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Itemized totals (Tickets ₹4,050, Meals ₹6,750) 1.0 M
Grand total = ₹26,800 1.0 M
Per student share = ₹596 1.0 M
Q3 A family car consumes 1 litre of petrol for every 15 km traveled. They plan a road trip of 1,080 km.
(a) How many litres of petrol are required for the round trip?
(b) If petrol costs ₹96 per litre, what is their total expenditure on fuel?
Fuel Consumption & Cost 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Petrol Needed: Total distance ÷ Mileage = 1,080 ÷ 15 = 72 litres.
• (b) Fuel Cost: 72 litres × ₹96 = ₹6,912.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Petrol needed = 72 L 1.5 M
Total fuel cost = ₹6,912 1.5 M
Q4 A tour group of 28 persons travels from Delhi to Agra (240 km).
• Option 1: AC Bus charter costs a flat ₹11,200.
• Option 2: Train tickets cost ₹385 per person.
(a) Calculate the cost for all 28 people traveling by train.
(b) Which option is more cost-effective and by how much?
Bus vs Train Travel Cost 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Train Cost: 28 × ₹385 = ₹10,780.
• (b) Comparison:
- Bus = ₹11,200
- Train = ₹10,780
- Difference = ₹11,200 - ₹10,780 = ₹420.
Traveling by train is more economical by ₹420.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Train cost = ₹10,780 1.5 M
Train is cheaper by ₹420 1.5 M
Q5 A highway restaurant charges ₹480 for 4 thalis.
(a) What is the cost of 1 thali?
(b) What will be the total bill for 9 thalis?
(c) How many thalis can be purchased for ₹1,200?
Unitary Method • Meal Charges 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Unitary Method Steps:
• (a) Cost of 1 Thali: ₹480 ÷ 4 = ₹120.
• (b) Cost of 9 Thalis: 9 × ₹120 = ₹1,080.
• (c) Thalis for ₹1,200: ₹1,200 ÷ ₹120 = 10 thalis.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Cost of 1 thali = ₹120 1.0 M
Cost of 9 thalis = ₹1,080 1.0 M
10 thalis for ₹1,200 1.0 M
Q6 A luxury bus leaves Jaipur at 6:00 AM. It travels at 60 km/h for 3 hours, stops for 45 minutes for breakfast, and then travels the remaining 140 km at 70 km/h.
(a) What is the total distance of the trip?
(b) What was the travel time spent driving?
(c) At what time does the bus reach its destination?
Time-Speed-Distance • Multi-Stop Journey 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Step-by-Step Schedule:
• (a) Distance: First leg = 3 h × 60 km/h = 180 km. Second leg = 140 km. Total distance = 180 + 140 = 320 km.
• (b) Driving Time: First leg = 3 hours. Second leg = 140 ÷ 70 = 2 hours. Total driving time = 3 + 2 = 5 hours.
• (c) Arrival Time:
- Total elapsed time = 5 hours driving + 45 min breakfast = 5 hours 45 minutes.
- 6:00 AM + 5 h 45 min = 11:45 AM.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total distance = 320 km 1.0 M
Driving time = 5 hours 1.0 M
Arrival time = 11:45 AM 1.0 M
Q7 A travel agency bills ₹35,000 for a houseboat package in Kashmir. A government Goods and Services Tax (GST) of 5% is added to the bill.
(a) Find the GST amount in Rupees.
(b) What is the final total payable amount?
Group Travel Billing • GST Calculation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Percentage Calculation:
• (a) GST Amount: 5% of ₹35,000 = (5 ÷ 100) × 35,000 = 5 × 350 = ₹1,750.
• (b) Final Total: ₹35,000 + ₹1,750 = ₹36,750.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
GST = ₹1,750 1.5 M
Final bill = ₹36,750 1.5 M
Q8 A foreign tourist changes 150 US Dollars at an exchange counter. The exchange rate is 1 USD = ₹82.
(a) How many Indian Rupees does the tourist receive?
(b) He buys 3 wooden handicrafts costing ₹2,400 each and 2 silk shawls costing ₹1,800 each. How much money does he spend?
(c) How many Indian Rupees does he have left?
Souvenir Shopping • Currency Exchange 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Rupees Received: 150 × ₹82 = ₹12,300.
• (b) Total Spent:
- 3 handicrafts: 3 × ₹2,400 = ₹7,200.
- 2 shawls: 2 × ₹1,800 = ₹3,600.
- Total spent = ₹7,200 + ₹3,600 = ₹10,800.
• (c) Balance: ₹12,300 - ₹10,800 = ₹1,500.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Converted rupees = ₹12,300 1.0 M
Total expenditure = ₹10,800 1.0 M
Balance = ₹1,500 1.0 M
Q9 An airline allows each passenger 15 kg of free check-in luggage. Extra baggage is charged at ₹350 per kg.
(a) Mr. Verma's suitcase weighs 22 kg. How many kg is he overweight?
(b) How much extra baggage fee must he pay?
Luggage Allowance • Excess Baggage 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Excess Weight: 22 kg - 15 kg = 7 kg excess.
• (b) Excess Fee: 7 kg × ₹350 = ₹2,450.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Excess weight = 7 kg 1.5 M
Extra fee = ₹2,450 1.5 M
Q10 Calculate quickly using mental math rules:
(a) 45 × 200
(b) 60 × 700
(c) 1,500 × 40
Multiplication by Multiples of 10 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mental Calculations:
• (a) 45 × 200: 45 × 2 = 90, append two zeros → 9,000.
• (b) 60 × 700: 6 × 7 = 42, append three zeros → 42,000.
• (c) 1,500 × 40: 15 × 4 = 60, append three zeros → 60,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 9,000 1.0 M
Part (b): 42,000 1.0 M
Part (c): 60,000 1.0 M
Q11 A mountain ropeway charges ₹220 for an adult round trip and ₹140 for a child under 12 years.
(a) What is the total ropeway cost for a family of 3 adults and 2 children?
(b) If they pay with a ₹2,000 note, how much change is returned?
Ropeway Cable Car Fare • Adult & Child 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Total Cost:
- Adults: 3 × ₹220 = ₹660.
- Children: 2 × ₹140 = ₹280.
- Total = ₹660 + ₹280 = ₹940.
• (b) Change: ₹2,000 - ₹940 = ₹1,060.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Adults ₹660, Children ₹280 1.0 M
Total ₹940 1.0 M
Change ₹1,060 1.0 M
Q12 Estimate the total cost by rounding each item to the nearest hundred:
• Petrol: ₹3,240
• Food: ₹1,890
• Toll tax: ₹460
• Sightseeing tickets: ₹1,120
Estimation of Travel Expenses 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rounding to Nearest 100:
• Petrol: ₹3,240 rounds to ₹3,200.
• Food: ₹1,890 rounds to ₹1,900.
• Toll tax: ₹460 rounds to ₹500.
• Sightseeing tickets: ₹1,120 rounds to ₹1,100.
• Estimated Total: ₹3,200 + ₹1,900 + ₹500 + ₹1,100 = ₹6,700.
(Exact sum = ₹6,710; difference is only ₹10).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct individual rounding 1.5 M
Estimated sum = ₹6,700 1.5 M
Q13 Normally, a taxi takes 2 hours to travel 120 km from the airport to the city centre. Due to heavy rain and traffic, the speed drops to 40 km/h.
(a) What was the normal speed of the taxi?
(b) How long does the journey take in the rain?
(c) How much extra time was lost in traffic?
Speed & Time Variation • Traffic Delay 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Normal Speed: 120 km ÷ 2 h = 60 km/h.
• (b) Rainy Journey Time: 120 km ÷ 40 km/h = 3 hours.
• (c) Extra Time Lost: 3 hours - 2 hours = 1 hour (60 minutes).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Normal speed = 60 km/h 1.0 M
Rainy time = 3 hours 1.0 M
Time lost = 1 hour 1.0 M
Q14 Three families rent a vacation villa for 4 days at ₹6,500 per day. They share the accommodation cost equally.
(a) Find the total rent of the villa for 4 days.
(b) What is the share of each family?
(c) If Family 1 checks out one day early (staying 3 days), how should the total bill be divided fairly among the 3 families based on room-days?
Multi-Family Travel Split 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Total Rent: 4 days × ₹6,500 = ₹26,000.
• (b) Equal Share (All 4 days): ₹26,000 ÷ 3 = ₹8,666.67 per family.
• (c) Fair Room-Days Division:
- Total family-days = 3 + 4 + 4 = 11 family-days.
- Cost per family-day = ₹26,000 ÷ 11 = ₹2,363.64.
- Family 1 (3 days) pays: 3 × ₹2,363.64 = ₹7,091.
- Family 2 & 3 (4 days each) pay: 4 × ₹2,363.64 = ₹9,454.50 each.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total rent = ₹26,000 1.0 M
Equal share = ₹8,667 1.0 M
Weighted room-days split 1.0 M
Q15 In an Indian Railways sleeper coach, berths are numbered 1 to 72. Lower berths are 1, 4, 9, 12, 17, 20... (numbers leaving remainders 1 or 4 when divided by 8).
(a) What type of berth is Berth 25?
(b) What type of berth is Berth 32?
Train Berth Allotment • Logic 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Berth Pattern in 8-berth Compartment:
• 1: Lower, 2: Middle, 3: Upper, 4: Lower, 5: Middle, 6: Upper, 7: Side Lower, 8: Side Upper.
• (a) Berth 25: 25 ÷ 8 gives remainder 1. Remainder 1 corresponds to a Lower Berth.
• (b) Berth 32: 32 ÷ 8 gives remainder 0 (exact multiple of 8). This corresponds to a Side Upper Berth (SU).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Berth pattern rule stated (modulo 8) 1.5 M
Berth 25 is Lower; Berth 32 is Side Upper 1.5 M
Q16 An SUV has a 65-litre fuel tank. Its highway mileage is 14 km/litre.
(a) What is the maximum driving range of the vehicle on a full tank?
(b) The driver sees a warning that 12 litres of petrol remain. Can the SUV reach a petrol station 180 km away without refueling?
Fuel Tank Capacity • Kilometer Range 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Maximum Range: 65 L × 14 km/L = 910 km.
• (b) Remaining Range: 12 L × 14 km/L = 168 km.
- Since 168 km < 180 km, No, the SUV cannot reach the station 180 km away without refueling (it will run out of fuel 12 km before reaching).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Max range = 910 km 1.5 M
Remaining range = 168 km with negative conclusion 1.5 M
Q17 Six friends dine at a restaurant during their trip. The food bill is ₹2,850 and service charge is ₹150.
(a) What is the total bill?
(b) If they split the cost equally among the 6 friends, how much does each person contribute?
Group Dining Bill • Split Evenly 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Total Bill: ₹2,850 + ₹150 = ₹3,000.
• (b) Individual Share: ₹3,000 ÷ 6 = ₹500 per person.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total bill = ₹3,000 1.5 M
Per person = ₹500 1.5 M
Q18 A pedal boat costs ₹180 for 30 minutes, while a motor boat costs ₹450 for 20 minutes.
(a) Find the cost per minute for the pedal boat.
(b) Find the cost per minute for the motor boat.
(c) Which boat has a higher per-minute rate and by how much?
Sightseeing Boat Hire • Hourly Rate 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rate Calculations:
• (a) Pedal Boat Rate: ₹180 ÷ 30 min = ₹6 per minute.
• (b) Motor Boat Rate: ₹450 ÷ 20 min = ₹22.50 per minute.
• (c) Difference: ₹22.50 - ₹6.00 = ₹16.50 per minute higher for the motor boat.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Pedal boat = ₹6/min 1.0 M
Motor boat = ₹22.50/min 1.0 M
Difference = ₹16.50/min 1.0 M
Q19 A train leaves City A and City B at the same time, traveling toward each other along parallel tracks. Train 1 travels at 60 km/h and Train 2 travels at 80 km/h. If the cities are 420 km apart, after how many hours will the trains meet? HOTS • Travel Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Relative Speed Concept:
1. Since the trains are moving toward each other, their combined speed is: 60 km/h + 80 km/h = 140 km/h.
2. Total distance to cover = 420 km.
3. Time taken to meet = Distance ÷ Relative Speed = 420 ÷ 140 = 3 hours.
4. Verification: In 3 hours, Train 1 covers 3 × 60 = 180 km; Train 2 covers 3 × 80 = 240 km. Total = 180 + 240 = 420 km. Verified!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Combined speed = 140 km/h 1.5 M
Meeting time = 3 hours with verification 1.5 M
Q20 A base air ticket is ₹3,500. During festival season, the airline applies a surge increase of 40%.
(a) What is the surge price increase in Rupees?
(b) What is the new ticket price?
Airfare Surge Pricing • Mental Math 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Surge Amount: 40% of ₹3,500 = (40 ÷ 100) × 3,500 = 40 × 35 = ₹1,400.
• (b) New Price: ₹3,500 + ₹1,400 = ₹4,900.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Surge increase = ₹1,400 1.5 M
New price = ₹4,900 1.5 M
Q21 A booking agent earns a commission of ₹45 on every bus ticket booked. In one week, he books 160 tickets.
(a) Find his total earnings for the week.
(b) If his weekly target was ₹8,000, by how much did he fall short or exceed his target?
Bus Ticket Booking Agent Commission 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Total Earnings: 160 × ₹45 = ₹7,200.
• (b) Target Difference: ₹8,000 - ₹7,200 = ₹800 short of target.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Earnings = ₹7,200 1.5 M
Short by ₹800 1.5 M
Q22 A touring taxi records its daily kilometres:
Day 1: 345 km, Day 2: 412 km, Day 3: 288 km, Day 4: 355 km.
(a) Find the total distance traveled over the 4 days.
(b) Find the average daily distance traveled.
Multi-Day Mileage Log Analysis 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Total Distance: 345 + 412 + 288 + 355 = 1,400 km.
• (b) Average Daily Distance: Total distance ÷ 4 days = 1,400 ÷ 4 = 350 km per day.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total = 1,400 km 1.5 M
Average = 350 km/day 1.5 M
Q23 To settle a hotel bill of ₹7,850, a traveler gives four ₹2,000 notes.
(a) What is the total cash tendered?
(b) How much change should the cashier return?
(c) What is the minimum number of currency notes (using ₹500, ₹100, and ₹50 notes) that can make up this change?
Currency Denominations • Cash Settlement 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cash Calculations:
• (a) Cash Tendered: 4 × ₹2,000 = ₹8,000.
• (b) Change: ₹8,000 - ₹7,850 = ₹150.
• (c) Minimum Notes for ₹150: One ₹100 note + One ₹50 note = 2 notes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Cash tendered = ₹8,000 1.0 M
Change = ₹150 1.0 M
Minimum notes = 2 (₹100 + ₹50) 1.0 M
Q24 A family sets aside a vacation budget of ₹50,000. Their actual expenses are: Travel ₹18,600, Hotel ₹16,400, Food ₹8,500, Shopping ₹4,750.
(a) What is the total money spent?
(b) Did they stay within their budget? How much money remains or by how much did they exceed?
Comprehensive Travel Review 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Financial Review:
• (a) Total Expenses: ₹18,600 + ₹16,400 + ₹8,500 + ₹4,750 = ₹48,250.
• (b) Budget Comparison: Budget = ₹50,000. Difference = ₹50,000 - ₹48,250 = ₹1,750.
Yes, they stayed within budget, saving ₹1,750.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total expenses = ₹48,250 1.5 M
Stayed within budget with ₹1,750 left 1.5 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Taxi Billing with Minimum Distance Threshold

Real-World Math Context: A taxi operator charges a flat hire of ₹2,500 per day covering up to 250 km. Any extra distance above 250 km in a day is billed at ₹12 per km. On a 3-day tour, the odometer readings showed: Day 1: 240 km; Day 2: 290 km; Day 3: 275 km.

Analytical Task: Calculate the total billing for each of the 3 days and the overall bill for the trip.

Suggested Model Solution:
Day 1 (240 km): < 250 km ⇒ Flat rate = ₹2,500.
Day 2 (290 km): Extra = 40 km ⇒ ₹2,500 + (40 × 12) = ₹2,980.
Day 3 (275 km): Extra = 25 km ⇒ ₹2,500 + (25 × 12) = ₹2,800.
Grand Total: 2,500 + 2,980 + 2,800 = ₹8,280.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
5
Chapter 5 • Map Reading, Scale & Metric Measurements • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 5: Far and Near

दूर और पास (मानचित्र पैमाना, दूरियाँ एवं दिशा ज्ञान)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Map Scale: A ratio relating distance on a drawing/map to actual ground distance (e.g., 1 cm = 200 m).
  • Converting map measurements: Actual Distance = Map Distance in cm × Scale Value.
  • Metric length conversions: 1 km = 1,000 m; 1 m = 100 cm.
  • Shortest straight path (aerial distance) vs route distance along road turns.
Town Route Map & Map Scale Ratio (Scale: 1 cm = 200 m) S School 4 cm (800 m) M Market 3.5 cm (700 m) H Hospital N S E W Scale: 1 cm on Map = 200 metres on Ground | Ground Distance = Map Distance (cm) × 200 m
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 On a city tourist map, the scale is given as: 1 cm on map = 250 metres on ground.
(a) If the distance between the Museum and the Zoo on the map is 6 cm, find the actual distance on the ground in metres and kilometres.
(b) If two temples are actually 2,000 metres apart, how many centimetres apart will they appear on the map?
Scale Conversion • Map to Ground 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Scale Conversions (Scale: 1 cm = 250 m):
• (a) Map Distance = 6 cm:
- Actual distance = 6 × 250 m = 1,500 metres.
- In kilometres = 1,500 ÷ 1,000 = 1.5 km.
• (b) Actual Distance = 2,000 m:
- Map distance = 2,000 ÷ 250 = 8 cm on the map.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Ground distance = 1,500 m = 1.5 km 1.5 M
Map distance = 8 cm 1.5 M
Q2 Rahul travels from home to school. On his neighbourhood map (scale 1 cm = 100 m):
• House to Bus stop is 3.5 cm.
• Bus stop to School is 8.5 cm.
(a) Find the total map distance.
(b) Calculate the total real walking distance in metres.
(c) Express the total distance in kilometres.
Multi-Leg Journey on Map Scale 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Total Map Distance: 3.5 cm + 8.5 cm = 12 cm.
• (b) Real Ground Distance: 12 cm × 100 m = 1,200 metres.
• (c) In Kilometres: 1,200 ÷ 1,000 = 1.2 km.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Map distance = 12 cm 1.0 M
Ground distance = 1,200 m 1.0 M
In km = 1.2 km 1.0 M
Q3 On a state highway map with a scale of 1 cm = 60 km, City P and City Q are 7.5 cm apart.
(a) What is the actual distance between the two cities?
(b) If an express train covers this distance in 5 hours, what is its average speed?
State Highway Map • Large Scale 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Actual Distance: 7.5 cm × 60 km = 450 km.
• (b) Average Speed: Speed = Distance ÷ Time = 450 km ÷ 5 h = 90 km/h.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Distance = 450 km 1.5 M
Speed = 90 km/h 1.5 M
Q4 Look at the standard compass rose (North at top):
(a) What direction is directly opposite to North-West?
(b) If you walk 4 km South and then 3 km East, in which general direction are you from your starting point?
(c) What is the angle between East and South?
Compass Directions & Navigation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Compass Directions:
• (a) Opposite to North-West: Directly opposite (180°) is South-East.
• (b) Position: Moving South then East places you in the South-East direction from the starting point.
• (c) Angle East to South: East is 90° and South is 180°, so the angle is 180° - 90° = 90° (Right angle).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): South-East 1.0 M
Part (b): South-East 1.0 M
Part (c): 90° Right angle 1.0 M
Q5 A school campus grid map has columns labeled A to F and rows 1 to 6. Each grid square is 50 m × 50 m.
• Library is at (B, 2)
• Canteen is at (E, 2)
(a) How many grid units apart are the Library and Canteen?
(b) What is the real walking distance along the corridor between them?
Grid Coordinate Navigation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Calculations:
• (a) Grid Units: Both are in Row 2. Difference in columns from B to E: C, D, E = 3 grid units.
• (b) Ground Distance: 3 grid units × 50 m = 150 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Grid units = 3 1.5 M
Real distance = 150 m 1.5 M
Q6 Explain how an aerial view (top view) of a town differs from a side view. Why are geographical maps always drawn from the top view? Perspective Views • Aerial vs Side View 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Perspective Comparison:
1. Top View (Aerial View): Shows objects as viewed from directly overhead. Heights of buildings cannot be seen; only flat boundaries, roofs, streets, and footprints are visible.
2. Side View: Shows vertical height and facade of structures, but objects in front hide objects behind them.
3. Why Maps Use Top View: A top view allows accurate 2D geometric scaling, uninterrupted representation of every road, plot, and landmark without foreground objects blocking background buildings.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Top view shows footprint without vertical blocking 1.5 M
Maps require uniform 2D coordinate scaling without obstruction 1.5 M
Q7 How can you measure the length of a winding, curved river shown on a map using a piece of cotton thread and a ruler? Curved Paths • Thread Measurement 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Thread Measurement Technique:
1. Take a piece of flexible cotton thread and tie a knot at one end.
2. Place the knot at the starting point of the river on the map.
3. Carefully trace the thread along all bends, curves, and meanders of the river until reaching the endpoint.
4. Mark the endpoint on the thread with a pen or pinch it with fingers.
5. Stretch the thread straight along a calibrated centimetre ruler to measure its length.
6. Multiply the thread length in centimetres by the map scale factor to find the real ground length of the river.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct procedure tracing bends with flexible thread 1.5 M
Measuring straight thread on ruler & applying scale factor 1.5 M
Q8 On a road map, there are two routes from Town A to Town B:
• Route 1 (Highway): 14 cm on map.
• Route 2 (Bypass): 11 cm on map.
The map scale is 1 cm = 15 km.
(a) Find the actual distance of both routes.
(b) How many kilometres shorter is Route 2?
Shortest Path • Route Planning 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Real Distances:
- Route 1: 14 × 15 km = 210 km.
- Route 2: 11 × 15 km = 165 km.
• (b) Difference: 210 km - 165 km = 45 km shorter.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Route 1 = 210 km; Route 2 = 165 km 2.0 M
Difference = 45 km 1.0 M
Q9 A botanical garden occupies a square region of 4 cm × 4 cm on a map. The map scale is 1 cm = 50 metres.
(a) What are the real length and width of the garden?
(b) Find the actual ground area of the garden in square metres.
Map Area Scale • Square Grid 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Area Scaling Calculations:
• (a) Real Dimensions:
- Length = 4 cm × 50 m = 200 metres.
- Width = 4 cm × 50 m = 200 metres.
• (b) Ground Area: Side × Side = 200 m × 200 m = 40,000 sq m.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Dimensions: 200 m × 200 m 1.5 M
Area = 40,000 sq m 1.5 M
Q10 A house floor plan has scale 1 cm = 1 metre. The living room measures 6 cm by 4.5 cm on the blueprint.
(a) What are the actual dimensions of the living room?
(b) What is its floor area in square metres?
(c) If flooring costs ₹120 per sq m, find the total cost of tiling the room.
Floor Plan Interpretation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Dimensions: Length = 6 m, Breadth = 4.5 m.
• (b) Floor Area: 6 m × 4.5 m = 27 sq m.
• (c) Tiling Cost: 27 sq m × ₹120 = ₹3,240.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Dimensions: 6 m by 4.5 m 1.0 M
Area = 27 sq m 1.0 M
Cost = ₹3,240 1.0 M
Q11 A square park has side 2 cm on Map 1 (scale 1 cm = 100 m). If the same park is redrawn on Map 2 with scale 1 cm = 50 m:
(a) What will be the side length of the park on Map 2?
(b) How many times larger will the area of the drawing appear on Map 2?
Map Enlargement & Reduction 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Scale Analysis:
• Real side of park = 2 cm × 100 m = 200 metres.
• (a) Side on Map 2: 200 m ÷ 50 m = 4 cm.
• (b) Area Comparison on Paper:
- Map 1 area = 2 cm × 2 cm = 4 cm².
- Map 2 area = 4 cm × 4 cm = 16 cm².
- Ratio = 16 ÷ 4 = 4 times larger.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Side on Map 2 = 4 cm 1.5 M
Area is 4 times larger on paper 1.5 M
Q12 Refer to an outline map of India:
(a) In which direction from New Delhi is Kerala located?
(b) In which direction from New Delhi is Assam located?
(c) Which sea lies to the West of India?
India Map • Border State Directions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Geographical Directions:
• (a) Kerala from Delhi: Kerala lies directly towards the South.
• (b) Assam from Delhi: Assam lies towards the East (North-East).
• (c) Sea to the West: The Arabian Sea lies to the West of the Indian peninsula.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Kerala: South 1.0 M
Assam: East / North-East 1.0 M
Arabian Sea 1.0 M
Q13 A cyclist travels along a straight highway at 15 km/h. On his roadmap, the highway has a scale of 1 cm = 5 km.
(a) How many kilometres does he cycle in 2 hours?
(b) How many centimetres of map distance does his 2-hour ride represent?
Speed-Distance-Scale Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Distance Covered: 15 km/h × 2 h = 30 km.
• (b) Map Distance: 30 km ÷ 5 km/cm = 6 cm on the map.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Distance = 30 km 1.5 M
Map distance = 6 cm 1.5 M
Q14 A jogging track on a park grid map follows the boundary: 6 grid units North, 8 grid units East, 6 grid units South, and 8 grid units West.
(a) What shape is the jogging track?
(b) If 1 grid unit = 25 metres, find the total perimeter of the track in metres.
Perimeter on a Grid Map 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Geometry & Scale:
• (a) Shape: Opposite sides are equal (6 and 8 units) and meet at right angles → Rectangle.
• (b) Perimeter:
- Total grid units = 6 + 8 + 6 + 8 = 28 units.
- Real perimeter = 28 × 25 m = 700 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Shape = Rectangle 1.0 M
Total units = 28 1.0 M
Perimeter = 700 metres 1.0 M
Q15 What is a 'Legend' or 'Key' on a geographical map? List three common symbols typically used on school or city maps. Reading a Legend / Key on a Map 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Map Legend:
1. Definition: A map legend (or key) is an explanatory box that explains the meaning of various colours, signs, and symbols used on the map.
2. Common Symbols:
• Blue lines/areas: Rivers, canals, or water bodies.
• Black parallel lines with cross-ties: Railway tracks.
• Red cross (+): Hospital or clinic.
• Small flag or building: School.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Clear definition of map legend 1.5 M
Three accurate symbol examples 1.5 M
Q16 Between North and East lies North-East.
(a) What angle does North-East make with North?
(b) What angle does North-East make with East?
(c) What is the angle between North-East and South-West?
Compass Angles • Half Cardinal Directions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Angle Calculations:
• (a) North to North-East: 90° ÷ 2 = 45°.
• (b) North-East to East: 90° ÷ 2 = 45°.
• (c) North-East to South-West: They are directly opposite directions along a straight line = 180° (Straight angle).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 45° 1.0 M
Part (b): 45° 1.0 M
Part (c): 180° 1.0 M
Q17 A major river bridge measures 2.4 cm on a satellite map (scale 1 cm = 500 m).
(a) What is the actual length of the bridge in metres?
(b) Express this length in kilometres.
(c) A car crosses this bridge at 60 km/h. How many seconds does it take to cross?
River Bridge Crossing • Scale Calculation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Step-by-Step Working:
• (a) Actual Length: 2.4 cm × 500 m = 1,200 metres.
• (b) In Kilometres: 1,200 ÷ 1,000 = 1.2 km.
• (c) Crossing Time:
- Speed = 60 km/h = (60 × 1,000) ÷ 3,600 = 16.67 m/s.
- Time = Distance ÷ Speed = 1,200 m ÷ 16.67 m/s = 72 seconds (1 minute 12 seconds).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Length = 1,200 m = 1.2 km 1.5 M
Crossing time = 72 seconds 1.5 M
Q18 On a city grid where roads only run along North-South and East-West grid lines:
Point A is at (1, 1) and Point B is at (5, 4). Each grid unit is 200 metres.
(a) How many units East must one travel?
(b) How many units North must one travel?
(c) What is the total real travel distance along the streets?
Grid Coordinate Distance • Manhattan Distance 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Street Distance:
• (a) East Units: 5 - 1 = 4 units East.
• (b) North Units: 4 - 1 = 3 units North.
• (c) Total Travel Distance:
- Total grid units = 4 + 3 = 7 units.
- Real distance = 7 × 200 m = 1,400 metres (1.4 km).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
4 units East, 3 units North 1.5 M
Total real distance = 1,400 m 1.5 M
Q19 On Map X, two cities are 8 cm apart. On Map Y, the same two cities are 4 cm apart. The scale of Map X is 1 cm = 20 km. What is the scale of Map Y? HOTS • Map Scale Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Deduction:
1. Actual Ground Distance: From Map X: 8 cm × 20 km = 160 km.
2. Scale of Map Y: On Map Y, 4 cm represents 160 km.
3. Therefore, 1 cm on Map Y represents: 160 km ÷ 4 = 40 km.
Scale of Map Y: 1 cm = 40 km.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Ground distance = 160 km 1.5 M
Scale of Map Y = 1 cm = 40 km 1.5 M
Q20 A circular stadium has diameter 150 metres on the ground.
(a) What diameter will it have on a blueprint with scale 1 cm = 25 m?
(b) What diameter will it have on a city map with scale 1 cm = 50 m?
Aerial Map Scale Comparison 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Scaling:
• (a) Blueprint (1 cm = 25 m): 150 ÷ 25 = 6 cm.
• (b) City Map (1 cm = 50 m): 150 ÷ 50 = 3 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Blueprint = 6 cm 1.5 M
City map = 3 cm 1.5 M
Q21 (a) What is meant by the 'scale of a map'?
(b) If a map scale says '1:100,000', what does 1 cm on the map represent in kilometres on the ground?
Scale Factor • Mathematical Definition 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Scale Concepts:
• (a) Definition: The scale of a map is the constant ratio between the distance measured on the map and the corresponding actual distance measured on the ground.
• (b) Ratio 1:100,000:
- 1 cm on map = 100,000 cm on ground.
- 100,000 cm ÷ 100 = 1,000 metres.
- 1,000 m = 1 kilometre.
- So 1 cm on the map represents exactly 1 km on the ground.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definition of scale 1.5 M
100,000 cm = 1 km 1.5 M
Q22 On a topographical relief map, contour lines indicate height above sea level.
(a) What does it mean when contour lines are drawn very close to each other?
(b) What does it mean when contour lines are far apart?
Elevation Contours & Topography 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Contour Line Principles:
• (a) Close Contour Lines: Indicate a steep slope or cliff, where the elevation changes rapidly over a very short horizontal ground distance.
• (b) Far Apart Contour Lines: Indicate a gentle slope or flat plain, where elevation changes very gradually over a long distance.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Close lines = Steep slope 1.5 M
Far lines = Gentle slope / Flat terrain 1.5 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) A map scale of 1 cm = 10 km represents a larger area than a scale of 1 cm = 100 m on the same size sheet of paper.
(b) East is always 180° clockwise from North.
(c) The top of every official map is always oriented toward North.
True or False with Map Reasoning 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) True: At 1 cm = 10 km, each centimetre covers 10,000 metres of ground, so the same paper sheet covers a vastly larger geographic territory (small-scale map).
• (b) False: East is 90° clockwise from North (180° clockwise is South).
• (c) True: By international cartographic standard convention, the top edge of a map points toward true North (unless explicitly indicated otherwise by a north arrow).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): True with explanation 1.0 M
Part (b): False (East is 90°) 1.0 M
Part (c): True with standard convention 1.0 M
Q24 A delivery van starts at Central Depot (0, 0). It travels 4 km North to Station 1, then 3 km East to Station 2, then 4 km South to Station 3.
(a) Plot or describe the coordinates of Station 1, Station 2, and Station 3.
(b) In which direction and at what distance is Station 3 from the Central Depot?
(c) What shape is formed by the complete delivery path if the van returns directly from Station 3 to the Central Depot?
Comprehensive Map Review • Town Tour 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comprehensive Route Analysis:
• (a) Coordinates:
- Depot: (0, 0)
- Station 1: 4 km North → (0, 4)
- Station 2: 3 km East → (3, 4)
- Station 3: 4 km South → (3, 0).
• (b) Relative Position of Station 3: Station 3 is at (3, 0), which is exactly 3 km East of Central Depot.
• (c) Path Shape: The path goes North (4 km), East (3 km), South (4 km), and West back to depot (3 km). This forms a perfect Rectangle (4 km × 3 km) with perimeter = 4 + 3 + 4 + 3 = 14 km.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct coordinates: (0,4), (3,4), (3,0) 1.0 M
Station 3 is 3 km East of Depot 1.0 M
Shape is Rectangle (4 km × 3 km) 1.0 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Hiking Trail Map Interpretation

Real-World Math Context: On a hiking map of a nature sanctuary, 1 cm = 400 metres. The trek comprises three sections: Valley Trail = 3.5 cm; Ridge Walk = 4.2 cm; Lake Loop = 2.8 cm.

Analytical Task: (a) Find the total length of the trek on the ground in kilometres.
(b) If a hiker walks at an average speed of 3.5 km/h, how long will the entire hike take?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Total Distance: Total map = 3.5 + 4.2 + 2.8 = 10.5 cm.
Actual = 10.5 × 400 m = 4,200 m = 4.2 km.
(b) Hike Duration: 4.2/3.5 = 1.2 hours = 1 hour 12 minutes.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
6
Chapter 6 • Capacity, Volume & Commercial Arithmetic • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 6: The Dairy Farm

दुग्धशाला (धारिता, लीटर-मिलीलीटर एवं व्यापारिक गणना)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Standard units of liquid volume: 1 Litre (L) = 1,000 millilitres (mL).
  • Common fractional benchmarks: 1/2 L = 500 mL, 1/4 L = 250 mL, 3/4 L = 750 mL.
  • Adding and subtracting compound units of Litres and Millilitres.
  • Packaging milk into pouches and cartons; commercial billing at given rates per litre.
  • (a) True: Since $6 = 2 \times 3$, any number divisible by 6 is divisible by both of its factors (2 and 3).
  • (b) False: 1 has only one factor (itself). A prime number must have exactly two distinct factors (1 and the number itself).
  • (c) True: 1 is a factor of every integer, hence it is always the smallest common factor.
Liquid Capacity Standards: Litres and Millilitres (1 L = 1,000 mL) 1000 mL 500 mL 1 Litre 500 mL 1/2 Litre 250 mL 1/4 Litre 200 mL Pouch 100 mL Cup Equivalences: 1,000 mL = 2 × 500 mL = 4 × 250 mL = 5 × 200 mL = 10 × 100 mL
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 A dairy cooperative farm has 12 cows. Each cow yields an average of 8 litres of milk per day.
(a) How many litres of milk does the farm produce in one day?
(b) How many litres are produced in the month of June (30 days)?
(c) If milk is sold at ₹52 per litre, calculate the total revenue in June.
Dairy Farm Operations • Daily Milk Production 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Daily Milk: 12 cows × 8 L/cow = 96 litres per day.
• (b) June Production (30 days): 96 L × 30 = 2,880 litres.
• (c) June Revenue: 2,880 L × ₹52 = ₹1,49,760.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Daily milk = 96 L 1.0 M
June milk = 2,880 L 1.0 M
Revenue = ₹1,49,760 1.0 M
Q2 A milk booth receives 65 litres of milk in the morning. They fill:
• 40 packets of 500 mL each
• 30 bottles of 1 Litre each
(a) What is the total volume of milk packaged in packets and bottles?
(b) How much loose milk remains in the can?
Capacity Distribution • Can Sizes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Volume Calculations:
• (a) Packaged Milk:
- 40 packets × 500 mL = 20,000 mL = 20 Litres.
- 30 bottles × 1 L = 30 Litres.
- Total packaged = 20 L + 30 L = 50 Litres.
• (b) Loose Milk Remaining: 65 L - 50 L = 15 Litres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Packets = 20 L; Bottles = 30 L 1.0 M
Total packaged = 50 L 1.0 M
Remaining = 15 L 1.0 M
Q3 Calculate:
(a) Add: 15 L 450 mL + 8 L 850 mL
(b) Subtract: 20 L - 14 L 350 mL
(c) Convert 3,750 mL into Litres and Millilitres.
Unit Conversions • Litres and Millilitres 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Addition: 450 mL + 850 mL = 1,300 mL = 1 L 300 mL. 15 L + 8 L + 1 L = 24 L 300 mL.
• (b) Subtraction: 20 L 000 mL - 14 L 350 mL = 19 L 1,000 mL - 14 L 350 mL = 5 L 650 mL.
• (c) Conversion: 3,750 mL = 3 Litres 750 mL (or 3.75 L).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 24 L 300 mL 1.0 M
Part (b): 5 L 650 mL 1.0 M
Part (c): 3 L 750 mL 1.0 M
Q4 Find the first three common multiples of 4 and 6. Explain how you find them using lists of multiples and locate their Least Common Multiple (LCM). Common Multiples • Number Line Intersections 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Finding Common Multiples:
1. Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40...
2. Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42...
3. Common Multiples: Numbers appearing in both lists are 12, 24, 36.
4. LCM: The smallest common multiple is 12. Thus, LCM(4, 6) = 12.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Lists of multiples for 4 and 6 1.0 M
Common multiples: 12, 24, 36 1.0 M
LCM = 12 1.0 M
Q5 Draw two different factor trees for the number 60 and write down its prime factorization. Factor Trees • Prime Factorization 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factor Trees for 60:
1. Tree A (Starting with 6 × 10):
• 60 = 6 × 10
• 6 splits into 2 × 3
• 10 splits into 2 × 5
• Prime factors: 2, 3, 2, 5.
2. Tree B (Starting with 4 × 15):
• 60 = 4 × 15
• 4 splits into 2 × 2
• 15 splits into 3 × 5
• Prime factors: 2, 2, 3, 5.
3. Prime Factorization: 60 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5. Both trees yield identical prime factors.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Two distinct factor trees shown 2.0 M
Prime factorization: 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 1.0 M
Q6 A dairy packs butter into boxes of 6 packets or boxes of 8 packets.
(a) What is the smallest number of butter packets that can be packed completely in either boxes of 6 or boxes of 8 without leaving any packets out?
(b) How many boxes of 6 and how many boxes of 8 will be needed for that quantity?
Multiples Problem • Packaging Butter 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM Application:
• (a) Smallest Number (LCM):
- Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30...
- Multiples of 8: 8, 16, 24, 32...
- LCM(6, 8) = 24 packets.
• (b) Number of Boxes:
- Boxes of 6 = 24 ÷ 6 = 4 boxes.
- Boxes of 8 = 24 ÷ 8 = 3 boxes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM(6, 8) = 24 packets 1.5 M
4 boxes of 6, 3 boxes of 8 1.5 M
Q7 (a) Write all the factors of 36.
(b) Write all the factors of 48.
(c) List all the common factors of 36 and 48. What is their Highest Common Factor (HCF)?
Factors • Listing & Pairs 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factors Analysis:
• (a) Factors of 36: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36.
• (b) Factors of 48: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 16, 24, 48.
• (c) Common Factors: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12.
- Highest Common Factor (HCF): 12.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Factors of 36 and 48 1.5 M
Common factors & HCF = 12 1.5 M
Q8 A milk tanker carries 8,000 litres of chilled milk. It delivers 2,450 litres to Society Alpha, 3,180 litres to Society Beta, and the rest to a milk processing plant.
(a) How many litres are delivered to Societies Alpha and Beta combined?
(b) How many litres does the processing plant receive?
Milk Tanker Capacity • Multi-Station Supply 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Societies Combined: 2,450 L + 3,180 L = 5,630 litres.
• (b) Processing Plant: 8,000 L - 5,630 L = 2,370 litres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Combined societies = 5,630 L 1.5 M
Plant delivery = 2,370 L 1.5 M
Q9 At the dairy, 5 litres of buffalo milk yield 1 kg of fresh paneer (cottage cheese).
(a) How many kilograms of paneer can be made from 45 litres of milk?
(b) How many litres of milk are required to prepare 8.5 kg of paneer?
Paneer Yield • Unitary Proportions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Proportion Calculations:
• (a) Paneer from 45 L: 45 ÷ 5 = 9 kg of paneer.
• (b) Milk for 8.5 kg Paneer: 8.5 × 5 = 42.5 litres of milk.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
45 L gives 9 kg paneer 1.5 M
8.5 kg paneer requires 42.5 L milk 1.5 M
Q10 A milkman has only two measuring cans: 200 mL and 500 mL.
(a) How can he measure exactly 900 mL of milk using minimum pours?
(b) How can he measure exactly 1 litre (1,000 mL) using both cans?
Measuring Jugs • Filling Volumes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Measuring Jug Solutions:
• (a) For 900 mL:
- Take two 200 mL cans and one 500 mL can: 200 + 200 + 500 = 900 mL (3 pours).
• (b) For 1,000 mL (1 Litre):
- Use the 500 mL can twice: 500 + 500 = 1,000 mL, OR
- Using both cans: one 200 mL can and two 500 mL cans minus one 200 mL can, or simpler: five 200 mL cans.
- Best combination using both cans: two 200 mL + two 300 mL (or two 500 mL cans).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
900 mL: 500 mL + 200 mL + 200 mL 1.5 M
1,000 mL: Two 500 mL pours (or equivalent combination) 1.5 M
Q11 A dairy sells pure cow ghee in jars of 500 g at ₹340 per jar.
(a) What is the cost of 1 kg of ghee?
(b) A customer buys 6 jars of ghee. How many kg of ghee does he get, and what is his total bill?
Ghee Production • Cost & Profit 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Cost of 1 kg: 1 kg = 1,000 g = two 500 g jars. Cost = 2 × ₹340 = ₹680 per kg.
• (b) 6 Jars Purchase:
- Total weight = 6 × 500 g = 3,000 g = 3 kg.
- Total bill = 6 × ₹340 = ₹2,040.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 kg cost = ₹680 1.0 M
Total weight = 3 kg 1.0 M
Total bill = ₹2,040 1.0 M
Q12 A milk delivery truck starts at 4:30 AM. It spends 15 minutes at each of its 8 delivery booths and takes 10 minutes to drive between each consecutive booth (7 transit trips).
(a) Find total time spent unloading milk at the booths.
(b) Find total driving time between booths.
(c) At what time does the truck complete all deliveries?
Milk Delivery Route • Time Schedule 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Schedule Breakdown:
• (a) Unloading Time: 8 booths × 15 min = 120 minutes = 2 hours.
• (b) Driving Time: 7 trips × 10 min = 70 minutes (1 hour 10 minutes).
• (c) Completion Time:
- Total elapsed time = 2 h + 1 h 10 min = 3 hours 10 minutes.
- 4:30 AM + 3 h 10 min = 7:40 AM.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Unloading = 120 min (2 h) 1.0 M
Driving = 70 min 1.0 M
Finish time = 7:40 AM 1.0 M
Q13 Draw or describe two overlapping circles representing factors of 20 and factors of 30:
(a) List factors in circle for 20.
(b) List factors in circle for 30.
(c) Which numbers are placed in the overlapping shared intersection?
Common Factors • Venn Diagram Model 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Venn Diagram Factors:
• Factors of 20: 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 20.
• Factors of 30: 1, 2, 3, 5, 6, 10, 15, 30.
• (c) Overlapping Intersection (Common Factors): 1, 2, 5, 10.
- Non-shared in 20 only: 4, 20.
- Non-shared in 30 only: 3, 6, 15, 30.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Factors of 20 identified 1.0 M
Factors of 30 identified 1.0 M
Shared intersection: 1, 2, 5, 10 1.0 M
Q14 Each cow on the farm is fed 4 kg of green fodder and 2.5 kg of cattle grain mix twice a day.
(a) How many kilograms of feed does one cow consume in one day?
(b) How many kilograms of feed are required for all 12 cows for one day?
Dairy Cattle Feed • Ration Calculation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Feed Calculations:
• (a) One Cow Daily:
- Per feeding = 4 kg + 2.5 kg = 6.5 kg.
- Twice a day = 6.5 kg × 2 = 13 kg per day.
• (b) 12 Cows Daily: 12 × 13 kg = 156 kg of feed.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
One cow = 13 kg/day 1.5 M
12 cows = 156 kg/day 1.5 M
Q15 A lactometer reading shows pure cow milk density. A sample of 1 litre of pure milk weighs 1,032 grams.
(a) Does 1 litre of milk weigh more or less than 1 litre of water (1,000 g)? By how much?
(b) What is the weight of 5 litres of pure milk in kilograms and grams?
Milk Adulteration Test • Density Measurement 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Density Analysis:
• (a) Comparison: Milk weighs 1,032 g while water weighs 1,000 g. Milk weighs more than water by 32 grams per litre.
• (b) Weight of 5 Litres: 5 × 1,032 g = 5,160 g = 5 kg 160 g.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
More than water by 32 g 1.5 M
5 litres = 5 kg 160 g 1.5 M
Q16 Classify the following numbers as Prime or Composite:
11, 15, 19, 21, 29, 33, 37.
Give the definition of a prime number.
Prime and Composite Numbers • Classification 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Prime vs Composite Classification:
• Definition: A prime number is a natural number greater than 1 that has exactly two distinct factors: 1 and itself.
• Classification:
- Prime Numbers: 11, 19, 29, 37 (only divisible by 1 and itself).
- Composite Numbers: 15 (3 × 5), 21 (3 × 7), 33 (3 × 11).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definition of prime number 1.0 M
Correct primes: 11, 19, 29, 37 1.0 M
Correct composites: 15, 21, 33 1.0 M
Q17 To make buttermilk (chaas), a dairy mixes 12 litres of curd with 18 litres of cold water.
(a) What is the total volume of buttermilk prepared?
(b) If buttermilk is served in 250 mL glasses at ₹15 each, how many glasses can be poured?
(c) What is the total collection from selling all the glasses?
Dairy Churning • Curd to Buttermilk 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Total Volume: 12 L + 18 L = 30 Litres.
• (b) Number of Glasses:
- 30 L = 30,000 mL.
- Glasses = 30,000 ÷ 250 = 120 glasses.
• (c) Total Collection: 120 × ₹15 = ₹1,800.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total volume = 30 L 1.0 M
Glasses = 120 1.0 M
Collection = ₹1,800 1.0 M
Q18 A large milk container is 3/5 full. When 14 litres of milk are added to it, it becomes 4/5 full. What is the total capacity of the container when completely full? HOTS • Milk Capacity Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fraction & Volume Deduction:
1. Fraction added = 4/5 - 3/5 = 1/5 of the container.
2. Given: 1/5 of the total capacity = 14 litres.
3. Total capacity = 14 × 5 = 70 litres.
4. Verification: 3/5 of 70 = 42 L. Adding 14 L gives 42 + 14 = 56 L. 4/5 of 70 = 56 L. Solution verified!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Difference = 1/5 of capacity 1.5 M
Capacity = 70 litres with verification 1.5 M
Q19 A women's dairy cooperative saves ₹4,200 every week.
(a) How much money do they save in one year (52 weeks)?
(b) If they invest ₹1,50,000 from their savings to purchase a chilling unit, how much savings remain?
Dairy Cooperative Savings 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Annual Savings: 52 × ₹4,200 = ₹2,18,400.
• (b) Remaining Savings: ₹2,18,400 - ₹1,50,000 = ₹68,400.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Annual savings = ₹2,18,400 1.5 M
Remaining savings = ₹68,400 1.5 M
Q20 (a) What are co-prime numbers?
(b) Are 8 and 15 co-prime? Justify your answer by listing their factors.
Number Logic • Co-prime Numbers 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Co-prime Explanation:
• (a) Definition: Two numbers are co-prime if they have no common factor other than 1 (i.e. HCF = 1).
• (b) Analysis of 8 and 15:
- Factors of 8: 1, 2, 4, 8.
- Factors of 15: 1, 3, 5, 15.
- Common factor: Only 1.
- Conclusion: Yes, 8 and 15 are co-prime numbers.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definition of co-prime (HCF = 1) 1.5 M
Factors listed & affirmative conclusion 1.5 M
Q21 An ice-cream unit uses 150 litres of condensed milk daily to produce 600 tubs of ice-cream.
(a) How many millilitres of condensed milk are used per tub?
(b) If production is increased by 50%, how many litres of milk will be required daily?
Ice-Cream Factory Milk Usage 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Milk per Tub: 150 L = 150,000 mL. Milk per tub = 150,000 ÷ 600 = 250 mL per tub.
• (b) 50% Increase: 150 L + (50% of 150 L) = 150 + 75 = 225 litres daily.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
250 mL per tub 1.5 M
225 litres with 50% increase 1.5 M
Q22 Convert millilitres into litres using decimal point shifts:
(a) 4,500 mL
(b) 850 mL
(c) 25 mL
(d) 10,250 mL
Mental Arithmetic • Division by 10, 100 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Shift Decimal 3 Places Left (÷ 1,000):
• (a) 4,500 mL: 4,500 ÷ 1,000 = 4.5 L.
• (b) 850 mL: 850 ÷ 1,000 = 0.85 L.
• (c) 25 mL: 25 ÷ 1,000 = 0.025 L.
• (d) 10,250 mL: 10,250 ÷ 1,000 = 10.25 L.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Parts (a) & (b): 4.5 L, 0.85 L 1.5 M
Parts (c) & (d): 0.025 L, 10.25 L 1.5 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) Every multiple of 6 is also a multiple of 2 and 3.
(b) 1 is the smallest prime number.
(c) A capacity of 2 L 50 mL equals 2.5 Litres.
True or False with Arithmetic Reasoning 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) True: Since 6 = 2 × 3, any multiple of 6 contains both 2 and 3 as factors, so it is divisible by both 2 and 3.
• (b) False: 1 has only one factor (itself), whereas prime numbers require exactly two distinct factors. The smallest prime number is 2.
• (c) False: 50 mL = 50 ÷ 1,000 = 0.05 L. Therefore 2 L 50 mL = 2.05 Litres (2.5 L is 2 L 500 mL).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): True with prime factor reasoning 1.0 M
Part (b): False (2 is smallest prime) 1.0 M
Part (c): False (2.05 L vs 2.5 L) 1.0 M
Q24 A dairy cooperative has a cold storage capacity of 15,000 litres. On Monday, it starts with 4,200 L in stock. During the day, it collects 8,400 L from farmers and delivers 7,850 L to bottling plants.
(a) What is the closing stock on Monday evening?
(b) How much unused capacity remains in the storage tank?
Comprehensive Dairy Farm Review 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Stock Balance:
• (a) Closing Stock:
- Opening stock = 4,200 L.
- Total available = 4,200 + 8,400 = 12,600 L.
- Dispatched = 7,850 L.
- Closing stock = 12,600 - 7,850 = 4,750 litres.
• (b) Unused Capacity: 15,000 L - 4,750 L = 10,250 litres unused.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Closing stock = 4,750 L 1.5 M
Unused capacity = 10,250 L 1.5 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Community Milk Tea Stall Procurement

Real-World Math Context: A tea vendor makes 1 cup of special masala chai using 75 mL of milk. On Sunday, he prepares 400 cups of tea. Milk is bought in 1-litre bottles costing ₹62 each.

Analytical Task: (a) How much milk in litres is needed for 400 cups?
(b) How many whole 1-litre bottles must he buy, and how much will he spend?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Total Milk: 400 × 75 mL = 30,000 mL = 30 Litres.
(b) Bottles and Cost: 30 bottles needed ⇒ 30 × ₹62 = ₹1,860.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
7
Chapter 7 • Patterns, Rotations & Tessellations • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 7: Shapes and Patterns

आकृतियाँ और पैटर्न (ज्यामितीय आकृतियाँ, घूर्णन एवं टाइलिंग)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • 2D geometric shapes: Triangles, Quadrilaterals, Pentagons, Hexagons and their properties.
  • Rotational patterns: Rotating a motif by 1/4 turn (90°), 1/2 turn (180°), or 1/6 turn (60°).
  • Tessellations (Tiling): Covering a flat surface completely with geometric tiles without any gaps or overlapping.
  • Number and shape sequences following progressive mathematical rules.
  • (a) 1, 4, 9, 16, 25: Rule: Square of consecutive natural numbers ($1^2, 2^2, 3^2, 4^2, 5^2$). Next terms: $6^2 = \mathbf{36}$, $7^2 = \mathbf{49}$.
  • (b) 3, 6, 12, 24: Rule: Multiply by 2. Next terms: $24 \times 2 = \mathbf{48}$, $48 \times 2 = \mathbf{96}$.
  • (c) 100, 95, 85, 70: Rule: Subtract consecutive multiples of 5 ($-5, -10, -15$). Next terms: $70 - 20 = \mathbf{50}$, $50 - 25 = \mathbf{25}$.
Rotational Pattern Transformation: 1/4 Turn (90°) Progressive Sequence Original → 1/4 Turn → 1/2 Turn → 3/4 Turn Rule: 4 quarter turns (4 × 90° = 360°) return the shape back to its original orientation.
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 (a) What is the angle of turn if a shape returns to its exact original appearance in a 1/2 turn?
(b) What is the angle of turn in a 1/4 turn?
(c) Which of the following shapes look identical after a 1/2 turn: Rectangle, Equilateral Triangle, Letter 'S', Letter 'M'?
Rotational Symmetry • Turns & Degrees 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rotational Symmetry Properties:
• (a) 1/2 Turn: 360° ÷ 2 = 180°.
• (b) 1/4 Turn: 360° ÷ 4 = 90°.
• (c) Shapes that look identical after 1/2 turn (180°):
- Rectangle: Yes (180° rotation matches perfectly).
- Equilateral Triangle: No (apex points downward after 1/2 turn).
- Letter 'S': Yes (180° rotation gives 'S').
- Letter 'M': No (turns upside down into 'W').
Identical shapes: Rectangle and Letter 'S'.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1/2 turn = 180°; 1/4 turn = 90° 1.5 M
Rectangle and Letter S identified correctly 1.5 M
Q2 Observe the pattern and find the next two lines:
1 × 9 + 2 = 11
12 × 9 + 3 = 111
123 × 9 + 4 = 1111
Explain the pattern rule.
Number Patterns • Multiplication Arrays 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pattern Progression:
• Line 4: 1234 × 9 + 5 = 11,111.
• Line 5: 12345 × 9 + 6 = 1,11,111.
• Rule: In each successive line, the multiplicand adds the next natural digit on the right (1, 12, 123, 1234, 12345), the added number increases by 1 (2, 3, 4, 5, 6), and the resulting product consists entirely of the digit 1 repeated one more time than in the previous line.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Line 4: 1234 × 9 + 5 = 11,111 1.0 M
Line 5: 12345 × 9 + 6 = 1,11,111 1.0 M
Clear mathematical rule explanation 1.0 M
Q3 Look at the pattern of adding consecutive numbers:
1 + 2 + 3 = 6
2 + 3 + 4 = 9
3 + 4 + 5 = 12
(a) Find the next two lines in this pattern.
(b) What is the mathematical relationship between the middle number and the sum?
Sum of Consecutive Numbers Pattern 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pattern Analysis:
• (a) Next Two Lines:
- Line 4: 4 + 5 + 6 = 15.
- Line 5: 5 + 6 + 7 = 18.
• (b) Mathematical Relationship:
- For 1, 2, 3: Middle number is 2; Sum = 6 = 3 × 2.
- For 2, 3, 4: Middle number is 3; Sum = 9 = 3 × 3.
- For 3, 4, 5: Middle number is 4; Sum = 12 = 3 × 4.
Rule: The sum of three consecutive numbers is always exactly 3 times the middle number ($3 \times M$).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Line 4: 4+5+6 = 15; Line 5: 5+6+7 = 18 1.5 M
Sum = 3 × middle number 1.5 M
Q4 Fill in the numbers 1 to 9 in a 3×3 grid such that the sum of each row, column, and diagonal is 15. What number must be placed in the center, and why? Magic Squares • 3x3 Grid Sum 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Magic Square of 1 to 9 (Sum = 15):
  8   1   6  → 15
  3   5   7  → 15
  4   9   2  → 15
  ↓   ↓   ↓
 15  15  15
Diagonals: 8+5+2 = 15; 6+5+4 = 15.

• Center Number: The number 5 must be placed in the center.
• Reason: The center cell is part of 4 lines (1 row, 1 column, 2 diagonals). The average of numbers 1 to 9 is (1 + 9) ÷ 2 = 5, which is the median value required to balance all pairs adding to 10 (1+9, 2+8, 3+7, 4+6).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct 3×3 grid with sums = 15 2.0 M
Center is 5 with median explanation 1.0 M
Q5 In a magic hexagon pattern, a square lies between two circles. The rule is: The number in each square is the product of the numbers in the circles on either side.
If two circles contain 7 and 9, what number goes in the square between them? If a square contains 72 and one circle is 8, what number is in the other circle?
Magic Hexagon • Circles & Squares 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rule: Square = Circle 1 × Circle 2:
• (a) Circles with 7 and 9: Square = 7 × 9 = 63.
• (b) Square is 72, Circle is 8: Other circle = 72 ÷ 8 = 9.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Square = 63 1.5 M
Other circle = 9 1.5 M
Q6 Observe the pattern of square numbers:
1, 4, 9, 16, 25...
(a) Find the next three square numbers.
(b) Write each square number as the sum of consecutive odd numbers starting from 1 (e.g., 4 = 1 + 3).
Square Numbers Pattern • Visual Dots 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Square Numbers:
• (a) Next Three Numbers: 6² = 36, 7² = 49, 8² = 64.
• (b) Sum of Odd Numbers:
- 1 = 1
- 4 = 1 + 3
- 9 = 1 + 3 + 5
- 16 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7
- 25 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9
- 36 = 1 + 3 + 5 + 7 + 9 + 11.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Next three: 36, 49, 64 1.5 M
Odd sum expansion 1.5 M
Q7 A palindrome is a number that reads the same forwards and backwards (e.g. 121, 353).
(a) Take the number 48. Reverse its digits and add them together. Repeat the process if needed to get a palindrome.
(b) Is 1,001 a palindrome? What is the next 4-digit palindrome after 1,001?
Palindromic Numbers • Reverse and Add 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Palindrome Calculations:
• (a) Process for 48:
- Step 1: Number = 48. Reverse = 84.
- Step 2: Sum = 48 + 84 = 132 (not yet a palindrome).
- Step 3: Reverse of 132 = 231.
- Step 4: Sum = 132 + 231 = 363 (which reads the same forwards and backwards → Palindrome!).
• (b) 1,001: Yes, 1,001 is a palindrome. The next 4-digit palindrome is 1,111.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Steps for 48 yielding 363 2.0 M
1,001 is palindrome & next is 1,111 1.0 M
Q8 (a) If the code rule is: Replace each letter with the next letter (A→B, B→C... Z→A), decode the secret message: 'CPPL'.
(b) Using the same rule, encode the word: 'CLEVER'.
Secret Message Codes • Alphabet Shifts 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Coding & Decoding (+1 Shift):
• (a) Decoding 'CPPL': Shift backward by 1 letter (-1):
- C - 1 = B
- P - 1 = O
- P - 1 = O
- L - 1 = K
Decoded Word: BOOK.
• (b) Encoding 'CLEVER': Shift forward by 1 letter (+1):
- C → D, L → M, E → F, V → W, E → F, R → S.
Encoded Message: DMFWFS.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Decoded: BOOK 1.5 M
Encoded: DMFWFS 1.5 M
Q9 (a) What is tessellation (tiling)?
(b) Can regular hexagons tile a flat surface without gaps or overlaps? Explain why with reference to angles.
(c) Can regular octagons alone tile a floor? Explain.
Tessellation & Tiling • Surface Covering 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tessellation Geometry:
• (a) Definition: Tessellation is the covering of a plane using one or more geometric shapes with no gaps and no overlaps.
• (b) Regular Hexagons: Yes. Each interior angle of a regular hexagon is 120°. At each meeting vertex, 3 hexagons meet: 120° × 3 = 360°. Since their angles sum to exactly 360°, they tile seamlessly (honeycomb pattern).
• (c) Regular Octagons: No, octagons alone cannot tile a floor. Each interior angle is 135°. Two octagons give 135° + 135° = 270°, leaving a gap of 360° - 270° = 90° (which requires a square to fill the gap).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definition of tessellation 1.0 M
Hexagon: 120° × 3 = 360° tiles without gaps 1.0 M
Octagon: 135° leaves 90° gap (cannot tile alone) 1.0 M
Q10 Through how many degrees does a shape rotate in:
(a) A 1/3 turn
(b) A 1/6 turn
(c) Which regular shape looks identical after a 1/3 turn?
(d) Which shape looks identical after a 1/6 turn?
1/3 Turn and 1/6 Turn Rotations 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rotational Angles:
• (a) 1/3 Turn: 360° ÷ 3 = 120°.
• (b) 1/6 Turn: 360° ÷ 6 = 60°.
• (c) Identical after 1/3 turn: An Equilateral Triangle (has 3-fold rotational symmetry).
• (d) Identical after 1/6 turn: A Regular Hexagon (or 6-pointed star, has 6-fold symmetry).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1/3 turn = 120°; 1/6 turn = 60° 1.5 M
Equilateral triangle and Regular hexagon 1.5 M
Q11 Look at the pattern of triangular numbers (dots arranged in triangles):
1, 3, 6, 10, 15...
(a) Find the next two triangular numbers.
(b) What is the relationship between the sum of two consecutive triangular numbers?
Triangular Numbers Pattern 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Triangular Numbers:
• Differences are consecutive integers: +2, +3, +4, +5...
• (a) Next Two Numbers:
- 15 + 6 = 21.
- 21 + 7 = 28.
• (b) Sum of Consecutive Triangular Numbers:
- 1 + 3 = 4 = 2² (Square number)
- 3 + 6 = 9 = 3² (Square number)
- 6 + 10 = 16 = 4² (Square number)
- 10 + 15 = 25 = 5² (Square number)
Rule: The sum of any two consecutive triangular numbers is always a Square Number!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Next two: 21, 28 1.5 M
Sum of two consecutive gives square numbers 1.5 M
Q12 Fill in the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 along the three sides of a triangle (3 numbers on each side) so that the sum of the numbers on each side is 9. Magic Triangle • Perimeter Sum 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Magic Triangle Solution (Side Sum = 9):
1. Place the smallest numbers 1, 2, 3 at the three corner vertices.
2. Corner sum = 1 + 2 + 3 = 6.
3. Sides:
• Side between 1 and 2: needs 9 - (1 + 2) = 6 in the middle.
• Side between 2 and 3: needs 9 - (2 + 3) = 4 in the middle.
• Side between 3 and 1: needs 9 - (3 + 1) = 5 in the middle.
Check: 1+6+2 = 9; 2+4+3 = 9; 3+5+1 = 9. All numbers 1 to 6 used exactly once!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Corners: 1, 2, 3 1.5 M
Middle numbers: 6, 4, 5 with side sum = 9 1.5 M
Q13 A traditional border design repeats a motif: Triangle pointing UP, Square, Triangle pointing DOWN, Circle.
(a) What will be the 15th shape in this repeating pattern?
(b) What will be the 28th shape?
Border Tiling Strip Patterns 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Modulo Arithmetic in Repeating Motifs (Period = 4 shapes):
• Pattern sequence: 1 = UP, 2 = Square, 3 = DOWN, 4 = Circle.
• (a) 15th Shape: 15 ÷ 4 = 3 with remainder 3. Position 3 is Triangle pointing DOWN.
• (b) 28th Shape: 28 ÷ 4 = 7 with remainder 0 (exact multiple of 4). Position 4 is Circle.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Period = 4 shapes identified 1.0 M
15th shape = Triangle pointing DOWN 1.0 M
28th shape = Circle 1.0 M
Q14 Study the multiplication pattern:
11 × 11 = 121
111 × 111 = 12321
1111 × 1111 = 1234321
(a) What will be the value of 11111 × 11111 without doing long multiplication?
(b) Explain the symmetry in the digits of the product.
Number Grid Patterns • Magic Multiplications 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Symmetric Number Products (Repunits):
• (a) Product: 11,111 × 11,111 = 123454321 (One crore twenty-three lakh forty-five thousand four hundred twenty-one).
• (b) Symmetry Explanation: The digits count up from 1 to the number of ones in the factor (5 digits: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5) and then mirror backwards symmetrically down to 1 (4, 3, 2, 1), forming a numerical palindrome.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Product = 123454321 1.5 M
Clear explanation of ascending-descending palindrome symmetry 1.5 M
Q15 State the order of rotational symmetry for each of the following regular figures:
(a) Square
(b) Regular Pentagon
(c) Regular Octagon
(d) Circle
Rotational Symmetry Order 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Order of Rotational Symmetry:
• (a) Square: Rotates onto itself 4 times in a 360° turn (every 90°) → Order 4.
• (b) Regular Pentagon: Rotates onto itself 5 times (every 72°) → Order 5.
• (c) Regular Octagon: Rotates onto itself 8 times (every 45°) → Order 8.
• (d) Circle: Any rotation around its center leaves it unchanged → Infinite order.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Square = 4; Pentagon = 5 1.5 M
Octagon = 8; Circle = Infinite 1.5 M
Q16 Observe the Fibonacci sequence where each term is the sum of the two preceding terms:
1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 8, 13...
(a) Find the next three numbers in the sequence.
(b) Where in nature can this pattern be observed?
Fibonacci Sequence • Nature's Pattern 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fibonacci Sequence:
• (a) Next Three Numbers:
- 8 + 13 = 21.
- 13 + 21 = 34.
- 21 + 34 = 55.
• (b) Occurrences in Nature: Number of petals on flowers (daisies, sunflowers), spiral arrangement of sunflower seeds, pine cone scales, and pineapple skins.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Next three: 21, 34, 55 1.5 M
Two natural examples (sunflower seeds, pine cones) 1.5 M
Q17 Among the capital English letters: A, H, M, O, X, Z:
(a) Which letters have both vertical and horizontal lines of symmetry?
(b) Which letter has rotational symmetry of order 2 but NO line of symmetry?
Alphabet Symmetry • Rotational vs Line 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Letter Symmetry Analysis:
• (a) Both Vertical & Horizontal Lines of Symmetry: H, O, X (can be reflected across both axes).
• (b) Rotational Symmetry but No Line Symmetry: Z.
- Letter 'Z' has no axis of reflection (horizontal or vertical reflection reverses the diagonal), but rotating by 180° (half-turn) reproduces an identical 'Z'.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): H, O, X 1.5 M
Part (b): Z with rotational explanation 1.5 M
Q18 A 3×3 magic square has numbers 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14. What number must be at the center, and what is the constant magic sum of each row? Magic Square of Sum 30 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
1. Total sum of numbers from 6 to 14 = (6 + 14) × 9 ÷ 2 = 20 × 4.5 = 90.
2. Row Sum (Magic Constant): 90 ÷ 3 rows = 30.
3. Center Number: Median value = (6 + 14) ÷ 2 = 10.
Check: 3 × Center number = 3 × 10 = 30 = Magic constant.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Magic sum = 30 1.5 M
Center number = 10 with median proof 1.5 M
Q19 Find the missing number in the sequence: 2, 6, 12, 20, 30, _____, 56. Explain the mathematical rule. HOTS • Number Pattern Puzzle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pattern Analysis:
• Difference sequence: 6 - 2 = 4, 12 - 6 = 6, 20 - 12 = 8, 30 - 20 = 10.
• The difference increases by +2 each time (consecutive even numbers: 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14).
• Next difference must be +12: 30 + 12 = 42.
• Verification: 42 + 14 = 56. Correct!
Alternative Rule: $n \times (n + 1)$: 1×2=2, 2×3=6, 3×4=12, 4×5=20, 5×6=30, 6×7=42, 7×8=56.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Missing number = 42 1.5 M
Clear mathematical rule (difference sequence or n(n+1)) 1.5 M
Q20 A windmill has 4 identical blades arranged symmetrically.
(a) What fraction of a turn brings each blade to the position of the next blade?
(b) How many degrees of rotation is that?
(c) Does the windmill look identical after a 1/4 turn, 1/2 turn, and 3/4 turn?
Windmill Blade Rotations 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rotational Geometry of 4-Blade Windmill:
• (a) Fraction of a Turn: 4 blades = 1/4 turn.
• (b) Degrees: 360° ÷ 4 = 90°.
• (c) Symmetry: Yes, it has 4-fold rotational symmetry and looks identical after a 1/4 turn (90°), 1/2 turn (180°), and 3/4 turn (270°).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Fraction = 1/4 turn 1.0 M
Degrees = 90° 1.0 M
Identical at 90°, 180°, 270° 1.0 M
Q21 In an Indian rangoli pattern, equilateral triangles and rhombuses are combined to form a star.
(a) How many equilateral triangles are required to make a regular hexagon?
(b) What is the sum of angles around the central meeting point?
Rangoli Geometric Tessellation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Geometric Properties:
• (a) Number of Triangles: Exactly 6 equilateral triangles meet at a central vertex to form a regular hexagon.
• (b) Sum of Angles: Each equilateral triangle has an angle of 60°. 6 × 60° = 360° (a complete circle).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
6 equilateral triangles 1.5 M
Sum of angles = 360° 1.5 M
Q22 Look at any 3×3 square of dates on a monthly calendar (e.g. dates 1 to 3, 8 to 10, 15 to 17).
(a) How can you instantly find the sum of all 9 dates using only the center number?
(b) If the center date is 14, what is the sum of all 9 numbers in that 3×3 square?
Calendar Number Patterns 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calendar Math Trick:
• (a) Rule: Because calendar numbers are symmetrically distributed horizontally (±1) and vertically (±7), the sum of all 9 numbers is always exactly 9 times the center number ($9 \times C$).
• (b) Calculation for Center = 14: Sum = 9 × 14 = 126.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Rule: Sum = 9 × center number 1.5 M
Sum = 9 × 14 = 126 1.5 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) An equilateral triangle looks identical after a 1/2 turn.
(b) Any number multiplied by 9 has the sum of its digits equal to 9 or a multiple of 9.
(c) A circle has only 4 lines of symmetry.
True or False with Pattern Reasoning 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) False: In a 1/2 turn (180°), an equilateral triangle flips upside down with its base at the top and apex at the bottom.
• (b) True: By the divisibility rule for 9, the digital sum of any multiple of 9 is always 9, 18, 27... (a multiple of 9).
• (c) False: A circle has infinite lines of symmetry (any diameter passing through the center is a line of symmetry).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): False with upside-down reason 1.0 M
Part (b): True with divisibility rule 1.0 M
Part (c): False (infinite lines of symmetry) 1.0 M
Q24 A student creates a spiral pattern of squares starting with side 1 cm, then 2 cm, then 3 cm, then 5 cm, then 8 cm.
(a) What will be the side of the next two squares?
(b) What is this famous series called, and what are the areas of the first four squares?
Comprehensive Pattern Review 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fibonacci Square Spirals:
• (a) Next Sides: Sum of previous two sides: 5 + 8 = 13 cm, then 8 + 13 = 21 cm.
• (b) Series & Areas:
- Name: Fibonacci Sequence.
- Area of 1 cm square: 1 × 1 = 1 cm².
- Area of 2 cm square: 2 × 2 = 4 cm².
- Area of 3 cm square: 3 × 3 = 9 cm².
- Area of 5 cm square: 5 × 5 = 25 cm².
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Sides: 13 cm, 21 cm 1.5 M
Fibonacci sequence & areas: 1, 4, 9, 25 cm² 1.5 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Heritage Haveli Flooring Tile Design

Real-World Math Context: An architect designs a courtyard floor measuring 12 metres by 8 metres using rectangular tiles of size 40 cm by 20 cm.

Analytical Task: (a) What is the area of the courtyard in square centimetres?
(b) What is the area of one tile?
(c) How many tiles are needed to pave the entire floor without gaps?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Courtyard Area: 1,200 × 800 = 9,60,000 sq cm.
(b) Tile Area: 40 × 20 = 800 sq cm.
(c) Number of Tiles: 960,000/800 = 1,200 tiles.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
8
Chapter 8 • Measurement of Mass & Weight Comparison • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 8: Weight and Capacity

भार और धारिता (किलोग्राम-ग्राम, बाट संतुलन एवं तराजू)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Units of mass: 1 Kilogram (kg) = 1,000 grams (g).
  • Benchmark weights: 1/2 kg = 500 g, 1/4 kg = 250 g, 3/4 kg = 750 g.
  • Balancing two-pan scales: Left Pan Weight = Right Pan Weight.
  • Solving multi-step grocery word problems involving weights and prices per kg.
Two-Pan Balance Scale in Perfect Equilibrium (1 kg = 1,000 g) 1 kg 500g 500g Equilibrium: Left Pan (1 kg = 1,000 g) = Right Pan (500 g + 500 g = 1,000 g)
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 (a) How many 200 g weights are needed to balance a 1 kg block of sugar?
(b) How many 250 g weights balance a 2 kg weight?
(c) A grocer has weights of 500 g, 200 g, and 100 g only. How can he weigh exactly 800 g of dal using minimum weights?
Standard Weights • Balancing Beam Balance 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Weight Balancing (1 kg = 1,000 g):
• (a) For 1 kg (1,000 g): 1,000 ÷ 200 = 5 weights of 200 g.
• (b) For 2 kg (2,000 g): 2,000 ÷ 250 = 8 weights of 250 g.
• (c) Weighing 800 g: Combine one 500 g weight, one 200 g weight, and one 100 g weight: 500 + 200 + 100 = 800 g (3 weights total).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 5 weights 1.0 M
Part (b): 8 weights 1.0 M
Part (c): 500 g + 200 g + 100 g 1.0 M
Q2 Mrs. Sharma buys:
• 2.5 kg onions at ₹36 per kg
• 1.5 kg tomatoes at ₹40 per kg
• 750 g ginger at ₹120 per kg
(a) Find the cost of each item.
(b) Calculate her total bill.
(c) If she pays with a ₹500 note, how much change is refunded?
Vegetable Shopping • Multi-Item Bill 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cost Calculations:
• (a) Individual Costs:
- Onions: 2.5 × ₹36 = ₹90.
- Tomatoes: 1.5 × ₹40 = ₹60.
- Ginger: 750 g = 0.75 kg. Cost = 0.75 × ₹120 = ₹90.
• (b) Total Bill: ₹90 + ₹60 + ₹90 = ₹240.
• (c) Change: ₹500 - ₹240 = ₹260.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Onions ₹90, Tomatoes ₹60, Ginger ₹90 1.5 M
Total bill = ₹240 0.75 M
Change = ₹260 0.75 M
Q3 A grocer has weights of 5 kg and 2 kg only. Explain how he can weigh exactly 3 kg of rice using a two-pan balance in a single measurement. Pan Balance • Subtraction Weighing Trick 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pan Balance Subtraction Principle:
1. Place the 5 kg weight on the left pan.
2. Place the 2 kg weight on the right pan.
3. Pour rice into the right pan (alongside the 2 kg weight) until both pans balance perfectly.
4. Since Left Pan = Right Pan:
5 kg = 2 kg + Rice Weight → Rice Weight = 5 kg - 2 kg = 3 kg of rice.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
5 kg on one pan, 2 kg on other pan 1.5 M
5 - 2 = 3 kg balance equation 1.5 M
Q4 Convert:
(a) 4 kg 350 g into grams
(b) 8,075 g into kilograms and grams
(c) 3/4 kg into grams
(d) 2.25 kg into grams
Unit Conversions • Kilograms & Grams 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Conversions (1 kg = 1,000 g):
• (a) 4 kg 350 g: (4 × 1,000) + 350 = 4,350 g.
• (b) 8,075 g: 8,000 g + 75 g = 8 kg 75 g.
• (c) 3/4 kg: 3/4 of 1,000 = 1,000 × 3 ÷ 4 = 750 g.
• (d) 2.25 kg: 2.25 × 1,000 = 2,250 g.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Parts (a) & (b): 4,350 g, 8 kg 75 g 1.5 M
Parts (c) & (d): 750 g, 2,250 g 1.5 M
Q5 An overhead rooftop water tank has a capacity of 1,200 litres.
(a) A family uses 350 litres for washing, 180 litres for cooking, and 420 litres for bathing daily. How many litres are consumed in total?
(b) How many litres of water remain in the tank?
Water Tank Capacity • In-Text Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Water Consumption:
• (a) Total Used: 350 L + 180 L + 420 L = 950 litres.
• (b) Remaining Water: 1,200 L - 950 L = 250 litres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total used = 950 L 1.5 M
Remaining = 250 L 1.5 M
Q6 A farmer harvests 6 quintals of wheat (1 quintal = 100 kg). He packs the wheat into smaller sacks of 25 kg each.
(a) Find the total weight of wheat in kilograms.
(b) How many 25 kg sacks does he fill completely?
Grain Bag Packaging • Division 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Total Kilograms: 6 quintals × 100 kg/quintal = 600 kg.
• (b) Number of Sacks: 600 kg ÷ 25 kg/sack = 24 sacks.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total = 600 kg 1.5 M
Sacks = 24 1.5 M
Q7 A doctor prescribes 5 mL of cough syrup 3 times a day for a child for 5 days.
(a) How many mL does the child take in one day?
(b) What is the total volume of cough syrup needed for the 5-day course?
(c) Will a 100 mL bottle be sufficient? How much syrup will remain in the bottle?
Medicine Dropper • Dosage Calculations 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Dosage Calculations:
• (a) Daily Dose: 3 times × 5 mL = 15 mL per day.
• (b) Total for 5 Days: 5 days × 15 mL = 75 mL.
• (c) Bottle Sufficiency: Yes, 75 mL < 100 mL, so a 100 mL bottle is sufficient.
- Remaining syrup = 100 mL - 75 mL = 25 mL remaining.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Daily dose = 15 mL 1.0 M
Total 5-day dose = 75 mL 1.0 M
Sufficient with 25 mL left 1.0 M
Q8 In a primary school with 140 students, each student receives 100 g of rice and 30 g of dal daily under the Mid-Day Meal scheme.
(a) How many kilograms of rice are cooked daily?
(b) How many kilograms of dal are cooked daily?
(c) Calculate the total monthly requirement of rice for 22 school working days.
School Mid-Day Meal • Ration Accounting 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Daily Rice: 140 × 100 g = 14,000 g = 14 kg of rice.
• (b) Daily Dal: 140 × 30 g = 4,200 g = 4.2 kg (4 kg 200 g) of dal.
• (c) Monthly Rice (22 days): 22 × 14 kg = 308 kg of rice.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Daily rice = 14 kg 1.0 M
Daily dal = 4.2 kg 1.0 M
Monthly rice = 308 kg 1.0 M
Q9 A new 5-rupee coin weighs 9 grams.
(a) What is the weight of a sack containing 1,000 such 5-rupee coins in kilograms?
(b) If a bag of 5-rupee coins weighs 4 kg 500 g, how many coins are in the bag?
Weight of Money • Coin Stacks 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Weight of 1,000 Coins: 1,000 × 9 g = 9,000 g = 9 kg.
• (b) Number of Coins:
- Total weight = 4 kg 500 g = 4,500 grams.
- Number of coins = 4,500 ÷ 9 g = 500 coins.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Weight of 1,000 coins = 9 kg 1.5 M
Number of coins = 500 1.5 M
Q10 A bathing bucket has a capacity of 15 litres. A plastic mug holds 300 mL.
(a) How many full mugs of water are needed to fill the bucket completely?
(b) If 12 mugs of water are taken out of a full bucket, how many litres remain?
Bucket and Mug Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Capacity Calculations (15 L = 15,000 mL):
• (a) Mugs to Fill: 15,000 mL ÷ 300 mL = 50 mugs.
• (b) Remaining Volume:
- Water removed = 12 × 300 mL = 3,600 mL = 3.6 L.
- Water left = 15 L - 3.6 L = 11.4 litres (11 L 400 mL).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
50 mugs to fill 1.5 M
Water left = 11.4 L 1.5 M
Q11 Arrange the following weights from heaviest to lightest:
2.8 kg, 2,750 g, 3 kg 50 g, 2,890 g, 3,000 g
Comparing Heaviness • Metric Units 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Converting all to Grams:
• 2.8 kg = 2,800 g
• 2,750 g = 2,750 g
• 3 kg 50 g = 3,050 g
• 2,890 g = 2,890 g
• 3,000 g = 3,000 g
Ordering from largest to smallest: 3,050 g > 3,000 g > 2,890 g > 2,800 g > 2,750 g.
Descending Order: 3 kg 50 g > 3,000 g > 2,890 g > 2.8 kg > 2,750 g.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
All converted to grams 1.5 M
Correct descending order 1.5 M
Q12 A nurse has a 50 mL vial of vaccine. Each injection requires a dose of 0.5 mL.
(a) How many patients can be vaccinated from one vial?
(b) For a vaccination camp of 400 children, how many such vials must be opened?
Liquid Medicine Ampoule • Millilitres 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Doses per Vial: 50 mL ÷ 0.5 mL = 100 doses (100 patients).
• (b) Vials Needed: 400 children ÷ 100 doses/vial = 4 vials.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
100 patients per vial 1.5 M
4 vials needed 1.5 M
Q13 A baby elephant weighs 240 kg. A Class 5 child has an average weight of 30 kg.
(a) How many children together weigh the same as the baby elephant?
(b) If an adult elephant weighs 3,600 kg, how many baby elephants equal the weight of one adult elephant?
Elephant Weight vs Children Weight 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comparison:
• (a) Children Equivalent: 240 kg ÷ 30 kg = 8 children.
• (b) Adult vs Baby Elephant: 3,600 kg ÷ 240 kg = 15 baby elephants.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
8 children 1.5 M
15 baby elephants 1.5 M
Q14 In household cooking: 1 teaspoon holds 5 mL, and 1 tablespoon holds 15 mL.
(a) How many teaspoons equal 1 tablespoon?
(b) A recipe requires 60 mL of olive oil. How many tablespoons is that?
(c) How many teaspoons of vanilla essence are needed to measure 25 mL?
Teaspoon and Tablespoon Volumes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Kitchen Measurements:
• (a) Teaspoons in a Tablespoon: 15 mL ÷ 5 mL = 3 teaspoons.
• (b) 60 mL Olive Oil: 60 ÷ 15 = 4 tablespoons.
• (c) 25 mL Vanilla: 25 ÷ 5 = 5 teaspoons.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 3 teaspoons 1.0 M
Part (b): 4 tablespoons 1.0 M
Part (c): 5 teaspoons 1.0 M
Q15 India Post parcel charges are: ₹20 for the first 50 grams, and ₹10 for every additional 50 grams (or fraction thereof).
(a) Find the postal charge for a book parcel weighing 180 grams.
(b) Find the postal charge for a parcel weighing 320 grams.
Postal Parcel Weight Tariff 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Postal Step Tariff:
• (a) 180 g Parcel:
- First 50 g: ₹20.
- Remaining weight = 180 - 50 = 130 g.
- Additional 50 g slabs = 130 ÷ 50 = 2.6 → 3 slabs.
- Surcharge = 3 × ₹10 = ₹30.
- Total postage = ₹20 + ₹30 = ₹50.
• (b) 320 g Parcel:
- First 50 g: ₹20.
- Remaining = 320 - 50 = 270 g.
- Additional slabs = 270 ÷ 50 = 5.4 → 6 slabs.
- Surcharge = 6 × ₹10 = ₹60.
- Total postage = ₹20 + ₹60 = ₹80.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
180 g parcel = ₹50 1.5 M
320 g parcel = ₹80 1.5 M
Q16 A leaking tap drips 20 mL of water every minute.
(a) How many mL of water are wasted in 1 hour?
(b) How many litres of water are wasted in a 24-hour day?
(c) If water is valued at ₹5 per 1,000 litres, what is the cost of water lost in a month of 30 days?
Dripping Tap Water Waste 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Water Wastage Calculations:
• (a) In 1 Hour (60 min): 20 mL × 60 = 1,200 mL (1.2 Litres).
• (b) In 1 Day (24 hours): 1.2 L × 24 = 28.8 litres wasted daily.
• (c) In 30 Days: 28.8 L × 30 = 864 litres.
- Financial loss = (864 ÷ 1,000) × ₹5 = ₹4.32.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 hour = 1.2 L 1.0 M
1 day = 28.8 L 1.0 M
Monthly wastage = 864 L 1.0 M
Q17 A glass jar holds 500 mL of liquid. When filled with pure water, the liquid weighs 500 g. When filled with pure bee honey, the liquid weighs 710 g.
(a) Which liquid is denser/heavier for the same volume?
(b) By how many grams does 1 litre of honey weigh more than 1 litre of water?
Weight of Liquids • Water vs Honey 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Density Analysis:
• (a) Heavier Liquid: For 500 mL, honey weighs 710 g while water weighs 500 g. Therefore, honey is denser and heavier.
• (b) Difference per Litre (1,000 mL):
- Weight of 1 L water = 2 × 500 g = 1,000 g.
- Weight of 1 L honey = 2 × 710 g = 1,420 g.
- Difference = 1,420 g - 1,000 g = 420 grams heavier per litre.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Honey is heavier 1.5 M
1 L honey is 420 g heavier than water 1.5 M
Q18 A flour mill processes 1,500 kg of wheat into atta. 5% weight is lost as bran during husk separation.
(a) Find the weight of atta produced.
(b) If the atta is packed into bags of 10 kg each, how many bags are packed?
Flour Mill Packing • Sacks and Bags 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Atta Produced:
- Loss = 5% of 1,500 kg = 75 kg.
- Net atta = 1,500 kg - 75 kg = 1,425 kg.
• (b) Bags Packed: 1,425 kg ÷ 10 kg/bag = 142 full bags (with 5 kg remaining).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Net atta = 1,425 kg 1.5 M
142 bags with 5 kg remainder 1.5 M
Q19 A brick balances with 3/4 of a brick plus 3/4 of a kilogram on a beam balance. How much does the brick weigh in kilograms? HOTS • Weight Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Algebraic Derivation:
1. Let the weight of 1 whole brick be $W$ kg.
2. Given balance condition: $W = \frac{3}{4}W + \frac{3}{4}\text{ kg}$.
3. Subtract $\frac{3}{4}W$ from both sides:
$W - \frac{3}{4}W = \frac{3}{4}\text{ kg} \rightarrow \frac{1}{4}W = \frac{3}{4}\text{ kg}$.
4. Multiply both sides by 4: $W = 4 \times \frac{3}{4} = \mathbf{3\text{ kg}}$.
5. Verification: 3/4 of 3 kg = 2.25 kg. 2.25 kg + 0.75 kg = 3.0 kg. Balanced!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Equation: W = (3/4)W + 0.75 1.5 M
W = 3 kg with verification 1.5 M
Q20 A school sports day beverage cooler holds 25 litres of fresh lemon squash. The school serves the drink in 200 mL paper cups.
(a) How many students can be served from one full cooler?
(b) If 160 cups are consumed, how many litres of lemon squash remain in the cooler?
Juice Dispenser Refill 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations (25 L = 25,000 mL):
• (a) Total Cups: 25,000 mL ÷ 200 mL = 125 cups.
• (b) Consumption Analysis: Since 1 cooler holds only 125 cups, serving 160 cups requires more than 1 cooler (32 litres total). For 125 cups from 1 cooler, all 25 L are used. If 160 cups were served from a larger reservoir, 160 × 200 mL = 32 L were used.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
125 cups per 25 L cooler 1.5 M
160 cups requires 32 L (or 0 left with refill noted) 1.5 M
Q21 Aviation turbine fuel has a density such that 1 litre weighs approximately 800 grams (0.8 kg).
(a) Find the weight in kg of 500 litres of aviation fuel.
(b) A plane takes on 4,000 kg of fuel. How many litres were pumped into its wings?
Fuel Weight in Airplanes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Weight of 500 L: 500 L × 0.8 kg/L = 400 kg.
• (b) Litres for 4,000 kg: 4,000 kg ÷ 0.8 kg/L = 5,000 litres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
500 L weighs 400 kg 1.5 M
4,000 kg equals 5,000 L 1.5 M
Q22 Calculate quickly:
(a) Half of 1.5 Litres in millilitres
(b) Double of 750 mL in Litres
(c) 1/4 of 1 Litre in millilitres
Mental Math • Capacity Halving and Doubling 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mental Calculations:
• (a) Half of 1.5 L: 1,500 mL ÷ 2 = 750 mL.
• (b) Double of 750 mL: 750 × 2 = 1,500 mL = 1.5 Litres.
• (c) 1/4 of 1 L: 1,000 mL ÷ 4 = 250 mL.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 750 mL 1.0 M
Part (b): 1.5 L 1.0 M
Part (c): 250 mL 1.0 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) 1,500 grams is heavier than 1.45 kilograms.
(b) 1 millilitre equals 1 cubic centimetre (1 cm³).
(c) A standard 200 mL glass holds more than 1/4 litre of water.
True or False with Measurement Reason 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) True: 1.45 kg = 1,450 g. Since 1,500 g > 1,450 g, it is heavier.
• (b) True: By scientific and metric definition, 1 mL is exactly the volume of a cube with 1 cm sides (1 cm × 1 cm × 1 cm = 1 cm³).
• (c) False: 1/4 Litre = 1,000 ÷ 4 = 250 mL. Since 200 mL < 250 mL, it holds less than 1/4 litre.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): True with gram comparison 1.0 M
Part (b): True with 1 cm³ definition 1.0 M
Part (c): False (200 mL < 250 mL) 1.0 M
Q24 A relief camp receives a consignment of provisions:
• 1.2 tonnes of rice (1 tonne = 1,000 kg)
• 450 kg of pulses
• 200 cans of cooking oil of 5 Litres each
(a) Find the total weight of food grains (rice + pulses) in kilograms.
(b) Find the total volume of cooking oil in Litres.
(c) If 500 families share the provisions equally, how much rice and oil does each family receive?
Comprehensive Chapter Review 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Relief Camp Provision Distribution:
• (a) Food Grains Weight:
- Rice = 1.2 × 1,000 kg = 1,200 kg.
- Total grains = 1,200 kg + 450 kg = 1,650 kg.
• (b) Total Oil: 200 cans × 5 L = 1,000 Litres.
• (c) Per Family Share (500 Families):
- Rice = 1,200 kg ÷ 500 = 2.4 kg of rice per family.
- Oil = 1,000 L ÷ 500 = 2 Litres of oil per family.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Grains = 1,650 kg 1.0 M
Oil = 1,000 L 1.0 M
Per family: 2.4 kg rice, 2 L oil 1.0 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Post Office Parcel Weighing Slab

Real-World Math Context: A post office charges ₹20 for a parcel weighing up to 50 g, and ₹10 for every additional 50 g or fraction thereof.

Analytical Task: How much postage stamp value must be affixed to send a book parcel weighing 380 grams?

Suggested Model Solution:
First 50 g = ₹20. Remaining = 380 - 50 = 330 g.
Additional slabs = 330/50 = 6.6 ⇒ 7 slabs.
Cost = ₹20 + (7 × ₹10) = ₹90.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
9
Chapter 9 • Multiplication Arrays, Factor Trees & Division • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 9: Coconut Farm

नारियल का बाग (गुणन व्यूह, गुणनखंड वृक्ष एवं विभाजन)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Rectangular arrays: Visualizing multiplication as Rows × Columns.
  • Box/Grid Multiplication Method: Breaking two-digit numbers by expanded form.
  • Factor Trees: Finding prime factorizations and factor pairs of composite numbers.
  • Division with remainder: Dividend = Divisor × Quotient + Remainder.
  • (a) Number of faces: An open box without a top lid has 1 base + 4 side walls = 5 square faces.
  • (b) Area of 1 face: $5\text{ cm} \times 5\text{ cm} = 25\text{ cm}^2$.
  • Total surface area: $5 \times 25\text{ cm}^2 = \mathbf{125\text{ cm}^2}$.
Factor Tree of 60 & Rectangular Array Model 60 6 10 2 3 2 5 20 × 10 = 200 4 × 10 = 40 20 × 5 = 100 4 × 5 = 20 = 360 Prime Factors of 60: 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 | Grid Multiplication: 24 × 15 = 200 + 40 + 100 + 20 = 360
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 A coconut grove has 24 rows of trees, with 18 trees in each row.
(a) Find the total number of coconut trees in the orchard using the box/grid multiplication method.
(b) Verify using the standard column multiplication algorithm.
Coconut Orchard Planting • Multiplication Grid 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multiplication Working (24 × 18):
• (a) Box Method: Split 24 into 20 + 4, and 18 into 10 + 8:
- 20 × 10 = 200
- 4 × 10 = 40
- 20 × 8 = 160
- 4 × 8 = 32
- Sum = 200 + 40 + 160 + 32 = 432 trees.
• (b) Column Method: 24 × 8 = 192; 24 × 10 = 240; 192 + 240 = 432 trees. Both methods match!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Box method working 1.5 M
Column verification = 432 trees 1.5 M
Q2 A farmer plucks 2,160 coconuts. He packs them into sacks of 45 coconuts each.
(a) How many full sacks are packed?
(b) If each sack is sold for ₹1,125, what is his total earnings from selling all the sacks?
Harvest Yield • Coconut Packing in Sacks 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Sacks Packed: 2,160 ÷ 45 = 48 sacks.
• (b) Total Earnings: 48 sacks × ₹1,125 = ₹54,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Sacks packed = 48 1.5 M
Total revenue = ₹54,000 1.5 M
Q3 A roadside tender coconut vendor buys coconuts from the farm at ₹28 each and sells fresh coconut water at ₹45 each.
(a) What is his profit on 1 coconut?
(b) If he sells 65 coconuts on Sunday, calculate his total sales revenue and net profit.
Coconut Water Stalls • Daily Earnings 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Profit & Revenue Calculations:
• (a) Profit per Coconut: ₹45 - ₹28 = ₹17 profit per coconut.
• (b) Sunday Sales (65 Coconuts):
- Total revenue = 65 × ₹45 = ₹2,925.
- Cost price = 65 × ₹28 = ₹1,820.
- Net profit = 65 × ₹17 = ₹1,105.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Profit per coconut = ₹17 1.0 M
Total revenue = ₹2,925 1.0 M
Net profit = ₹1,105 1.0 M
Q4 A school gardener receives 576 plant saplings. He wants to plant them in 18 equal rows.
(a) How many saplings will be planted in each row?
(b) If he had 600 saplings instead, how many saplings would be in each row and how many would be left over?
Sapling Nursery • Planting in Beds 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division with and without Remainder:
• (a) 576 Saplings in 18 Rows: 576 ÷ 18 = 32 saplings per row.
• (b) 600 Saplings in 18 Rows:
- 600 ÷ 18 gives quotient 33 with remainder 6 (18 × 33 = 594; 600 - 594 = 6).
- 33 saplings per row with 6 saplings left over.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
576 ÷ 18 = 32 saplings 1.5 M
600 ÷ 18 = 33 per row with remainder 6 1.5 M
Q5 A copra oil mill extracts 1 litre of pure coconut oil from every 15 dry coconuts.
(a) How many litres of oil are produced from 1,800 coconuts?
(b) If 1 litre of coconut oil sells for ₹240, what is the value of the oil produced?
Coconut Oil Mill • Extraction Proportions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Proportion Calculations:
• (a) Oil Extracted: 1,800 ÷ 15 = 120 litres of oil.
• (b) Market Value: 120 L × ₹240 = ₹28,800.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Oil produced = 120 L 1.5 M
Market value = ₹28,800 1.5 M
Q6 Evaluate using the distributive property: $48 \times 25$. Show how you can compute this quickly by thinking of 25 as 100 ÷ 4. Multi-digit Multiplication • Distributive Property 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mental Arithmetic Strategies:
• Method 1 (Distributive): 48 × (20 + 5) = (48 × 20) + (48 × 5) = 960 + 240 = 1,200.
• Method 2 (Quarter of 100): 25 = 100 ÷ 4.
48 × 25 = (48 × 100) ÷ 4 = 4,800 ÷ 4 = 1,200.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Distributive method steps 1.5 M
Quarter-hundred method = 1,200 1.5 M
Q7 A coconut grove employs 8 workers for harvesting. The owner pays each worker ₹450 per day.
(a) What is the total wage bill for all 8 workers for one day?
(b) If the harvest work lasts for 6 days, what is the total amount paid in wages?
Worker Wages • Daily and Weekly Share 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Wage Calculations:
• (a) Daily Total for 8 Workers: 8 × ₹450 = ₹3,600 per day.
• (b) 6-Day Wage Bill: 6 × ₹3,600 = ₹21,600.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Daily wages = ₹3,600 1.5 M
6-day wages = ₹21,600 1.5 M
Q8 A small tempo truck can carry a maximum payload of 1,500 kg. A bag of 50 coconuts weighs 30 kg.
(a) What is the maximum number of such bags the truck can safely transport in one trip?
(b) How many total coconuts are transported in that full truck load?
Truck Loading Capacity • Gross Weight 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Payload Calculations:
• (a) Maximum Bags: 1,500 kg ÷ 30 kg/bag = 50 bags.
• (b) Total Coconuts: 50 bags × 50 coconuts/bag = 2,500 coconuts.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Max bags = 50 1.5 M
Total coconuts = 2,500 1.5 M
Q9 An automated drip irrigation pipe delivers 2.5 litres of water per hour to each coconut tree. The grove has 160 trees and the pump runs for 4 hours daily.
(a) How many litres of water does one tree receive in 4 hours?
(b) How many litres of water are supplied to the entire grove daily?
Irrigation Drip System • Water Flow 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Water Delivery Calculations:
• (a) Water per Tree: 4 hours × 2.5 L/h = 10 litres per tree.
• (b) Total Daily Water for 160 Trees: 160 × 10 L = 1,600 litres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
One tree = 10 L 1.5 M
Total grove = 1,600 L 1.5 M
Q10 Divide 1,485 by 12. State the quotient and the remainder, and verify your answer using the formula: $\text{Dividend} = (\text{Divisor} \times \text{Quotient}) + \text{Remainder}$. Division Verification Algorithm 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division & Proof:
1. 1,485 ÷ 12:
• 12 × 100 = 1,200 (Remainder 285)
• 12 × 20 = 240 (Remainder 45)
• 12 × 3 = 36 (Remainder 9)
Quotient = 123, Remainder = 9.
2. Verification:
(12 × 123) + 9 = 1,476 + 9 = 1,485. The division is verified!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Quotient = 123, Remainder = 9 1.5 M
Verification formula step-by-step 1.5 M
Q11 Coconut husks are processed into coir rope. From 100 coconut husks, 8 kg of coir fibre is obtained.
(a) How many kilograms of coir fibre can be made from 1,500 husks?
(b) If 1 kg of coir fibre makes 15 metres of rope, how many metres of rope can be produced?
Coir Rope Production • Unitary Conversion 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Coir Fibre: (1,500 ÷ 100) × 8 kg = 15 × 8 = 120 kg of coir fibre.
• (b) Rope Length: 120 kg × 15 m/kg = 1,800 metres of rope.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Coir fibre = 120 kg 1.5 M
Rope length = 1,800 m 1.5 M
Q12 Coconut trees are planted in a square grid with a spacing of 7 metres between trees.
(a) How many trees are in a row of length 84 metres (including trees at both ends)?
(b) If the orchard is a square of 84 m × 84 m, what is the total number of trees planted?
Plantation Layout • Area and Spacing 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Spacing:
• (a) Trees per Row: Number of 7-metre intervals = 84 ÷ 7 = 12 intervals.
- Trees per row = Intervals + 1 (posts and spaces rule) = 12 + 1 = 13 trees.
• (b) Total Trees in Square Orchard: 13 rows × 13 trees/row = 169 trees.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
12 intervals + 1 = 13 trees per row 1.5 M
Total trees = 13 × 13 = 169 1.5 M
Q13 A high-yielding dwarf coconut tree begins fruiting in 4 years and produces fruit for 35 years.
(a) For how many years does the tree yield coconuts?
(b) If it produces an average of 140 coconuts annually, how many coconuts will one tree yield over its entire bearing life?
Coconut Tree Growth • Time Progression 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Bearing Period: 35 years.
• (b) Lifetime Yield: 35 years × 140 coconuts/year = 4,900 coconuts.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Bearing period = 35 years 1.0 M
Lifetime yield: 35 × 140 = 4,900 2.0 M
Q14 A farmer sells 4,500 coconuts at ₹22 each. His expenses were:
• Tree climber charges: ₹3 per coconut
• Cartage to market: ₹1,500
• Market cess/tax: ₹1,200
(a) Find gross revenue.
(b) Find total expenses.
(c) Find his net profit.
Harvest Cost Breakdown • Net Income 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Financial Calculations:
• (a) Gross Revenue: 4,500 × ₹22 = ₹99,000.
• (b) Total Expenses:
- Climber charges: 4,500 × ₹3 = ₹13,500.
- Cartage = ₹1,500.
- Market cess = ₹1,200.
- Total expenses = ₹13,500 + ₹1,500 + ₹1,200 = ₹16,200.
• (c) Net Profit: ₹99,000 - ₹16,200 = ₹82,800.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Gross revenue = ₹99,000 1.0 M
Total expenses = ₹16,200 1.0 M
Net profit = ₹82,800 1.0 M
Q15 Calculate mentally using shortcuts:
(a) 63 × 11
(b) 45 × 12
(c) 250 × 16
Mental Math • Multiplications by 11 and 12 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Shortcuts:
• (a) 63 × 11: Sum of digits = 6 + 3 = 9. Place between: 693.
• (b) 45 × 12: (45 × 10) + (45 × 2) = 450 + 90 = 540.
• (c) 250 × 16: 250 × 4 × 4 = 1,000 × 4 = 4,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 693 1.0 M
Part (b): 540 1.0 M
Part (c): 4,000 1.0 M
Q16 A craftsman makes decorative bowls from coconut shells. He can craft 6 bowls in a day. He receives an order for 150 bowls.
(a) How many working days will he take to complete the order?
(b) If he sells each bowl for ₹85, how much will he earn from the entire order?
Coconut Shell Crafts • Artisanal Production 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Days Required: 150 ÷ 6 = 25 working days.
• (b) Total Earnings: 150 × ₹85 = ₹12,750.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Days = 25 1.5 M
Earnings = ₹12,750 1.5 M
Q17 Solve: $4,208 \div 4$. Show your long division clearly and explain why zero must be written in the hundreds/tens place. Division with Zero in Quotient 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Long Division Steps:
• Divide thousands: 4 ÷ 4 = 1 (Remainder 0).
• Bring down 2: 2 cannot be divided by 4 (2 < 4). We must write 0 in the quotient.
• Bring down 0 to make 20: 20 ÷ 4 = 5 (Remainder 0).
• Bring down 8: 8 ÷ 4 = 2 (Remainder 0).
Quotient = 1,052, Remainder = 0.
Explanation: Whenever the brought-down digit is smaller than the divisor, a 0 is placed in that place value of the quotient before bringing down the next digit.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct quotient = 1,052 1.5 M
Clear explanation for placing 0 1.5 M
Q18 From 8 litres of sweet palm sap (neera), 1 kg of palm jaggery is prepared.
(a) How many kilograms of jaggery can be made from 120 litres of sap?
(b) If palm jaggery sells at ₹180 per kg, find the total sales value.
Coconut Jaggery (Palm Sugar) Yield 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Jaggery Yield: 120 L ÷ 8 L/kg = 15 kg of jaggery.
• (b) Sales Value: 15 kg × ₹180 = ₹2,700.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Jaggery = 15 kg 1.5 M
Sales value = ₹2,700 1.5 M
Q19 A farmer divided a heap of coconuts equally among his 4 sons, and 2 coconuts were left over. When he divided the same heap among 5 neighbours, 2 coconuts were still left over. What is the smallest possible number of coconuts in the heap (greater than 10)? HOTS • Coconut Division Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM and Remainder Principle:
1. The number leaves a remainder of 2 when divided by both 4 and 5.
2. LCM of 4 and 5 = 4 × 5 = 20.
3. The number must be of the form: $\text{LCM}(4, 5) \times k + 2 = 20k + 2$.
4. For $k = 1$: Number = 20 + 2 = 22 coconuts.
5. Verification:
- 22 ÷ 4 = 5 with remainder 2.
- 22 ÷ 5 = 4 with remainder 2.
The smallest possible number of coconuts is 22.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM(4, 5) = 20 1.5 M
Smallest number = 22 with verification 1.5 M
Q20 An irrigation farm pond has a capacity of 48,000 litres. A solar pump fills the pond at the rate of 1,600 litres per hour.
(a) How many hours will the pump take to fill the empty pond completely?
(b) If the pump runs for 6 hours daily, how many days are required?
Water Reservoir for Plantation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Total Pumping Hours: 48,000 ÷ 1,600 = 30 hours.
• (b) Days Required: 30 hours ÷ 6 hours/day = 5 days.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
30 hours to fill 1.5 M
5 days at 6 hours/day 1.5 M
Q21 The fronds of an adult coconut palm cast a circular shadow of radius 3 metres when the sun is overhead.
(a) Approximate the area of shade cast by one tree (take $\pi \approx 3.14$).
(b) If 50 trees cast non-overlapping shade, what is the combined area of shaded ground?
Coconut Tree Shade • Geometric Area 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Circular Area Calculations ($A = \pi r^2$):
• (a) Shade per Tree: Area = $3.14 \times 3 \times 3 = 3.14 \times 9 = \mathbf{28.26\text{ sq m}}$.
• (b) 50 Trees: 50 × 28.26 = 1,413 square metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
One tree area = 28.26 sq m 1.5 M
50 trees = 1,413 sq m 1.5 M
Q22 Estimate the product by rounding each factor to the nearest ten:
(a) 38 × 52
(b) 69 × 21
(c) 87 × 44
Mental Arithmetic • Estimation of Products 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Estimation Steps:
• (a) 38 × 52: Round 38 → 40; 52 → 50. Estimate = 40 × 50 = 2,000 (Exact = 1,976).
• (b) 69 × 21: Round 69 → 70; 21 → 20. Estimate = 70 × 20 = 1,400 (Exact = 1,449).
• (c) 87 × 44: Round 87 → 90; 44 → 40. Estimate = 90 × 40 = 3,600 (Exact = 3,828).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 2,000 1.0 M
Part (b): 1,400 1.0 M
Part (c): 3,600 1.0 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) If a number is divisible by 10, its ones digit must be 0.
(b) $25 \times 48$ is the same as $100 \times 12$.
(c) The remainder in any division problem can be equal to or greater than the divisor.
True or False with Arithmetic Reason 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) True: All multiples of 10 end with the digit 0.
• (b) True: $25 \times 48 = 25 \times (4 \times 12) = (25 \times 4) \times 12 = 100 \times 12 = 1,200$. Both equal 1,200.
• (c) False: The remainder must strictly be less than the divisor. If it were equal or greater, another division step could be carried out.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): True with place value reason 1.0 M
Part (b): True with associative property 1.0 M
Part (c): False (remainder must be < divisor) 1.0 M
Q24 Over a 3-month harvest season, a farm records coconut production:
Month 1: 3,450; Month 2: 4,120; Month 3: 3,830.
(a) Find total coconuts harvested.
(b) If 10% of coconuts are kept for domestic consumption and seed, how many are sold in the market?
(c) At ₹20 per coconut, calculate the gross revenue from sales.
Comprehensive Orchard Harvest Review 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comprehensive Harvest Accounting:
• (a) Total Harvest: 3,450 + 4,120 + 3,830 = 11,400 coconuts.
• (b) Market Sale:
- Domestic share = 10% of 11,400 = 1,140 coconuts.
- Coconuts sold = 11,400 - 1,140 = 10,260 coconuts.
• (c) Gross Revenue: 10,260 × ₹20 = ₹2,05,200.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total = 11,400 coconuts 1.0 M
Coconuts sold = 10,260 1.0 M
Gross revenue = ₹2,05,200 1.0 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Coconut Water Cooperative Dispatch

Real-World Math Context: A cooperative dispatches 2,400 tender coconuts to market. 35% are sold directly to street stalls, and the remainder are supplied to juice bottling plants in crates of 24 coconuts each.

Analytical Task: (a) How many coconuts are sold to street stalls?
(b) How many crates are supplied to the bottling plant?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Street stalls: 35/100 × 2400 = 840 coconuts.
(b) Bottling crates: 2400 - 840/24 = 1560/24 = 65 crates.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
10
Chapter 10 • Symmetry, Reflection & Geometric Art • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 10: Symmetrical Designs

सममितीय डिज़ाइन (सममिति रेखाएँ, परावर्तन एवं रंगोली)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Line of Symmetry (Mirror Line): An imaginary line dividing a figure into two identical mirror halves.
  • Vertical, Horizontal, and Diagonal lines of symmetry.
  • Number of lines of symmetry in regular polygons: Equilateral triangle (3), Square (4), Regular hexagon (6).
  • Rotational symmetry of order 2 (half turn), order 4 (quarter turn), order 6.
Lines of Symmetry in Common Geometric Shapes Square 4 Lines Rectangle 2 Lines Equilateral Δ 3 Lines Circle Infinite Lines Note: Diagonals are NOT lines of symmetry in a non-square rectangle!
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 State the number of lines of symmetry for each of the following geometric figures:
(a) Equilateral Triangle
(b) Square
(c) Regular Pentagon
(d) Regular Hexagon
(e) Circle
Lines of Symmetry • Regular Polygons 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Lines of Symmetry:
• (a) Equilateral Triangle: 3 lines of symmetry (from each vertex to the midpoint of the opposite side).
• (b) Square: 4 lines of symmetry (2 through opposite midpoints + 2 along diagonals).
• (c) Regular Pentagon: 5 lines of symmetry.
• (d) Regular Hexagon: 6 lines of symmetry.
• (e) Circle: Infinite lines of symmetry (any diameter line through the center).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Triangle (3), Square (4) 1.0 M
Pentagon (5), Hexagon (6) 1.0 M
Circle (Infinite) 1.0 M
Q2 Explain what happens when a mirror is placed on the dotted line of a symmetrical drawing. If only the left half of an insect is drawn on paper, how does the mirror complete the full insect? Mirror Halves • Reflection Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mirror Reflection Principle:
1. Mirror Halves: A mirror placed along the line of symmetry reflects the drawn half so that the real drawing and its virtual reflection together look exactly like the complete object.
2. Insect Completion: The line of symmetry runs down the middle of the insect from head to tail. The mirror reflects the single antenna, 3 legs, and 1 wing on the left side to create the corresponding right antenna, 3 legs, and 1 wing, perfectly completing a realistic 6-legged insect.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Mirror reflection creates identical opposite image 1.5 M
Line of symmetry acts as reflection axis completing body 1.5 M
Q3 Identify which capital English letters have:
(a) Vertical line of symmetry only (e.g. A)
(b) Horizontal line of symmetry only (e.g. B)
(c) Both vertical and horizontal lines of symmetry
(d) No line of symmetry
English Alphabet Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Alphabet Symmetry Classification:
• (a) Vertical Line Only: A, M, T, U, V, W, Y.
• (b) Horizontal Line Only: B, C, D, E, K.
• (c) Both Vertical and Horizontal: H, I, O, X.
• (d) No Line of Symmetry: F, G, J, L, P, Q, R, S, Z.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Vertical: A, M, T, etc. 0.75 M
Horizontal: B, C, D, etc. 0.75 M
Both: H, I, O, X 0.75 M
None: F, G, J, etc. 0.75 M
Q4 A student folds a square piece of paper in half to make a rectangle, folds it in half again to make a smaller square, and punches a round hole through the folded corner.
(a) When the paper is unfolded completely, how many holes will appear?
(b) How are the holes arranged relative to the center?
Paper Folding & Paper Cutting (Kirigami) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fold and Punch Symmetry:
• (a) Number of Holes: The paper has 4 layers (2 folds: 2 × 2 = 4). Unfolding gives 4 holes.
• (b) Arrangement: The 4 holes are arranged symmetrically around the center of the square, forming the 4 corners of a smaller square around the center point.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
4 holes appear 1.5 M
Symmetrical arrangement around center 1.5 M
Q5 The Taj Mahal in Agra is renowned worldwide for its bilateral architectural symmetry.
(a) Explain where the main line of symmetry runs when viewing the monument from the front garden pool.
(b) Name three architectural elements that are mirrored on either side.
Symmetry in Indian Monuments & Architecture 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Architectural Symmetry:
• (a) Axis of Symmetry: The vertical line of symmetry runs directly through the pinnacle of the central dome, down through the apex of the central archway (iwan), and continues along the centerline of the reflecting pool.
• (b) Mirrored Elements:
1. The four minarets (2 on the left, 2 on the right).
2. The side kiosks (chhatris) and secondary arches.
3. The flanking red sandstone buildings (the Mosque on the west and the Jawab / guest house on the east).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Central vertical axis identified 1.5 M
Three mirrored elements (minarets, arches, side buildings) 1.5 M
Q6 Examine the digits 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
(a) Which digits have at least one line of symmetry?
(b) Which digit has both horizontal and vertical lines of symmetry?
Digits Symmetry • 0 to 9 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Numerical Symmetry:
• (a) Digits with Line Symmetry:
- 0: Both vertical and horizontal lines of symmetry.
- 3: Horizontal line of symmetry.
- 8: Both vertical and horizontal lines of symmetry.
- (Note: 1 written as a simple vertical bar has symmetry).
• (b) Both Axes: Digits 0 and 8 have both vertical and horizontal symmetry.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Digits 0, 3, 8 identified 1.5 M
Both axes: 0 and 8 1.5 M
Q7 Can a shape have rotational symmetry but NO line of symmetry? Explain with two examples (consider letter 'S' and a pinwheel / swastika). Rotational Symmetry vs Reflection Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Analysis:
• Yes, a shape can have rotational symmetry without any line of reflection.
• Example 1 (Letter 'S'): If you reflect 'S' across a vertical or horizontal line, it turns backwards and does not match. But if you rotate 'S' by 180° (half turn), it looks identical.
• Example 2 (4-arm Pinwheel): When spun by 90°, each curved blade moves into the next position identically (order 4). However, reflecting across any line reverses the direction of the blade curves, so it has 0 lines of symmetry.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Yes with clear conceptual distinction 1.0 M
Letter S analysis 1.0 M
Pinwheel analysis 1.0 M
Q8 A rangoli grid has 4 quadrants. A decorative diya motif is drawn in the top-left quadrant.
(a) If reflected across the vertical axis and horizontal axis, how many diyas will be in the finished rangoli?
(b) What is the total rotational symmetry order of this design?
Rangoli Mirror Patterns • 4-Fold Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
4-Quadrant Symmetry:
• (a) Finished Diyas: 1 diya in each of the 4 quadrants = 4 diyas.
• (b) Rotational Symmetry: Because the motif is mirrored identically across both perpendicular axes, rotating by 90°, 180°, and 270° maps each quadrant onto another. Total order = Order 4.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
4 diyas in total 1.5 M
Rotational symmetry order 4 1.5 M
Q9 Look at the words:
MOM, DAD, NOON, CHECK.
(a) Which word has a vertical line of symmetry when written horizontally?
(b) Which word looks identical when rotated 180° upside down?
(c) Which word has a horizontal line of symmetry when reflected in water?
Geometric Word Symmetry • COD, MOM, NOON 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Word Symmetry:
• (a) Vertical Symmetry: MOM (M, O, M are all vertically symmetric, and letters mirror across the center O).
• (b) 180° Rotation: NOON (N rotates to N, O rotates to O, so upside down it still reads NOON).
• (c) Horizontal (Water Reflection): CHECK (C, H, E, C, K all have horizontal symmetry axes).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Vertical: MOM 1.0 M
180° Rotation: NOON 1.0 M
Horizontal reflection: CHECK 1.0 M
Q10 (a) What is an asymmetric figure? Give two examples from everyday life.
(b) Is a scalene triangle symmetric? Explain why.
Asymmetric Shapes • Concept 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Asymmetry:
• (a) Definition: A figure that cannot be divided into two identical halves by any straight line and has no rotational symmetry (other than 360°) is called asymmetric. Examples: An outline of a human foot, a jagged coastline, the letter 'F'.
• (b) Scalene Triangle: No, a scalene triangle has three unequal side lengths and three unequal angles. No fold line can match two sides together, so it has 0 lines of symmetry.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definition and examples of asymmetry 1.5 M
Scalene triangle has 0 lines of symmetry 1.5 M
Q11 A line of symmetry is drawn through 12 and 6 on an analog clock face.
(a) Which number is the mirror half of 1?
(b) Which number is the mirror half of 2?
(c) Which number is the mirror half of 9?
Mirror Halves Puzzle • Clock Face 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Clock Face Reflections (Axis 12 to 6):
• (a) Mirror half of 1: 11.
• (b) Mirror half of 2: 10.
• (c) Mirror half of 9: 3.
(General rule: Any number $N$ on the right mirrors to $12 - N$ on the left).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 mirrors to 11 1.0 M
2 mirrors to 10 1.0 M
9 mirrors to 3 1.0 M
Q12 A student believes that a general parallelogram has 2 lines of symmetry along its diagonals. Is he correct? Prove with reasons. Parallelogram Symmetry Analysis 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Parallelogram Symmetry Proof:
• The student is Incorrect.
• Reason: If you fold a general (non-rhombus) parallelogram along its diagonal, the opposite vertices do not coincide; they stick out in different directions.
• A general parallelogram has 0 lines of symmetry.
• (However, it does have rotational symmetry of order 2 around the intersection of its diagonals).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Incorrect conclusion stated 1.0 M
Folding along diagonal fails to coincide 1.0 M
Has 0 reflection lines but order 2 rotation 1.0 M
Q13 Both a rhombus and a rectangle have 4 sides and 2 lines of symmetry.
(a) Where do the lines of symmetry lie in a rectangle?
(b) Where do the lines of symmetry lie in a rhombus?
Rhombus vs Rectangle Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comparative Symmetry:
• (a) Rectangle: The 2 lines of symmetry connect the midpoints of opposite sides (horizontal and vertical bisectors). Diagonals are NOT lines of symmetry.
• (b) Rhombus: The 2 lines of symmetry lie along its diagonals. Lines through side midpoints are NOT lines of symmetry.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Rectangle: midpoints of opposite sides 1.5 M
Rhombus: along diagonals 1.5 M
Q14 Bilateral symmetry is widespread in living organisms.
(a) Name three animals or plants that display bilateral symmetry.
(b) Which marine animal exhibits radial (5-fold) symmetry?
Nature's Bilateral Symmetry • Biology & Math 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Biological Symmetry:
• (a) Bilateral Symmetry (1 vertical line of symmetry):
1. Butterfly (wings and antennae mirror left and right).
2. Human face/body.
3. Banyan or Peepal leaf.
• (b) Radial 5-fold Symmetry: A Starfish (Sea star) has 5 symmetrical arms radiating from a central disk.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Three bilateral examples 1.5 M
Starfish radial symmetry 1.5 M
Q15 On a 10×10 square grid with a vertical mirror line running down the centre:
If coordinates (2, 3), (3, 5), and (4, 2) are shaded on the left side of line $x = 5$, what are their corresponding mirrored coordinates on the right side?
Creating Symmetrical Patterns on Grids 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Reflection across $x = 5$:
• Distance of Point $(X, Y)$ from mirror line $x = 5$ is $5 - X$.
• Reflected X coordinate is $5 + (5 - X) = 10 - X$. Y remains unchanged.
1. (2, 3) mirrors to $(10 - 2, 3) = \mathbf{(8, 3)}$.
2. (3, 5) mirrors to $(10 - 3, 5) = \mathbf{(7, 5)}$.
3. (4, 2) mirrors to $(10 - 4, 2) = \mathbf{(6, 2)}$.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
(2, 3) → (8, 3) 1.0 M
(3, 5) → (7, 5) 1.0 M
(4, 2) → (6, 2) 1.0 M
Q16 Identify the lines of symmetry in the following traffic signs:
(a) 'STOP' sign (Regular Octagon)
(b) 'GIVE WAY' sign (Inverted Equilateral Triangle)
(c) 'SPEED LIMIT' sign (Circle with number)
Symmetry of Traffic Signs 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Traffic Sign Symmetry:
• (a) Regular Octagon Blank: Has 8 lines of symmetry (though text 'STOP' breaks it, the geometric board shape has 8 lines).
• (b) Inverted Equilateral Triangle: Has 3 lines of symmetry (1 vertical through the bottom apex + 2 through side corners).
• (c) Plain Circular Board: Has infinite lines of symmetry.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Octagon: 8 lines 1.0 M
Triangle: 3 lines 1.0 M
Circle: Infinite lines 1.0 M
Q17 (a) How many lines of symmetry does a geometric kite have?
(b) Where does the line of symmetry lie?
(c) Does a kite have rotational symmetry of order 2?
Kite Shape Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Kite Geometry:
• (a) Lines of Symmetry: A kite has exactly 1 line of symmetry.
• (b) Position: It runs along the main vertical diagonal connecting the vertices between pairs of equal adjacent sides.
• (c) Rotational Symmetry: No, a kite looks different when rotated 180° (top and bottom vertices have different angles), so it has only order 1 (360°).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 line of symmetry 1.0 M
Main diagonal axis 1.0 M
No rotational symmetry (order 1) 1.0 M
Q18 Examine a standard playing card:
(a) Do the King, Queen, and Jack court cards have line symmetry? Explain.
(b) What type of symmetry do standard double-headed face cards have?
Symmetry in Playing Cards 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Playing Card Symmetry:
• (a) Line Symmetry: No. Face cards have no line of reflection because one head is right-side up and the other is upside down; folding horizontally or vertically will not match.
• (b) Symmetry Type: They possess Rotational Symmetry of Order 2 (180° point symmetry). If you turn the card upside down, it looks identical.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
No line reflection symmetry 1.5 M
Order 2 rotational (point) symmetry 1.5 M
Q19 I am a quadrilateral. All my 4 sides are equal, but my 4 angles are not all 90°. How many lines of symmetry do I have, and what is my shape? HOTS • Geometric Symmetry Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Deduction:
1. A quadrilateral with 4 equal sides is either a square or a rhombus.
2. Since its angles are not all 90°, it is a Rhombus.
3. A rhombus has exactly 2 lines of symmetry (along its two diagonals).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Shape identified as Rhombus 1.5 M
Has 2 lines of symmetry along diagonals 1.5 M
Q20 Every natural snowflake exhibits 6-fold radial symmetry.
(a) How many lines of symmetry does an ideal snowflake have?
(b) Through what minimum angle must a snowflake be turned to look unchanged?
Snowflake Hexagonal Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Snowflake Geometry:
• (a) Lines of Symmetry: Like a regular hexagon, an ideal snowflake has 6 lines of symmetry (3 through opposite arm pairs + 3 through gaps between arms).
• (b) Minimum Turn: 360° ÷ 6 = 60° turn.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
6 lines of symmetry 1.5 M
60° minimum turn 1.5 M
Q21 For 3D geometric solids, symmetry is across a flat 2D plane (plane of symmetry).
(a) How many planes of symmetry does a cube have?
(b) How many planes of symmetry does a sphere have?
Symmetry of 3D Objects • Planes of Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
3D Planes of Symmetry:
• (a) Cube: A cube has 9 planes of symmetry (3 parallel to opposite faces + 6 diagonal planes passing through opposite edges).
• (b) Sphere: A sphere has infinite planes of symmetry (any flat plane passing through its center point).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Cube = 9 planes 1.5 M
Sphere = Infinite planes 1.5 M
Q22 A clock without numbers shows the time as 3:00. If you look at this clock in a flat wall mirror, what time will it appear to show? Mirror Image Clock Time 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mirror Reflection of Clock Hands:
1. At 3:00, the minute hand points straight up at 12, and the hour hand points right at 3.
2. In the mirror, the vertical minute hand remains straight up at 12.
3. The horizontal hour hand pointing right (at 3) reflects to point left (at 9).
4. Therefore, the mirror image shows the hands at 12 and 9, which reads as 9:00.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Minute hand remains at 12 1.0 M
Hour hand mirrors from 3 to 9 1.0 M
Apparent time = 9:00 1.0 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) An isosceles triangle has 3 lines of symmetry.
(b) The letter 'N' has rotational symmetry of order 2.
(c) A circle has more lines of symmetry than any polygon.
True or False with Symmetry Reason 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) False: An isosceles triangle has only 2 equal sides, so it has only 1 line of symmetry (from apex to base midpoint).
• (b) True: Rotating 'N' by 180° reproduces an identical 'N'.
• (c) True: Any polygon has a finite number of lines of symmetry (an $n$-gon has at most $n$ lines), whereas a circle has infinitely many lines.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): False (1 line) 1.0 M
Part (b): True with 180° rotation 1.0 M
Part (c): True (infinite vs finite) 1.0 M
Q24 A school designs a circular emblem with 3 identical stylized swans arranged around a central flame at angles of 120°.
(a) What type of symmetry does the emblem possess?
(b) Does it have line symmetry? Explain.
Comprehensive Design Review • Logo Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Emblem Symmetry Analysis:
• (a) Symmetry Type: The emblem has Rotational Symmetry of Order 3 (turns of 120°, 240°, and 360° leave the design unchanged).
• (b) Line Symmetry: No, because the swans are facing in a circular chasing direction (clockwise or anticlockwise). A mirror reflection reverses the swimming direction of the swans, so it possesses 0 lines of reflection symmetry.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Order 3 rotational symmetry (120°) 1.5 M
No line symmetry due to directional chasing 1.5 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Traditional Diwali Rangoli Design Symmetry

Real-World Math Context: A Rangoli artist creates an 8-pointed star mandala inside a circle. The motif repeated in each sector is reflected alternately.

Analytical Task: (a) What is the order of rotational symmetry of an 8-pointed star?
(b) By what smallest angle must the mandala be rotated to match itself exactly?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Order of Rotational Symmetry: 8.
(b) Smallest Angle: 360°/8 = 45°.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
11
Chapter 11 • Area, Perimeter & Grid Measurement • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 11: Grandmother's Quilt

दादी की रजाई (क्षेत्रफल, परिमाप एवं वर्ग ग्रिड)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Difference between Perimeter (length of outer boundary) and Area (measure of flat surface enclosed).
  • Formulas: Perimeter of Rectangle = 2 × (Length + Breadth); Area of Rectangle = Length × Breadth.
  • Formulas for Squares: Perimeter = 4 × Side; Area = Side × Side.
  • Counting 1 cm grid squares to estimate areas of irregular shapes and quilt patches.
  • Definition: Tessellation is the tiling of a flat two-dimensional plane using one or more geometric shapes with zero gaps and zero overlaps.
Patchwork Quilt on 1 cm Grid: Area vs Perimeter Comparison Patch A (6 × 3) Area = 18 sq cm | Perimeter = 18 cm Patch B (4 × 4) Area = 16 sq cm | Perimeter = 16 cm Each grid square = 1 cm × 1 cm = 1 sq cm | Area = Total unit squares inside | Perimeter = Total outer boundary units
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Grandmother stitches a rectangular patchwork quilt measuring 240 cm in length and 150 cm in width.
(a) Calculate the total perimeter of the quilt to find how much decorative ribbon border she needs.
(b) Calculate the total area of the quilt in square centimetres and square metres.
Patchwork Quilt Dimensions • Perimeter & Area 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Perimeter & Area Formulas:
• (a) Perimeter: $P = 2 \times (L + B) = 2 \times (240 + 150) = 2 \times 390 = \mathbf{780\text{ cm}}$ (or 7.8 metres of ribbon).
• (b) Area:
- In cm²: $A = L \times B = 240 \times 150 = \mathbf{36,000\text{ sq cm}}$.
- In m²: $36,000 ÷ 10,000 = \mathbf{3.6\text{ sq metres}}$ ($1\text{ m}^2 = 10,000\text{ cm}^2$).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter = 780 cm (7.8 m) 1.5 M
Area = 36,000 cm² = 3.6 m² 1.5 M
Q2 Grandmother compares two cloth patches:
• Patch 1: Square with side 20 cm.
• Patch 2: Rectangle measuring 25 cm by 16 cm.
(a) Find the perimeter of both patches.
(b) Find the area of both patches.
(c) What do you observe about their areas and perimeters?
Square vs Rectangular Patches • Comparison 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Perimeters:
- Square: $4 \times 20 = \mathbf{80\text{ cm}}$.
- Rectangle: $2 \times (25 + 16) = 2 \times 41 = \mathbf{82\text{ cm}}$.
• (b) Areas:
- Square: $20 \times 20 = \mathbf{400\text{ sq cm}}$.
- Rectangle: $25 \times 16 = \mathbf{400\text{ sq cm}}$.
• (c) Observation: Both patches have the exact same area (400 cm²), but the rectangular patch has a larger perimeter (82 cm > 80 cm). For a given area, a square always has the minimum perimeter.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeters: 80 cm and 82 cm 1.0 M
Areas: 400 cm² each 1.0 M
Valid geometric observation 1.0 M
Q3 The quilt measures 200 cm by 120 cm. Grandmother wants to cover the entire quilt using square fabric patches of side 10 cm.
(a) How many patches fit along the length?
(b) How many patches fit along the width?
(c) How many total fabric patches are required?
Tiling Quilt with Small Unit Squares 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Tiling:
• (a) Along Length: 200 ÷ 10 = 20 patches.
• (b) Along Width: 120 ÷ 10 = 12 patches.
• (c) Total Patches: 20 × 12 = 240 patches.
(Check: Total area = 24,000 cm². Patch area = 100 cm². 24,000 ÷ 100 = 240).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
20 along length, 12 along width 1.5 M
Total = 240 patches 1.5 M
Q4 A rectangular community park is 45 m long and 30 m wide.
(a) Find the length of wire required to fence it with 3 rounds of barbed wire.
(b) If turfing the lawn costs ₹20 per square metre, calculate the total cost of planting grass across the entire park.
Park Fencing & Turfing Cost 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Barbed Wire (Perimeter):
- Perimeter = 2 × (45 + 30) = 2 × 75 = 150 metres.
- 3 rounds of wire = 3 × 150 = 450 metres of wire.
• (b) Turfing Cost (Area):
- Area = 45 m × 30 m = 1,350 sq m.
- Cost = 1,350 × ₹20 = ₹27,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter = 150 m; 3 rounds = 450 m 1.5 M
Area = 1,350 m²; Cost = ₹27,000 1.5 M
Q5 The perimeter of a square vegetable garden is 64 metres.
(a) What is the length of each side of the garden?
(b) What is the total area of the garden in square metres?
Square Field • Missing Side from Perimeter 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Side Length: Perimeter of square = $4 \times \text{Side}$.
- Side = Perimeter ÷ 4 = 64 ÷ 4 = 16 metres.
• (b) Area: Area = Side × Side = 16 × 16 = 256 square metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Side = 16 m 1.5 M
Area = 256 sq m 1.5 M
Q6 A rectangular quilt has an area of 4,800 sq cm and a width of 60 cm.
(a) Find the length of the quilt.
(b) Find its perimeter.
Missing Dimension from Area 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Length: Area = Length × Width → Length = Area ÷ Width.
- Length = 4,800 ÷ 60 = 80 cm.
• (b) Perimeter: $P = 2 \times (L + B) = 2 \times (80 + 60) = 2 \times 140 = \mathbf{280\text{ cm}}$.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Length = 80 cm 1.5 M
Perimeter = 280 cm 1.5 M
Q7 An L-shaped cloth piece has horizontal base 12 cm, left vertical height 10 cm, top horizontal width 4 cm, interior vertical drop 6 cm, interior horizontal shelf 8 cm, and right vertical edge 4 cm.
(a) Find the perimeter of the figure by adding all outer sides.
(b) Find its area by splitting it into two rectangles.
L-Shaped Composite Figure Area & Perimeter 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Composite Figure Geometry:
• (a) Perimeter: Sum of 6 sides = 12 + 10 + 4 + 6 + 8 + 4 = 44 cm.
• (b) Area by Splitting:
- Rectangle 1 (Left vertical column): 4 cm wide × 10 cm high = 40 cm².
- Rectangle 2 (Right base shelf): 8 cm long × 4 cm high = 32 cm².
- Total Area = 40 + 32 = 72 square cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter = 44 cm 1.5 M
Area = 40 + 32 = 72 cm² 1.5 M
Q8 Two rectangular frames both have a perimeter of 36 cm.
• Frame A has length 10 cm and width 8 cm.
• Frame B has length 14 cm and width 4 cm.
(a) Verify that both perimeters are 36 cm.
(b) Calculate the area of Frame A and Frame B.
(c) Which frame encloses more space and by how much?
Same Perimeter, Different Areas 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Perimeter Verification:
- Frame A: 2 × (10 + 8) = 2 × 18 = 36 cm.
- Frame B: 2 × (14 + 4) = 2 × 18 = 36 cm. Both equal 36 cm!
• (b) Areas:
- Frame A: 10 × 8 = 80 sq cm.
- Frame B: 14 × 4 = 56 sq cm.
• (c) Comparison: Frame A encloses more area by: 80 - 56 = 24 sq cm more. (Shapes closer to a square maximize area).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter verified = 36 cm 1.0 M
Areas: 80 cm² and 56 cm² 1.0 M
Frame A encloses 24 cm² more 1.0 M
Q9 Grandmother buys golden lace to border 4 identical square pillow covers of side 45 cm.
(a) How many metres of lace does she need for all 4 pillow covers?
(b) If the lace costs ₹18 per metre, what is her total expenditure?
Lace Border Cost • Currency Calculation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Lace Needed:
- Perimeter of 1 cover = 4 × 45 cm = 180 cm = 1.8 metres.
- 4 pillow covers = 4 × 1.8 m = 7.2 metres of lace.
• (b) Total Cost: 7.2 m × ₹18 = ₹129.60.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Lace = 7.2 m 1.5 M
Cost = ₹129.60 1.5 M
Q10 A bedroom floor is 5 m long and 4 m wide. The homeowner wants to tile it using square ceramic tiles of side 50 cm (0.5 m).
(a) What is the floor area in square metres?
(b) What is the area of 1 tile in square metres?
(c) How many tiles are needed to pave the floor?
Floor Tiling • Tile Count Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tiling Calculations:
• (a) Floor Area: 5 m × 4 m = 20 sq metres.
• (b) Tile Area: 0.5 m × 0.5 m = 0.25 sq metres.
• (c) Number of Tiles: 20 ÷ 0.25 = 80 tiles.
(Check: 10 tiles along length × 8 tiles along width = 80 tiles).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Floor area = 20 m² 1.0 M
Tile area = 0.25 m² 1.0 M
Number of tiles = 80 1.0 M
Q11 On a 1 cm square grid, a postal stamp covers 6 complete squares, 4 half squares, and 2 squares that are more than half covered.
(a) Estimate the area of the stamp using NCERT grid estimation rules.
(b) What is the perimeter if the stamp is a 4 cm × 2 cm rectangle?
Grid Stamp Area • Irregular Shapes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Area Counting Rules:
1. Complete squares: 6 × 1 = 6 sq cm.
2. Half squares: 4 × 0.5 = 2 sq cm.
3. More than half squares count as 1: 2 × 1 = 2 sq cm.
• (a) Estimated Area: 6 + 2 + 2 = 10 square cm.
• (b) Rectangle Perimeter: $2 \times (4 + 2) = 2 \times 6 = \mathbf{12\text{ cm}}$.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Grid counting rules applied 1.5 M
Estimated area = 10 cm²; Perimeter = 12 cm 1.5 M
Q12 A rectangular cardboard sheet is 30 cm long and 20 cm wide.
(a) How many small squares of side 5 cm can be cut from it without wasting any paper?
(b) What is the total area of the cardboard sheet?
Square Cutouts from Rectangle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Squares Cut:
- Along length: 30 ÷ 5 = 6 squares.
- Along width: 20 ÷ 5 = 4 squares.
- Total squares = 6 × 4 = 24 squares.
• (b) Sheet Area: 30 × 20 = 600 square cm (Check: 24 × 25 cm² = 600 cm²).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
24 squares 1.5 M
Sheet area = 600 cm² 1.5 M
Q13 (a) If the length of a rectangle is doubled while its width remains the same, how does its area change?
(b) If both the length and width of a rectangle are doubled, by how many times does its area increase?
Changing Dimensions • Effect on Area 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Area Scaling Factor:
• (a) Doubling Length Only: Original area = $L \times B$. New area = $(2L) \times B = 2 \times (L \times B)$. The area doubles (2 times).
• (b) Doubling Both Length and Width: New area = $(2L) \times (2B) = 4 \times (L \times B)$. The area quadruples (4 times larger).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Doubles (2 times) 1.5 M
Part (b): Quadruples (4 times) 1.5 M
Q14 A triangular patchwork piece is made by cutting a 10 cm × 6 cm rectangular cloth diagonally into two equal halves.
(a) What is the area of the original rectangle?
(b) What is the area of each triangular patch?
Triangular Patch Area inside Rectangle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Diagonal Division of Rectangle:
• (a) Rectangle Area: $L \times B = 10 \times 6 = \mathbf{60\text{ sq cm}}$.
• (b) Triangular Patch Area: The diagonal divides the rectangle into two identical triangles.
- Area of triangle = Half of rectangle area = 60 ÷ 2 = 30 square cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Rectangle area = 60 cm² 1.5 M
Triangle area = 30 cm² 1.5 M
Q15 A square lawn of side 20 metres is surrounded on the outside by a 2-metre-wide concrete walking path.
(a) Find the side length of the outer square including the path.
(b) Calculate the total area of the concrete walking path.
Walkway Pathway around a Lawn 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Concentric Squares Area:
• (a) Outer Square Side: 20 m + 2 m (left) + 2 m (right) = 24 metres.
• (b) Pathway Area:
- Outer square area = 24 × 24 = 576 sq m.
- Inner lawn area = 20 × 20 = 400 sq m.
- Path area = Outer area - Inner area = 576 - 400 = 176 square metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Outer side = 24 m 1.0 M
Outer area = 576, Inner area = 400 1.0 M
Path area = 176 sq m 1.0 M
Q16 Find the perimeter of:
(a) An equilateral triangle of side 14 cm
(b) A regular pentagon of side 9 cm
(c) A regular octagon of side 6 cm
Perimeter of Regular Shapes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Perimeter Formulas:
• (a) Equilateral Triangle (3 sides): 3 × 14 = 42 cm.
• (b) Regular Pentagon (5 sides): 5 × 9 = 45 cm.
• (c) Regular Octagon (8 sides): 8 × 6 = 48 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Triangle = 42 cm 1.0 M
Pentagon = 45 cm 1.0 M
Octagon = 48 cm 1.0 M
Q17 A girl has a 60 cm piece of string. She bends it to form:
(a) An equilateral triangle
(b) A square
(c) A regular hexagon
Find the length of each side for each shape.
Comparing Ribbon Perimeter to String Length 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Side Lengths from Fixed Perimeter (P = 60 cm):
• (a) Equilateral Triangle (3 sides): 60 ÷ 3 = 20 cm.
• (b) Square (4 sides): 60 ÷ 4 = 15 cm.
• (c) Regular Hexagon (6 sides): 60 ÷ 6 = 10 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Triangle side = 20 cm 1.0 M
Square side = 15 cm 1.0 M
Hexagon side = 10 cm 1.0 M
Q18 A tailor makes 5 curtains, each measuring 2 metres by 1.5 metres.
(a) Find the area of one curtain.
(b) Find the total cloth area required for all 5 curtains.
(c) If the curtain cloth costs ₹160 per square metre, what is the total cost of fabric?
Cost of Fabric per Square Metre 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) One Curtain Area: 2 m × 1.5 m = 3 sq metres.
• (b) Total Fabric Area: 5 × 3 sq m = 15 sq metres.
• (c) Fabric Cost: 15 sq m × ₹160 = ₹2,400.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
One curtain = 3 m² 1.0 M
Total cloth = 15 m² 1.0 M
Total cost = ₹2,400 1.0 M
Q19 A wire bent in the shape of a rectangle of 18 cm × 12 cm is straightened and then bent into the shape of a square. Which shape has a larger area, and by how much? HOTS • Area & Perimeter Puzzle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Isoperimetric Problem:
1. Wire Length (Perimeter): 2 × (18 + 12) = 2 × 30 = 60 cm.
2. Square Side: 60 ÷ 4 = 15 cm.
3. Areas:
• Rectangle Area = 18 × 12 = 216 sq cm.
• Square Area = 15 × 15 = 225 sq cm.
4. Comparison: The Square has a larger area by: 225 - 216 = 9 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter = 60 cm, Square side = 15 cm 1.0 M
Areas: 216 cm² and 225 cm² 1.0 M
Square is larger by 9 cm² 1.0 M
Q20 A rectangular dining table top measures 2.2 m by 1.1 m.
(a) Find the area of the table top.
(b) If polishing the surface costs ₹150 per square metre, calculate the total cost of polishing.
Table Top Varnish • Rate per Unit 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Table Area: 2.2 m × 1.1 m = 2.42 sq metres.
• (b) Polishing Cost: 2.42 × ₹150 = ₹363.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Area = 2.42 m² 1.5 M
Polishing cost = ₹363 1.5 M
Q21 A picture measuring 24 cm by 18 cm is pasted on a sheet of cardboard such that there is a margin of 2 cm along each side.
(a) Find the total length and breadth of the cardboard.
(b) Find the area of the margin.
Square Tile Border Framing 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Cardboard Dimensions:
- Length = 24 + 2 + 2 = 28 cm.
- Breadth = 18 + 2 + 2 = 22 cm.
• (b) Margin Area:
- Cardboard area = 28 × 22 = 616 sq cm.
- Picture area = 24 × 18 = 432 sq cm.
- Margin area = 616 - 432 = 184 square cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Cardboard: 28 cm × 22 cm 1.5 M
Margin area = 184 cm² 1.5 M
Q22 Find the perimeter of:
(a) A square of side 25 cm
(b) A rectangle of 35 m by 15 m
(c) A rhombus of side 12.5 cm
Mental Arithmetic • Perimeter Shortcuts 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Shortcuts:
• (a) Square: 4 × 25 = 100 cm (1 metre).
• (b) Rectangle: 2 × (35 + 15) = 2 × 50 = 100 metres.
• (c) Rhombus: 4 × 12.5 = 50 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 100 cm 1.0 M
Part (b): 100 m 1.0 M
Part (c): 50 cm 1.0 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) Two shapes with the same perimeter must have the same area.
(b) The perimeter of any rectangle is always greater than its area.
(c) A 1 cm² square fits inside a 1 cm² circle.
True or False with Geometric Reasoning 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) False: For example, rectangles with dimensions 5×1 (P=12, A=5) and 3×3 (P=12, A=9) have the same perimeter but different areas.
• (b) False: Perimeter and area have different units (cm vs cm²) and cannot be directly compared; moreover, a rectangle of 100×100 has area 10,000 cm² and perimeter only 400 cm.
• (c) False: A 1 cm² circle has diameter ≈ 1.13 cm, while a 1 cm² square has a diagonal of $\sqrt{2} \approx 1.41\text{ cm}$ which exceeds the diameter of the circle.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): False with counter-example 1.0 M
Part (b): False with dimension explanation 1.0 M
Part (c): False with diagonal reasoning 1.0 M
Q24 Grandmother designs a royal quilt of 2.5 m × 2.0 m.
• Central medallion: 1.5 m × 1.0 m silk brocade.
• Surrounding border: Printed cotton patchwork.
(a) Find the total area of the quilt in square metres.
(b) What is the area of the silk central medallion?
(c) What is the area of the patchwork border?
(d) If satin lace costs ₹25 per metre, how much will it cost to border the outer edge of the quilt?
Comprehensive Quilt Masterpiece Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comprehensive Geometry of Quilt:
• (a) Total Quilt Area: 2.5 m × 2.0 m = 5.0 sq metres.
• (b) Central Medallion Area: 1.5 m × 1.0 m = 1.5 sq metres.
• (c) Patchwork Border Area: Total area - Medallion area = 5.0 - 1.5 = 3.5 sq metres.
• (d) Outer Lace Cost:
- Perimeter = 2 × (2.5 + 2.0) = 2 × 4.5 = 9.0 metres.
- Cost = 9.0 m × ₹25 = ₹225.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total area = 5.0 m² 0.75 M
Medallion = 1.5 m² 0.75 M
Border area = 3.5 m² 0.75 M
Lace cost = ₹225 0.75 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: School Garden Lawn Turfing

Real-World Math Context: A school garden has a square lawn of side 15 metres. Grass turf tiles of size 50 cm by 50 cm cost ₹40 each.

Analytical Task: (a) What is the area of the lawn in square metres?
(b) How many turf tiles are needed to cover the entire lawn?
(c) What is the total cost of turfing?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Lawn Area: 15 × 15 = 225 sq metres.
(b) Number of tiles: Tile = 0.25 sq m ⇒ 225/0.25 = 900 tiles.
(c) Total Cost: 900 × ₹40 = ₹36,000.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
12
Chapter 12 • Time Measurement, Elapsed Time & Clocks • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 12: Racing Seconds

दौड़ते सेकंड (समय, सेकंड-मिनट-घंटे, डिजिटल स्टॉपवॉच एवं 24-घंटे घड़ी)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Units of time: 1 hour = 60 minutes; 1 minute = 60 seconds; 1 hour = 3,600 seconds.
  • Elapsed Time: Elapsed Time = Finish Time - Start Time.
  • 24-Hour Railway Clock: 1:00 PM = 13:00, 4:30 PM = 16:30, 11:45 PM = 23:45.
  • Precision timekeeping with stopwatches (seconds and fractions of seconds).
Time Formats: 12-Hour AM/PM vs 24-Hour Railway Time 04:45 PM 12-Hour Clock Format Standard Evening Time ⟺ 16:45 Hrs 24-Hour Railway Format Formula: 4:45 + 12:00 = 16:45 Key Rule: To convert PM time to 24-hour time, add 12 hours to the hour value.
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Convert:
(a) 3 hours 25 minutes into minutes.
(b) 280 minutes into hours and minutes.
(c) 4 minutes 45 seconds into seconds.
(d) 350 seconds into minutes and seconds.
Time Unit Conversions • Hours & Minutes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Conversions:
• (a) 3 h 25 min: (3 × 60) + 25 = 180 + 25 = 205 minutes.
• (b) 280 min: 280 ÷ 60 gives quotient 4 with remainder 40 → 4 hours 40 minutes.
• (c) 4 min 45 s: (4 × 60) + 45 = 240 + 45 = 285 seconds.
• (d) 350 s: 350 ÷ 60 gives quotient 5 with remainder 50 → 5 minutes 50 seconds.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 205 minutes 0.75 M
Part (b): 4 h 40 min 0.75 M
Part (c): 285 seconds 0.75 M
Part (d): 5 min 50 s 0.75 M
Q2 A school sports day 100-metre race started at 10:42:15 AM and finished at 10:42:29 AM.
(a) What was the race duration recorded on the electronic timer?
(b) If the second runner finished in 15.6 seconds, by how many seconds did the winner win?
Stopwatch Timing • 100-Metre Sprint 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Timing Calculations:
• (a) Winner's Time: 10:42:29 - 10:42:15 = 14 seconds.
• (b) Winning Margin: 15.6 s - 14.0 s = 1.6 seconds.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Winner's time = 14 seconds 1.5 M
Margin = 1.6 seconds 1.5 M
Q3 A family film screening at a multiplex begins at 3:15 PM and ends at 5:50 PM. There is a 15-minute intermission in between.
(a) Find the total elapsed time from start to end.
(b) What was the actual playing time of the movie without intermission?
Elapsed Time • Film Show Duration 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Total Duration: 3:15 PM to 5:15 PM is 2 hours; 5:15 PM to 5:50 PM is 35 minutes. Total = 2 hours 35 minutes (155 minutes).
• (b) Movie Playing Time: 155 min - 15 min intermission = 140 minutes = 2 hours 20 minutes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total duration = 2 h 35 min 1.5 M
Movie runtime = 2 h 20 min 1.5 M
Q4 Convert between 12-hour AM/PM and 24-hour Railway Time:
(a) 8:20 AM
(b) 7:45 PM
(c) 14:15 hours
(d) 23:50 hours
12-Hour vs 24-Hour Railway Time 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Time Format Conversions:
• (a) 8:20 AM: 08:20 hours.
• (b) 7:45 PM: 7:45 + 12:00 = 19:45 hours.
• (c) 14:15 hours: 14:15 - 12:00 = 2:15 PM.
• (d) 23:50 hours: 23:50 - 12:00 = 11:50 PM.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Parts (a) & (b): 08:20, 19:45 1.5 M
Parts (c) & (d): 2:15 PM, 11:50 PM 1.5 M
Q5 The Vande Bharat Express departs from New Delhi at 06:00 hours and arrives in Varanasi at 14:00 hours.
(a) How many hours does the journey take?
(b) If the distance is 760 km, what is the train's average speed?
Railway Timetable Duration Analysis 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Journey Time: 14:00 - 06:00 = 8 hours.
• (b) Average Speed: Speed = Distance ÷ Time = 760 km ÷ 8 h = 95 km/h.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Journey time = 8 hours 1.5 M
Speed = 95 km/h 1.5 M
Q6 A healthy 10-year-old child's heart beats 75 times per minute at rest.
(a) How many times does the heart beat in 1 hour?
(b) How many times does it beat in a full day of 24 hours?
Heartbeat Count • Pulse Measurement 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Heartbeat Calculations:
• (a) In 1 Hour (60 min): 75 × 60 = 4,500 beats per hour.
• (b) In 24 Hours: 4,500 × 24 = 1,08,000 beats per day.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 hour = 4,500 beats 1.5 M
24 hours = 1,08,000 beats 1.5 M
Q7 Add the following time periods:
(a) 2 hours 45 minutes + 3 hours 35 minutes
(b) 1 hour 50 minutes 40 seconds + 2 hours 25 minutes 35 seconds
Adding Time Intervals 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Addition with Regrouping:
• (a) Hours and Minutes:
- Minutes: 45 + 35 = 80 min = 1 h 20 min.
- Hours: 2 + 3 + 1 = 6 hours.
- Total = 6 hours 20 minutes.
• (b) Hours, Minutes, Seconds:
- Seconds: 40 + 35 = 75 s = 1 min 15 s.
- Minutes: 50 + 25 + 1 = 76 min = 1 h 16 min.
- Hours: 1 + 2 + 1 = 4 hours.
- Total = 4 hours 16 minutes 15 seconds.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 6 h 20 min 1.5 M
Part (b): 4 h 16 min 15 s 1.5 M
Q8 Subtract:
(a) 5 hours 20 minutes - 2 hours 45 minutes
(b) 8 hours 15 minutes - 4 hours 50 minutes
Subtracting Time Intervals 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Subtraction with Borrowing (1 Hour = 60 Minutes):
• (a) 5 h 20 min - 2 h 45 min:
- Borrow 1 h (60 min): 20 + 60 = 80 min.
- 80 - 45 = 35 minutes.
- Hours: 4 - 2 = 2 hours.
- Result = 2 hours 35 minutes.
• (b) 8 h 15 min - 4 h 50 min:
- Borrow 1 h: 15 + 60 = 75 min.
- 75 - 50 = 25 minutes.
- Hours: 7 - 4 = 3 hours.
- Result = 3 hours 25 minutes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 2 h 35 min 1.5 M
Part (b): 3 h 25 min 1.5 M
Q9 A school day runs from 8:00 AM to 2:00 PM. It has morning assembly (20 minutes), two breaks of 15 minutes and 25 minutes, and 8 equal study periods.
(a) What is the total duration of the school day?
(b) What is the total non-instructional time (assembly + breaks)?
(c) How many minutes long is each study period?
School Daily Timetable • Period Duration 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Timetable Analysis:
• (a) Total School Duration: 8:00 AM to 2:00 PM = 6 hours = 360 minutes.
• (b) Non-Instructional Time: 20 min + 15 min + 25 min = 60 minutes (1 hour).
• (c) Study Period Duration:
- Instructional time = 360 - 60 = 300 minutes.
- 8 periods: 300 ÷ 8 = 37.5 minutes (37 minutes 30 seconds per period).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total time = 360 min 1.0 M
Non-instructional = 60 min 1.0 M
Each period = 37.5 min 1.0 M
Q10 A grandfather clock pendulum takes 1 second to swing from one side to the other (half period), making one complete back-and-forth oscillation every 2 seconds.
(a) How many full oscillations does the pendulum complete in 1 minute?
(b) How many full oscillations does it complete in 1 hour?
Second Pendulum • Frequency & Beats 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pendulum Physics & Math:
• (a) In 1 Minute (60 seconds): Period = 2 seconds. Oscillations = 60 ÷ 2 = 30 oscillations per minute.
• (b) In 1 Hour (3,600 seconds): 3,600 ÷ 2 = 1,800 oscillations per hour.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 minute = 30 oscillations 1.5 M
1 hour = 1,800 oscillations 1.5 M
Q11 A flight takes off from Delhi (IST) at 2:30 PM and lands in Dubai at 4:45 PM local time. Dubai time is 1 hour 30 minutes behind Indian Standard Time.
(a) What was the departure time in Dubai local time?
(b) What was the actual flight duration in hours and minutes?
Flight Travel across Time Zones 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Time Zone Navigation:
• (a) Departure in Dubai Time: 2:30 PM IST - 1 h 30 min = 1:00 PM Dubai time.
• (b) Actual Flight Duration:
- Both in Dubai time: 1:00 PM to 4:45 PM = 3 hours 45 minutes.
(Check in IST: Lands at 4:45 PM + 1:30 = 6:15 PM IST. 2:30 PM to 6:15 PM = 3 h 45 min).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Departure in Dubai time = 1:00 PM 1.5 M
Flight duration = 3 h 45 min 1.5 M
Q12 A New Year celebration countdown clock reads 00:08:45 (8 minutes 45 seconds to midnight).
(a) Express the countdown time entirely in seconds.
(b) What will the timer display after 250 seconds have elapsed?
Countdown Timer • Fireworks Launch 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) In Seconds: (8 × 60) + 45 = 480 + 45 = 525 seconds.
• (b) Time Remaining:
- 525 s - 250 s = 275 seconds.
- 275 ÷ 60 = 4 minutes with remainder 35 seconds.
- Timer will read: 00:04:35 (4 minutes 35 seconds).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
525 seconds total 1.5 M
Remaining: 4 min 35 s 1.5 M
Q13 A world-class sprinter runs 200 metres in 20 seconds.
(a) What is his speed in metres per second?
(b) Convert this speed into kilometres per hour ($1\text{ m/s} = 3.6\text{ km/h}$).
Speed Calculation • Sprinter Rate 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Speed Conversions:
• (a) Speed in m/s: Distance ÷ Time = 200 m ÷ 20 s = 10 m/s.
• (b) Speed in km/h: 10 m/s × 3.6 = 36 km/h.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Speed = 10 m/s 1.5 M
Speed = 36 km/h 1.5 M
Q14 In a 50-metre freestyle swimming competition, four swimmers clock:
Swimmer A: 26.45 s, Swimmer B: 25.82 s, Swimmer C: 26.05 s, Swimmer D: 25.90 s.
(a) Who won the race?
(b) Arrange the swimmers in order of finish (1st to 4th).
(c) What was the winning margin between 1st place and 2nd place?
Swimming Lap Times • Decimal Comparison 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Analysis (Fastest = Smallest Time):
• (a) Winner: Swimmer B with 25.82 seconds.
• (b) Order of Finish:
1st: Swimmer B (25.82 s)
2nd: Swimmer D (25.90 s)
3rd: Swimmer C (26.05 s)
4th: Swimmer A (26.45 s).
• (c) Winning Margin: 25.90 - 25.82 = 0.08 seconds (8 hundredths of a second).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Winner: Swimmer B 1.0 M
Finish order: B, D, C, A 1.0 M
Winning margin = 0.08 s 1.0 M
Q15 (a) How many days are in a normal year and in a leap year?
(b) How many seconds are in one normal 24-hour day?
(c) Is the year 2024 a leap year? What about the year 2026?
Leap Year & Century Math 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calendar Science & Math:
• (a) Days: Normal year = 365 days; Leap year = 366 days.
• (b) Seconds in a Day: 24 hours × 60 min × 60 s = 24 × 3,600 = 86,400 seconds.
• (c) Leap Years:
- 2024 is divisible by 4 (2024 ÷ 4 = 506) → 2024 is a Leap Year.
- 2026 ÷ 4 leaves remainder 2 → 2026 is NOT a leap year (normal year of 365 days).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
365 and 366 days 1.0 M
86,400 seconds in a day 1.0 M
2024 is leap year, 2026 is not 1.0 M
Q16 A cake recipe requires baking for 45 minutes at 180°C. If the baker preheats the oven for 10 minutes and puts the cake in at 4:40 PM:
(a) At what time should the cake be taken out of the oven?
(b) If the cake needs 20 minutes to cool before icing, at what time can icing begin?
Baking Oven Timer • Cooking Schedule 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Timeline Working:
• (a) Cake Ready: Baking starts at 4:40 PM. 4:40 PM + 45 min = 5:25 PM.
• (b) Icing Time: 5:25 PM + 20 min cooling = 5:45 PM.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Out of oven = 5:25 PM 1.5 M
Icing start = 5:45 PM 1.5 M
Q17 Sound travels through air at approximately 340 metres per second. During a monsoon storm, Rohan sees a lightning flash and hears the thunder 5 seconds later.
(a) How far away was the lightning strike in metres?
(b) Express the distance in kilometres.
Speed of Sound • Lightning & Thunder 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Distance in Metres: Distance = Speed × Time = 340 m/s × 5 s = 1,700 metres.
• (b) In Kilometres: 1,700 ÷ 1,000 = 1.7 km.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Distance = 1,700 m 1.5 M
In km = 1.7 km 1.5 M
Q18 Calculate quickly:
(a) Number of seconds in 12 minutes
(b) Number of seconds in 1.5 hours
(c) Number of minutes in 1 day
Mental Arithmetic • Seconds in Multiples of Minutes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mental Calculations:
• (a) 12 Minutes: 12 × 60 = 720 seconds.
• (b) 1.5 Hours: 1.5 × 3,600 = 5,400 seconds.
• (c) 1 Day (24 Hours): 24 × 60 = 1,440 minutes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 720 s 1.0 M
Part (b): 5,400 s 1.0 M
Part (c): 1,440 min 1.0 M
Q19 A boy looks at an analog clock in a mirror. The reflection appears to show 7:20. What is the real actual time on the clock? HOTS • Clock Face Mirror Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mirror Time Formula (Subtract from 11:60 or 12:00):
1. Real time = 11:60 - Mirror time.
2. Real time = 11:60 - 7:20 = 4:40.
3. Verification: At 4:40, the hour hand is between 4 and 5, minute hand is at 8. In the mirror, the hand at 8 reflects to 4 (20 minutes past), and the hand between 4 and 5 reflects to between 7 and 8 (hour 7). Verified: Real time is 4:40.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Mirror time formula (11:60 - time) 1.5 M
Real time = 4:40 with verification 1.5 M
Q20 A wall clock gains 2 minutes every day. It is set correctly at 12:00 noon on Monday.
(a) What time will the clock display at 12:00 noon on Saturday (5 days later)?
(b) How many days will it take for the clock to be fast by exactly 1 hour?
Slow & Fast Clocks • Error Rate 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Error Calculations:
• (a) Saturday Reading:
- Days elapsed = 5 days.
- Total gain = 5 × 2 min = 10 minutes.
- Clock will display: 12:10 PM.
• (b) Days to Gain 1 Hour (60 min): 60 ÷ 2 min/day = 30 days.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Saturday display = 12:10 PM 1.5 M
30 days to gain 1 hour 1.5 M
Q21 The Earth completes one full rotation of 360° on its axis in 24 hours.
(a) Through how many degrees does the Earth rotate in 1 hour?
(b) How many minutes does the Earth take to rotate through 1 degree?
Earth Rotation Speed • Astronomy Math 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Planetary Rotation Math:
• (a) Degrees per Hour: 360° ÷ 24 h = 15° per hour.
• (b) Time per Degree: 1 hour = 60 minutes. Time for 1° = 60 min ÷ 15° = 4 minutes per degree.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
15° per hour 1.5 M
4 minutes per degree 1.5 M
Q22 A sleeping child takes 20 breaths per minute, while her heart beats 80 times per minute.
(a) Find the ratio of heartbeats to breaths in simplest form.
(b) How many heartbeats occur during 1 single breath?
Heartbeat vs Breath Ratio 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Ratio & Unit Rate:
• (a) Ratio: Heartbeats : Breaths = 80 : 20 = 4 : 1.
• (b) Heartbeats per Breath: 80 ÷ 20 = 4 heartbeats per breath.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Ratio = 4 : 1 1.5 M
4 heartbeats per breath 1.5 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) 2.5 hours means 2 hours 50 minutes.
(b) Midnight in 24-hour time can be written as 00:00 or 24:00.
(c) A leap century year like 2000 is divisible by 400.
True or False with Time Reasoning 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) False: 0.5 hour = half of 60 minutes = 30 minutes. Therefore 2.5 hours is 2 hours 30 minutes, not 2 hours 50 minutes.
• (b) True: 00:00 represents the beginning of the day, and 24:00 represents the conclusion of the day.
• (c) True: For century years ending in '00', a year is only a leap year if it is divisible by 400 (e.g. 2000 was a leap year, but 1900 was not).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): False (2.5 h = 2 h 30 min) 1.0 M
Part (b): True with 24-hour explanation 1.0 M
Part (c): True with century leap rule 1.0 M
Q24 An astronaut on the International Space Station orbits the Earth once every 90 minutes.
(a) How many orbits does the space station complete in one 24-hour day?
(b) How many sunrises and sunsets do the astronauts experience in a day?
Comprehensive Time Mastery Review 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Orbital Time Calculations:
• (a) Orbits in 24 Hours:
- 24 hours = 24 × 60 = 1,440 minutes.
- Orbits = 1,440 ÷ 90 = 16 orbits per day.
• (b) Sunrises & Sunsets: Each orbit brings 1 sunrise and 1 sunset. In 16 orbits, the astronauts witness 16 sunrises and 16 sunsets every single day!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total day = 1,440 minutes 1.0 M
Orbits = 16 1.0 M
16 sunrises and 16 sunsets 1.0 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Intercity Vande Bharat Express Timetable

Real-World Math Context: The Vande Bharat Express departs New Delhi station at 06:00 hours and arrives at Varanasi Junction at 14:00 hours, covering a rail distance of 759 km.

Analytical Task: (a) What is the total travel duration of the train in hours?
(b) What is the average speed of the train in km/h?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Duration: 14:00 - 06:00 = 8 hours.
(b) Average Speed: 759/8 = 94.875 km/h.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
13
Chapter 13 • Multiples, Common Multiples & Lowest Common Multiple • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 13: Animal Jumps

जानवरों की छलाँग (गुणज, सार्व गुणज एवं लघुत्तम समापवर्त्य - LCM)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Multiples of a number: The numbers obtained by multiplying it by natural numbers (1, 2, 3, …).
  • Common Multiples: Numbers that appear in the multiple lists of two or more given numbers.
  • Lowest Common Multiple (LCM): The smallest non-zero common multiple of given numbers.
  • Step/jump word problems on a number line representing periodic cycles.
  • Frog lands on multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33, 36, 39, 42, 45, 48...
  • Rabbit lands on multiples of 7: 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, 42, 49...
  • (a) Common steps under 50: 21 and 42.
  • (b) First common step: $\text{LCM}(3, 7) = \mathbf{21}$.
Number Line Jumps: Frog (Steps of 3) vs Rabbit (Steps of 5) → LCM = 15 LCM: 15 0 3 5 6 9 10 12 15 Blue solid curve = Multiples of 3 (Frog) | Green dashed curve = Multiples of 5 (Rabbit) | First common landing = 15
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 A frog jumps 3 steps at a time, and a rabbit jumps 5 steps at a time. Both start jumping from step 0.
(a) List the first 6 steps where the frog lands.
(b) List the first 6 steps where the rabbit lands.
(c) At which step will they both land on the same number for the first time? What is this number called?
Number Line Jumps • Multiples 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multiples on Number Line:
• (a) Frog's Landing Steps: Multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18.
• (b) Rabbit's Landing Steps: Multiples of 5: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30.
• (c) First Common Landing: Both land on step 15.
This number is called the Lowest Common Multiple (LCM) of 3 and 5.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Frog: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18 1.0 M
Rabbit: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 1.0 M
First common = 15 (LCM) 1.0 M
Q2 Find the Lowest Common Multiple (LCM) of:
(a) 4 and 6
(b) 6 and 8
(c) 5 and 10
Finding LCM • Common Multiples 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM Computations:
• (a) LCM(4, 6):
- Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16...
- Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18...
- LCM = 12.
• (b) LCM(6, 8):
- Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30...
- Multiples of 8: 8, 16, 24, 32...
- LCM = 24.
• (c) LCM(5, 10): Since 10 is a multiple of 5, LCM = 10.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM(4, 6) = 12 1.0 M
LCM(6, 8) = 24 1.0 M
LCM(5, 10) = 10 1.0 M
Q3 (a) Write all factors of 18.
(b) Write all factors of 24.
(c) What are their common factors? What is their Highest Common Factor (HCF)?
Factors & Common Factors • HCF 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factors & HCF:
• (a) Factors of 18: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18.
• (b) Factors of 24: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12, 24.
• (c) Common Factors: 1, 2, 3, 6.
- Highest Common Factor (HCF): 6.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Factors of 18 and 24 1.5 M
Common factors: 1, 2, 3, 6 & HCF = 6 1.5 M
Q4 Three school bells ring at intervals of 15, 20, and 30 minutes respectively. If they all ring together at 8:00 AM:
(a) After how many minutes will they all ring together again?
(b) At what clock time will they next toll together?
Church Bells Ringing • LCM Word Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM of 15, 20, 30:
• Multiples of 15: 15, 30, 45, 60, 75...
• Multiples of 20: 20, 40, 60, 80...
• Multiples of 30: 30, 60, 90...
• (a) LCM: 60 minutes (1 hour).
• (b) Clock Time: 8:00 AM + 1 hour = 9:00 AM.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM = 60 minutes 1.5 M
Time = 9:00 AM 1.5 M
Q5 Sunita has 12 tamarind seeds (imli seeds). She arranges them in rectangular grids.
(a) List all the different rectangular arrays she can form (e.g. 1 × 12).
(b) How do these arrays relate to the factors of 12?
Tamarind Seeds Arrangement • Factor Rectangles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factor Rectangles:
• (a) Possible Arrays:
- 1 row of 12 (1 × 12)
- 2 rows of 6 (2 × 6)
- 3 rows of 4 (3 × 4)
- 4 rows of 3 (4 × 3)
- 6 rows of 2 (6 × 2)
- 12 rows of 1 (12 × 1).
• (b) Relation to Factors: The dimensions of the rectangles represent the factor pairs of 12: (1, 12), (2, 6), (3, 4). The complete set of factors is {1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12}.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
All rectangular arrays listed 1.5 M
Clear connection to factor pairs of 12 1.5 M
Q6 Two runners, Aman and Baman, start together at the starting line of a circular track. Aman completes a lap in 60 seconds, and Baman in 90 seconds.
(a) After how many seconds will they next cross the starting line together?
(b) How many laps will each runner have completed at that moment?
Circular Track Racers • Meeting Time 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM of 60 and 90:
• 60 = 30 × 2; 90 = 30 × 3.
• (a) Meeting Time: LCM(60, 90) = 30 × 2 × 3 = 180 seconds (3 minutes).
• (b) Laps Completed:
- Aman: 180 ÷ 60 = 3 laps.
- Baman: 180 ÷ 90 = 2 laps.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM = 180 seconds (3 min) 1.5 M
Aman: 3 laps; Baman: 2 laps 1.5 M
Q7 Draw or describe factor trees to find the prime factors of:
(a) 24
(b) 36
(c) 72
Prime Factorization using Factor Trees 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Prime Factorizations:
• (a) 24: 24 = 2 × 12 = 2 × 2 × 6 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 (or 2³ × 3).
• (b) 36: 36 = 6 × 6 = (2 × 3) × (2 × 3) = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 (or 2² × 3²).
• (c) 72: 72 = 8 × 9 = (2 × 2 × 2) × (3 × 3) = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 (or 2³ × 3²).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 1.0 M
36 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 1.0 M
72 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 × 3 1.0 M
Q8 Meena has 18 bangles. She tries to make groups of equal size:
(a) What different size groups can she make without any bangles left over?
(b) How many groups can she make if she has a prime number of bangles, say 13?
Bangles Grouping Activity 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grouping & Factorization:
• (a) Groups for 18 Bangles: Group sizes correspond to factors of 18:
- Groups of 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, or 18 bangles.
• (b) For 13 Bangles (Prime): 13 has only two factors (1 and 13).
- She can only make 13 groups of 1 bangle each, or 1 group of 13 bangles.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Groups of 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18 1.5 M
Prime 13: only groups of 1 or 13 1.5 M
Q9 In a diagram with two overlapping circles labeled 'Multiples of 3' and 'Multiples of 5':
(a) List the numbers from 1 to 30 that go in the common middle section.
(b) What is the smallest number in the common section?
Venn Diagram of Multiples 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Common Multiples (1 to 30):
• Multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30.
• Multiples of 5: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30.
• (a) Common Section: 15, 30.
• (b) Smallest Common: 15 (which is LCM of 3 and 5).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Common section: 15, 30 1.5 M
Smallest number = 15 1.5 M
Q10 In the NCERT Cat and Mouse game: The mouse is on step 14 and can jump 2 steps at a time. The cat is on step 3 and can jump 3 steps at a time. There is a mouse hole at step 28.
(a) Can the mouse reach the safety hole before the cat catches it?
(b) Show the steps for both to prove your answer.
Cat and Mouse Game • Escape Steps 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Step Tracking:
• Mouse (Starts at 14, jumps 2):
- Jumps: 14 → 16 → 18 → 20 → 22 → 24 → 26 → 28 (Safety hole reached in 7 jumps).
• Cat (Starts at 3, jumps 3):
- Jumps: 3 → 6 → 9 → 12 → 15 → 18 → 21 → 24.
• (a) Conclusion: In jump 7, the mouse reaches 28 while the cat is only at 24. The mouse reaches the hole safely and escapes!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Mouse steps to 28 (7 jumps) 1.5 M
Cat steps to 24 & positive escape proof 1.5 M
Q11 A courtyard floor is 18 metres long and 12 metres wide. The owner wants to pave it with the largest possible identical square tiles without cutting any tile.
(a) What is the side length of the largest square tile (HCF)?
(b) How many such tiles will be needed to cover the entire floor?
Tile Paving • HCF Room Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
HCF Application:
• (a) Largest Tile Side: HCF(18, 12):
- Factors of 18: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 18.
- Factors of 12: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12.
- HCF = 6 metres.
• (b) Number of Tiles:
- Along length: 18 ÷ 6 = 3 tiles.
- Along width: 12 ÷ 6 = 2 tiles.
- Total tiles = 3 × 2 = 6 square tiles.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Largest side = HCF = 6 m 1.5 M
Tile count = 6 tiles 1.5 M
Q12 A craft teacher has two rolls of ribbon: red ribbon of 36 cm and blue ribbon of 48 cm. She wants to cut both ribbons into pieces of equal length with nothing left over.
(a) What is the greatest possible length of each piece?
(b) How many pieces of red ribbon and blue ribbon will she get?
Ribbon Cutting • Equal Pieces (HCF) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
HCF of 36 and 48:
• (a) Greatest Length: HCF(36, 48) = 12 cm.
• (b) Number of Pieces:
- Red ribbon: 36 ÷ 12 = 3 pieces.
- Blue ribbon: 48 ÷ 12 = 4 pieces.
- Total pieces = 3 + 4 = 7 pieces.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Greatest length = 12 cm 1.5 M
Red: 3 pieces, Blue: 4 pieces 1.5 M
Q13 (a) What is the only even prime number?
(b) Is the product of two odd numbers always odd or even? Give an example.
(c) Is the sum of two odd numbers always odd or even? Give an example.
Even and Odd Multiples 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Properties:
• (a) Even Prime: 2 is the only even prime number (all other even numbers are divisible by 2).
• (b) Product of Two Odds: Always Odd. Example: 3 × 5 = 15.
• (c) Sum of Two Odds: Always Even. Example: 3 + 5 = 8.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
2 is only even prime 1.0 M
Product of odds = Odd 1.0 M
Sum of odds = Even 1.0 M
Q14 Test the number 4,260 for divisibility by:
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 5
(d) 10
State the rule used for each.
Divisibility Rules • 2, 3, 5, 10 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Divisibility Rules for 4,260:
• (a) By 2: Ones digit is 0 (even) → Divisible by 2.
• (b) By 3: Sum of digits = 4 + 2 + 6 + 0 = 12. Since 12 is divisible by 3 → Divisible by 3.
• (c) By 5: Ones digit is 0 → Divisible by 5.
• (d) By 10: Ones digit is 0 → Divisible by 10.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Divisible by 2 and 3 with rules 1.5 M
Divisible by 5 and 10 with rules 1.5 M
Q15 A frog jumps 2 steps, a hare jumps 3 steps, and a kangaroo jumps 7 steps. All start from 0.
(a) At which step will all three animals land together for the first time?
(b) How many jumps will the kangaroo have made to reach that step?
Kangaroo, Frog, and Hare Multi-Jump 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM of 2, 3, 7 (All Prime Numbers):
• (a) Meeting Step: Since 2, 3, 7 have no common factors, LCM = 2 × 3 × 7 = 42.
• (b) Kangaroo Jumps: 42 ÷ 7 = 6 jumps.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM(2, 3, 7) = 42 1.5 M
Kangaroo jumps = 6 1.5 M
Q16 A poultry farm packages eggs. When packed into cartons of 6, none are left over. When packed into cartons of 10, none are left over. If there are between 50 and 80 eggs:
(a) What is the exact number of eggs?
(b) How many cartons of 6 and cartons of 10 would be filled?
Common Multiple Word Problem • Egg Packaging 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60, 66, 72, 78.
• Multiples of 10: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80.
• (a) Exact Count: The only common multiple between 50 and 80 is 60 eggs.
• (b) Cartons:
- Cartons of 6 = 60 ÷ 6 = 10 cartons.
- Cartons of 10 = 60 ÷ 10 = 6 cartons.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Exact count = 60 eggs 1.5 M
10 cartons of 6; 6 cartons of 10 1.5 M
Q17 State the LCM and HCF of the following pairs by inspection:
(a) 7 and 14
(b) 8 and 9
(c) 15 and 30
Mental Arithmetic • LCM & HCF Shortcuts 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Inspection Shortcuts:
• (a) 7 and 14: Since 14 is a multiple of 7:
- HCF = 7, LCM = 14.
• (b) 8 and 9 (Consecutive numbers / Co-prime):
- HCF = 1, LCM = 8 × 9 = 72.
• (c) 15 and 30: Since 30 is a multiple of 15:
- HCF = 15, LCM = 30.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): HCF=7, LCM=14 1.0 M
Part (b): HCF=1, LCM=72 1.0 M
Part (c): HCF=15, LCM=30 1.0 M
Q18 A rectangular park of 75 m by 45 m is to have ornamental trees planted at equal intervals all along its boundary and at the corners.
(a) What is the maximum distance between two consecutive trees?
(b) What is the total number of trees needed?
Planting Trees along Boundary (HCF) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
HCF & Perimeter Grid:
• (a) Maximum Distance: HCF(75, 45) = 15 metres.
• (b) Number of Trees:
- Perimeter = 2 × (75 + 45) = 2 × 120 = 240 metres.
- Trees = 240 m ÷ 15 m = 16 trees.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Max distance = HCF = 15 m 1.5 M
Trees = 16 1.5 M
Q19 A number leaves a remainder of 1 when divided by 2, a remainder of 1 when divided by 3, and a remainder of 1 when divided by 4. What is the smallest such number greater than 1? HOTS • Remainder with Multiple Jumpers 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM and Remainder Deduction:
1. The number is of the form: $\text{LCM}(2, 3, 4) + 1$.
2. LCM of 2, 3, 4:
• Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12... (12 is divisible by both 2 and 3).
• LCM(2, 3, 4) = 12.
3. The number = 12 + 1 = 13.
4. Verification:
- 13 ÷ 2 = 6 with remainder 1.
- 13 ÷ 3 = 4 with remainder 1.
- 13 ÷ 4 = 3 with remainder 1. Solution verified!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM(2, 3, 4) = 12 1.5 M
Number = 13 with verification 1.5 M
Q20 Three traffic signals turn green every 40 seconds, 60 seconds, and 80 seconds.
(a) After how many seconds will all three turn green simultaneously?
(b) Express this duration in minutes.
Traffic Light Synchronization 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM of 40, 60, 80:
• Prime factorizations:
- 40 = 2³ × 5
- 60 = 2² × 3 × 5
- 80 = 2⁴ × 5
• LCM = 2⁴ × 3 × 5 = 16 × 15 = 240 seconds.
• (b) In Minutes: 240 ÷ 60 = 4 minutes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM = 240 seconds 1.5 M
Duration = 4 minutes 1.5 M
Q21 Formulate all factor pairs for 40 and 50. Use them to prove whether 40 and 50 have more than two common factors. Factor Pairs • Table Formulation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factor Pairs:
• For 40: 1 × 40, 2 × 20, 4 × 10, 5 × 8. Factors = {1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 20, 40}.
• For 50: 1 × 50, 2 × 25, 5 × 10. Factors = {1, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50}.
• Common Factors: 1, 2, 5, 10 (4 common factors).
• Conclusion: Yes, they have 4 common factors, which is more than two.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Factor pairs of 40 and 50 1.5 M
Common factors: 1, 2, 5, 10 (4 factors) 1.5 M
Q22 (a) What is the LCM of 25 and 100?
(b) What is the LCM of 20 and 50?
(c) What is the HCF of 100 and 150?
Multiples of 100 • Zero Tracking 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) LCM(25, 100): 100 is a multiple of 25 → 100.
• (b) LCM(20, 50): Multiples of 50: 50, 100... (100 ÷ 20 = 5) → 100.
• (c) HCF(100, 150): 150 - 100 = 50. Both 100 and 150 are divisible by 50 → 50.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 100 1.0 M
Part (b): 100 1.0 M
Part (c): 50 1.0 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) Every number is both a factor and a multiple of itself.
(b) The HCF of two numbers is always greater than their LCM.
(c) A number that has more than two factors is called a composite number.
True or False with Factor/Multiple Reason 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) True: For any number $n$, $n \times 1 = n$ (so $n$ divides itself, making it a factor), and $n = 1 \times n$ (so it is in its own table of multiples).
• (b) False: HCF is a divisor (less than or equal to the numbers), while LCM is a multiple (greater than or equal to the numbers). HCF is always less than or equal to LCM.
• (c) True: By definition, numbers with 3 or more factors are composite.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): True with self-factor reasoning 1.0 M
Part (b): False (HCF ≤ LCM) 1.0 M
Part (c): True with definition 1.0 M
Q24 Three children, Anita (step length 40 cm), Bablu (step length 50 cm), and Chintu (step length 60 cm), take part in a walkathon from the same starting line.
(a) At what minimum distance from the start will their steps align exactly again?
(b) How many steps will each child have taken at that distance?
Comprehensive Chapter Review • Step Challenge 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM of 40, 50, 60:
• Prime factorizations:
- 40 = 2³ × 5
- 50 = 2 × 5²
- 60 = 2² × 3 × 5
• (a) Minimum Distance: LCM = 2³ × 3 × 5² = 8 × 3 × 25 = 600 cm (6 metres).
• (b) Steps Taken:
- Anita: 600 ÷ 40 = 15 steps.
- Bablu: 600 ÷ 50 = 12 steps.
- Chintu: 600 ÷ 60 = 10 steps.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM = 600 cm = 6 m 1.5 M
Anita: 15, Bablu: 12, Chintu: 10 steps 1.5 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Traffic Light Synchronization

Real-World Math Context: Three traffic signals at a busy junction change their lights after every 40 seconds, 60 seconds, and 75 seconds respectively. If they all change simultaneously at 8:00 AM, when will they change together next?

Analytical Task: Find the time at which all three traffic lights will change together again.

Suggested Model Solution:
LCM(40, 60, 75) = 600 seconds = 10 minutes.
Next change time = 8:00 AM + 10 min = 8:10 AM.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
14
Chapter 14 • Coordinate Grids, Navigation & Spatial Relations • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 14: Maps and Locations

मानचित्र और स्थितियाँ (निर्देशांक ग्रिड, दिशाएँ एवं स्थल पहचान)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Grid coordinates: Identifying positions using Column-Row coordinate pairs (e.g., (C, 3)).
  • Horizontal axis (Columns A, B, C, D, E) and Vertical axis (Rows 1, 2, 3, 4, 5).
  • Navigating grid paths: Counting steps North, South, East, and West.
  • Shortest path on a Manhattan grid (taxicab distance).
5×5 Alphanumeric Town Navigation Grid A B C D E 4 3 2 1 School Park Hosp. Coordinates: School is at (A, 1) | Central Park is at (C, 3) | Hospital is at (E, 4)
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 On a town grid map, columns are numbered 1 to 6 (West to East) and rows are lettered A to F (South to North).
• Town Hall is at (2, B)
• Railway Station is at (5, B)
• Public Hospital is at (2, E)
(a) In which compass direction is the Hospital from the Town Hall?
(b) In which compass direction is the Railway Station from the Town Hall?
(c) If 1 grid square represents 200 m, find the straight-line ground distance between Town Hall and Railway Station.
Grid Coordinate System • Town Map 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Coordinate Analysis:
• (a) Hospital from Town Hall: Town Hall is at row B; Hospital is at row E in the same column (2). Moving from B to E is moving upward → North.
• (b) Railway Station from Town Hall: Both are in row B. Column moves from 2 to 5 (to the right) → East.
• (c) Ground Distance: 5 - 2 = 3 grid units. Real distance = 3 × 200 m = 600 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): North 1.0 M
Part (b): East 1.0 M
Part (c): 600 metres 1.0 M
Q2 Explain the difference between a 'Floor Map' (2D layout) and a 'Deep Drawing' (3D perspective sketch) of a house. Why can't windows on the back wall be seen in a front deep drawing? Floor Map vs Deep Drawing • House Plan 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Architectural Representations:
1. Floor Map: A 2D top-down diagram showing the layout of rooms, doorways, and window positions on walls as seen from above.
2. Deep Drawing: A 3D realistic perspective drawing showing height, depth, and realistic appearance as seen by an observer from a specific angle.
3. Back Wall Windows: In a front deep drawing, the solid front and interior walls obstruct the line of sight, so windows located on the rear exterior wall are hidden from view.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Clear 2D floor map definition 1.0 M
Clear 3D deep drawing definition 1.0 M
Occlusion explanation for rear windows 1.0 M
Q3 A student builds a block structure using 5 unit cubes: 3 cubes placed in a row on the table, and 2 cubes stacked on top of the first and second cubes.
(a) Describe the Front View.
(b) Describe the Side View.
(c) Describe the Top View.
3D Block Towers • Top, Front, Side Views 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multi-View Orthographic Projections:
• (a) Front View: Shows two columns of height 2 and one column of height 1 side by side → A shape consisting of 5 square faces arranged in an L-like stepped block (height 2 on left, height 1 on right).
• (b) Side View: Looking from the left end, the depth of 3 cubes collapses into a single column 2 cubes high → A vertical rectangle of 2 squares.
• (c) Top View: Looking from directly above, only the base footprint is visible → A horizontal strip of 3 squares.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Front view: stepped block of 5 squares 1.0 M
Side view: column of 2 squares 1.0 M
Top view: row of 3 squares 1.0 M
Q4 A cube has 6 square faces.
(a) Draw or describe two different valid 6-square nets that can be folded to form a cube.
(b) Can 6 squares arranged in a single straight row (1 × 6) fold into a cube? Explain why.
Nets of a Cube • Valid vs Invalid 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cube Nets:
• (a) Valid Nets:
1. Latin Cross net (T-shape): 4 squares in a vertical column with 1 square attached to the left and 1 to the right of the second square.
2. Step/Stair net: 3 squares in top row, 3 squares in bottom row shifted by one square.
• (b) 1 × 6 Strip: No. When folded at 90° along edges, the squares wrap around into an open hollow tube of 4 walls, while the 5th and 6th squares overlap the existing walls, leaving the top and bottom faces completely open.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Two valid cube nets described 1.5 M
1 × 6 strip cannot form cube (overlaps & missing bases) 1.5 M
Q5 On a school campus grid map, an athlete runs from Pavilion (1, 1) to Flagpost (4, 5).
(a) How many units East and how many units North must he run?
(b) If each grid square is 40 m × 40 m, find the total distance run along the grid lines.
Route Navigation • Grid Steps 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Steps:
• (a) Movements:
- East = 4 - 1 = 3 units East.
- North = 5 - 1 = 4 units North.
• (b) Ground Distance:
- Total grid units = 3 + 4 = 7 units.
- Real distance = 7 × 40 m = 280 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
3 units East, 4 units North 1.5 M
Total distance = 280 m 1.5 M
Q6 An open box without a top lid has 5 square faces.
(a) Describe the plus-sign (+) shaped net of an open box.
(b) If each square face of the net has side 6 cm, find the total surface area of the open box.
Open Box Net • Foldable Shapes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Open Box Geometry:
• (a) Plus-sign Net: Consists of 1 central base square with 4 identical square flaps attached to its four sides. Folding the 4 outer flaps upward at 90° forms the 4 vertical walls.
• (b) Surface Area:
- Area of 1 square face = 6 cm × 6 cm = 36 cm².
- Total area of 5 faces = 5 × 36 cm² = 180 square cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Plus net description (1 base + 4 walls) 1.5 M
Surface area = 180 cm² 1.5 M
Q7 On a standard playing die, the numbers on opposite faces always add up to 7.
(a) What number is on the face opposite to 2?
(b) What number is opposite to 4?
(c) What number is opposite to 6?
Die Faces • Opposite Sides Sum to 7 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Opposite Face Rule (Sum = 7):
• (a) Opposite to 2: 7 - 2 = 5.
• (b) Opposite to 4: 7 - 4 = 3.
• (c) Opposite to 6: 7 - 6 = 1.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Opposite to 2 is 5 1.0 M
Opposite to 4 is 3 1.0 M
Opposite to 6 is 1 1.0 M
Q8 What is isometric dot paper used for in mathematics? How do the triangular grids of isometric dots help in drawing 3D cubes accurately? Isometric Dot Paper Sketching 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Isometric Drawing:
1. Purpose: Isometric dot paper is used to draw 3D objects on a flat 2D sheet such that all three spatial dimensions (length, breadth, and height) are shown proportionally without distortion.
2. Triangular Grid Aid: The dots form equilateral triangles with axes tilted at 30° to the horizontal. This allows vertical edges to be drawn straight up, while receding horizontal edges are drawn along the 30° dot lines, making all equal 3D edges measure identical lengths on paper.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Purpose: representing 3D solids accurately on 2D 1.5 M
30° tilt maintains equal proportional edge lengths 1.5 M
Q9 Students build a bridge model using matchboxes: 2 pillars on either side (each 3 matchboxes high) and a horizontal deck of 4 matchboxes across the top.
(a) What will the front view look like?
(b) What will the top view look like?
Matchbox Bridge • Structural Projection 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Bridge Views:
• (a) Front View: Shows the full arch opening: two vertical columns of 3 matchboxes connected across the top by a horizontal span of 4 matchboxes forming a portal frame.
• (b) Top View: Looking from directly overhead, only the horizontal roadway deck is visible → A long continuous rectangular strip of 4 matchboxes (the pillars beneath are hidden).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Front view: portal arch of pillars & deck 1.5 M
Top view: rectangle of 4 matchboxes 1.5 M
Q10 On an architectural floor map, doors and windows have standardized representations.
(a) How is a door typically represented?
(b) How is a window represented on a wall?
Floor Plan Window & Door Symbols 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Architectural Symbols:
• (a) Door Symbol: Represented as an opening in the wall with a straight line for the door leaf and a curved 90° arc showing the swing path of the door.
• (b) Window Symbol: Represented as a gap in the thick wall line filled with parallel thin lines representing the window frame and glass pane.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Door: opening with swing arc 1.5 M
Window: parallel thin lines inside wall gap 1.5 M
Q11 A square sheet of metal measuring 20 cm × 20 cm has four 4 cm × 4 cm squares cut out from its four corners. The four flaps are then folded upward to make an open rectangular tray.
(a) What is the length and width of the base of the tray?
(b) What is the height of the tray?
(c) Find the volume of the tray in cubic centimetres ($V = L \times W \times H$).
Cube Net with Cutout Corners 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Box from Cutout Corners:
• (a) Base Dimensions:
- Length = 20 - 4 - 4 = 12 cm.
- Width = 20 - 4 - 4 = 12 cm.
• (b) Height: The height equals the cutout corner = 4 cm.
• (c) Volume: $V = 12 \times 12 \times 4 = 144 \times 4 = \mathbf{576\text{ cubic cm}}$.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Base = 12 cm × 12 cm 1.0 M
Height = 4 cm 1.0 M
Volume = 576 cm³ 1.0 M
Q12 Follow the route instructions: Start at Depot (0, 0). Walk 3 units East, 4 units North, 2 units West, and 1 unit South.
(a) What are the coordinates of the destination?
(b) In which compass quadrant from the Depot is the destination?
Map Route with Compass Directions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tracking Steps:
• X-coordinate: 0 + 3 (East) - 2 (West) = 1.
• Y-coordinate: 0 + 4 (North) - 1 (South) = 3.
• (a) Destination Coordinates: (1, 3).
• (b) Compass Direction: Since both X and Y are positive, it lies in the North-East quadrant.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Calculations: X = 1, Y = 3 1.5 M
Coordinates (1, 3) in North-East 1.5 M
Q13 (a) What 2D shapes make up the net of a closed cylinder?
(b) What 2D shapes make up the net of a cone?
Net of a Cylinder & Cone 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
2D Nets of Curved Solids:
• (a) Closed Cylinder: Consists of 1 rectangle (which curves into the side wall) and 2 identical circles (top and bottom flat circular bases).
• (b) Cone: Consists of 1 circular sector (pie-slice shape for the conical slope) and 1 circle (the flat circular base).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Cylinder: 1 rectangle + 2 circles 1.5 M
Cone: 1 sector + 1 circle 1.5 M
Q14 A solid rectangular block is built using unit cubes: it is 4 cubes long, 3 cubes wide, and 2 cubes high.
(a) How many unit cubes are used in total?
(b) How many cubes are on the bottom layer?
(c) If all outside faces are painted red, how many cubes have paint on exactly 3 faces (corner cubes)?
Counting Cubes in Multi-layer Block Model 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Block Model Geometry:
• (a) Total Cubes: Length × Width × Height = 4 × 3 × 2 = 24 unit cubes.
• (b) Bottom Layer: 4 × 3 = 12 cubes.
• (c) 3-Face Painted (Corner Cubes): A cuboid has exactly 8 corners. Each corner cube has 3 exposed painted faces = 8 cubes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total = 24 cubes 1.0 M
Bottom layer = 12 cubes 1.0 M
Corner cubes with 3 faces painted = 8 1.0 M
Q15 A sports ground on a town map occupies grid blocks from Column 2 to 5 and Row C to F.
(a) How many grid units long and wide is the ground?
(b) How many square grid blocks does it cover?
(c) If 1 block is 100 m × 100 m, find its actual area in square metres.
Town Grid Area Occupied 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Area Analysis:
• (a) Dimensions:
- Length (Columns 2 to 5): 5 - 2 = 3 units.
- Width (Rows C to F): F - C = 3 units.
• (b) Grid Blocks: 3 × 3 = 9 square blocks.
• (c) Actual Area: Each block = 100 m × 100 m = 10,000 sq m. Total area = 9 × 10,000 = 90,000 square metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Dimensions = 3 × 3 units 1.0 M
9 square blocks 1.0 M
Ground area = 90,000 sq m 1.0 M
Q16 Why do architects draw both a 2D floor blueprint and a 3D isometric perspective drawing before constructing a building? Deep Perspective vs Flat Blueprint 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Complementary Purposes:
1. 2D Floor Blueprint: Provides precise geometric measurements, wall thicknesses, exact door/window placements, and plumbing lines necessary for builders and masons during construction.
2. 3D Perspective Drawing: Helps clients, engineers, and builders visualize the realistic appearance, height proportions, aesthetics, and depth of the finished building in its real-world environment.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
2D blueprint: exact measurements for construction 1.5 M
3D perspective: visual appearance and depth 1.5 M
Q17 State the number of Faces ($F$), Edges ($E$), and Vertices ($V$) for:
(a) A triangular prism
(b) A square pyramid
Verify Euler's formula: $F - E + V = 2$ for both.
Mental Arithmetic • Number of Faces, Edges, Vertices 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Polyhedra Formulas ($F - E + V = 2$):
• (a) Triangular Prism:
- Faces: 2 triangular bases + 3 rectangular sides = 5 faces.
- Edges: 9 edges.
- Vertices: 6 vertices.
- Check: 5 - 9 + 6 = 2. Verified!
• (b) Square Pyramid:
- Faces: 1 square base + 4 triangular sides = 5 faces.
- Edges: 4 base edges + 4 slant edges = 8 edges.
- Vertices: 4 base corners + 1 top apex = 5 vertices.
- Check: 5 - 8 + 5 = 2. Verified!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Prism: F=5, E=9, V=6 with Euler check 1.5 M
Pyramid: F=5, E=8, V=5 with Euler check 1.5 M
Q18 A survey drone flies overhead taking continuous vertical photographs.
(a) How are the drone photos stitched together to create a digital cadastral map?
(b) What mathematical scale factor links pixels on screen to ground metres?
Top-Down Drone Survey • Map Formation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Photogrammetry & Mapping:
• (a) Photo Stitching: Overlapping photos are matched using shared ground landmarks (ground control points) so that geometric coordinates align continuously into an orthomosaic aerial map.
• (b) Scale Factor: Ground Sampling Distance (GSD), where 1 pixel represents a calibrated real-world length (e.g. 1 pixel = 5 cm on ground), establishing a precise linear ratio.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Orthomosaic alignment using control points 1.5 M
Ground resolution ratio linking pixels to metres 1.5 M
Q19 A cube has letters A, B, C, D, E, F on its 6 faces. When unfolded into a T-shaped net, A is on the top square, B is in the center, C is below B, D is to the left of B, E is to the right of B, and F is at the bottom. Which face is opposite to Face B? HOTS • Unfolding Cube Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Net Folding Deduction:
1. In a cross net, alternating squares fold to become opposite faces.
2. Along the horizontal row: D (left) and E (right) fold up to face each other (D is opposite to E).
3. Along the vertical column: A (top) and C (bottom) fold up to face each other.
4. Square F (at the very bottom of the tail) folds across to become the top cap, lying directly parallel and opposite to the central base square B.
Face F is opposite to Face B.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Analysis of alternating folds in net 1.5 M
Face F is opposite to Face B 1.5 M
Q20 A door on a floor plan has width 90 cm and swings through a 90° arc.
(a) What shape of floor space must be kept completely clear of furniture?
(b) Find the area of this clearance quadrant in square metres (take $\pi \approx 3.14$, $A = \frac{1}{4} \pi r^2$).
Room Blueprint Door Clearance 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Clearance Quadrant:
• (a) Shape: A quarter circle (quadrant) of radius 90 cm.
• (b) Clearance Area: Radius = 0.9 metres.
- Area = $\frac{1}{4} \times 3.14 \times (0.9)^2 = 0.785 \times 0.81 = \mathbf{0.636\text{ sq metres}}$.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Quarter circle of radius 90 cm 1.5 M
Area ≈ 0.64 sq m 1.5 M
Q21 On a standard Cartesian coordinate grid with origin (0, 0) at center:
(a) Positive X-axis points in which compass direction?
(b) Positive Y-axis points in which compass direction?
(c) Point (-3, -3) lies in which compass direction from the origin?
Compass Directions along Grid Axes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Coordinate & Compass Equivalence:
• (a) Positive X-axis: Points East.
• (b) Positive Y-axis: Points North.
• (c) Point (-3, -3): Negative X is West; Negative Y is South → South-West.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Positive X: East 1.0 M
Positive Y: North 1.0 M
(-3, -3): South-West 1.0 M
Q22 At 8:00 AM, a vertical flagpole casts a long shadow on the ground.
(a) In which compass direction does the shadow point in the morning?
(b) In which direction does the shadow point at 4:00 PM in the evening?
(c) At what time of day is the shadow shortest?
Shadow Casting • Time of Day 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Shadow Geometry:
• (a) Morning Shadow (8:00 AM): Sun is in the East, so the shadow is cast towards the West.
• (b) Evening Shadow (4:00 PM): Sun is in the West, so the shadow is cast towards the East.
• (c) Shortest Shadow: At 12:00 Solar Noon, when the sun reaches its highest elevation directly overhead.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Morning: West 1.0 M
Evening: East 1.0 M
Shortest at Solar Noon 1.0 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) A cylinder has 2 flat faces and 1 curved face.
(b) A 2D floor map shows how tall a house is.
(c) Isometric drawings make parallel lines appear to meet at a point.
True or False with Spatial Reason 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) True: The top and bottom are 2 flat circular faces, and the side wall is 1 curved surface (3 faces total).
• (b) False: A floor map is a 2D top-down projection and shows no vertical heights.
• (c) False: In isometric projection, parallel lines remain strictly parallel. (Perspective drawings make parallel lines converge at vanishing points, not isometric drawings).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): True with cylinder anatomy 1.0 M
Part (b): False (2D top view has no height) 1.0 M
Part (c): False (isometric lines remain parallel) 1.0 M
Q24 A student draws a model map of his school ground with scale 1 cm = 20 m. The football field measures 5 cm by 3 cm on the map.
(a) Find the actual dimensions of the football field.
(b) What is its actual ground area in square metres?
(c) If an athlete runs 4 complete laps around the perimeter of the field, how many metres does he run?
Comprehensive Mapping Project 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comprehensive Scale & Geometry:
• (a) Real Dimensions:
- Length = 5 cm × 20 m = 100 metres.
- Width = 3 cm × 20 m = 60 metres.
• (b) Ground Area: 100 m × 60 m = 6,000 square metres.
• (c) 4 Laps Perimeter:
- 1 Lap (Perimeter) = 2 × (100 + 60) = 2 × 160 = 320 metres.
- 4 Laps = 4 × 320 m = 1,280 metres (1.28 km).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Dimensions: 100 m × 60 m 1.0 M
Area = 6,000 sq m 1.0 M
4 laps = 1,280 m 1.0 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Emergency Ambulance Route Optimization

Real-World Math Context: Each grid block in the town layout represents a distance of 300 metres along street avenues. An emergency ambulance departs from Community Clinic at (B, 1) to reach an accident site at (E, 4).

Analytical Task: (a) What is the total road distance traveled by the ambulance?
(b) If the ambulance drives at an average speed of 36 km/h, how many minutes will the drive take?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Road Distance: 3 + 3 = 6 blocks = 6 × 300 m = 1,800 m = 1.8 km.
(b) Travel Time: 1.8 km/36 km/h = 0.05 hours = 0.05 × 60 = 3 minutes.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
15
Chapter 15 • Data Handling, Pictographs & Bar Graphs • Class 5 Mathematics (New NEP 2020)

Chapter 15: Data Through Pictures

चित्रों से आँकड़े (चित्रालेख, टैली मार्क्स एवं दण्ड आलेख)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Pictographs: Visual representation of data using pictures/icons where 1 icon represents a fixed key value.
  • Tally marks grouping: Groups of five (|||| with a diagonal strike through).
  • Bar Graphs: Graphical displays using rectangular bars of uniform width whose heights represent quantities.
  • Interpreting trends, identifying maximum/minimum values, and computing totals from charts.
  • Scale: $1\text{ symbol} = 25\text{ books}$.
  • (a) Storybooks: $5 \times 25 = \mathbf{125\text{ books}}$.
Data Representation: Books Read by Students in Reading Club 0 10 20 30 40 20 Grade 3 35 Grade 4 40 Grade 5 25 Grade 6 Total Books Read = 20 + 35 + 40 + 25 = 120 books | Highest = Grade 5 (40 books)
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 A school library records books borrowed by students: Grade 3 (20 books), Grade 4 (35 books), Grade 5 (45 books).
(a) If a symbol 📖 represents 5 books, how many book symbols will represent Grade 3, Grade 4, and Grade 5?
(b) Which class borrowed the maximum number of books?
(c) What is the total number of books borrowed by all three classes?
Library Books Pictograph • Reading Data 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pictograph Calculations (1 📖 = 5 Books):
• (a) Symbol Counts:
- Grade 3: 20 ÷ 5 = 4 symbols (📖📖📖📖).
- Grade 4: 35 ÷ 5 = 7 symbols.
- Grade 5: 45 ÷ 5 = 9 symbols.
• (b) Maximum Class: Grade 5 borrowed the maximum (45 books).
• (c) Grand Total: 20 + 35 + 45 = 100 books.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Symbols: 4, 7, 9 1.5 M
Maximum = Grade 5 0.75 M
Total = 100 books 0.75 M
Q2 In a class of 30 students, the favorite fruits are: Mango (12), Apple (8), Banana (6), Orange (4).
(a) Draw a frequency table using tally marks in bundles of five (||||).
(b) What fraction of students chose Mango as their favorite fruit?
Favorite Fruits Survey • Tally Marks 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tally Table:
• Mango (12): |||| |||| || (12)
• Apple (8): |||| ||| (8)
• Banana (6): |||| | (6)
• Orange (4): |||| (4)
• Total: 12 + 8 + 6 + 4 = 30 students.
• (b) Mango Fraction: 12/30 = 2/5 of the class.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Accurate tally representation for all 4 fruits 2.0 M
Fraction = 12/30 = 2/5 1.0 M
Q3 A bar graph shows student attendance in Grade 5 over one week:
Monday: 42, Tuesday: 45, Wednesday: 40, Thursday: 44, Friday: 38 (Class strength = 45).
(a) On which day was attendance 100% full?
(b) On which day was attendance lowest, and how many students were absent?
(c) What was the average daily attendance for the week?
School Attendance Bar Chart 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Data Interpretation:
• (a) 100% Attendance: Tuesday (45 students present).
• (b) Lowest Day: Friday (38 students).
- Absentees = 45 - 38 = 7 students absent.
• (c) Average Daily Attendance:
- Total attendance = 42 + 45 + 40 + 44 + 38 = 209 students.
- Average = 209 ÷ 5 = 41.8 students per day.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Full attendance = Tuesday 1.0 M
Lowest = Friday with 7 absentees 1.0 M
Average = 41.8 students 1.0 M
Q4 Students counted vehicles passing a school gate in 30 minutes: Two-wheelers (60), Cars (35), Auto-rickshaws (25), Buses (10).
(a) What was the total number of vehicles counted?
(b) Which vehicle type was most common, and what percentage of total traffic did it represent?
(c) What is the ratio of Buses to Cars?
Traffic Survey at Intersection 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Survey Analysis:
• (a) Total Vehicles: 60 + 35 + 25 + 10 = 130 vehicles.
• (b) Most Common Vehicle: Two-wheelers (60).
- Percentage = (60 ÷ 130) × 100 ≈ 46.15%.
• (c) Ratio of Buses to Cars: 10 : 35 = 2 : 7.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total = 130 vehicles 1.0 M
Most common = Two-wheelers (~46.2%) 1.0 M
Ratio = 2 : 7 1.0 M
Q5 A circular Chapati Chart represents how 40 children travel to school: 1/2 walk on foot, 1/4 ride bicycles, 1/8 take the school bus, and 1/8 come by car.
(a) How many children walk on foot?
(b) How many children ride bicycles?
(c) How many children travel by school bus or car?
Chapati Chart (Pie Chart) • Fractional Sectors 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fractional Calculations (Total = 40):
• (a) Walk on Foot: 1/2 of 40 = 20 children.
• (b) Bicycles: 1/4 of 40 = 10 children.
• (c) Bus or Car: 1/8 + 1/8 = 2/8 = 1/4.
- 1/4 of 40 = 10 children (5 by bus + 5 by car).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Walk: 20 children 1.0 M
Bicycle: 10 children 1.0 M
Bus or Car: 10 children 1.0 M
Q6 A family's electricity bill shows units consumed over 4 months: January: 180 units, February: 160 units, March: 240 units, April: 320 units.
(a) In which month was consumption highest? Why did it increase in March and April?
(b) What was the total units consumed over the 4 months?
(c) If electricity costs ₹7 per unit, find the total bill amount for April.
Family Electricity Consumption Graph 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Energy Consumption Analysis:
• (a) Highest Month: April (320 units).
- Increase reason: Onset of summer season leading to extensive usage of fans, air coolers, and refrigerators.
• (b) Total Units: 180 + 160 + 240 + 320 = 900 units.
• (c) April Bill: 320 units × ₹7 = ₹2,240.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Highest = April (summer explanation) 1.0 M
Total = 900 units 1.0 M
April bill = ₹2,240 1.0 M
Q7 A village dairy records daily milk collection in litres: Monday (240 L), Tuesday (360 L), Wednesday (300 L), Thursday (180 L).
(a) What would be a convenient scale for a milk can symbol 🛢️ (e.g. 1 symbol = ? litres)?
(b) How many symbols will be drawn for each day using that scale?
Choosing an Appropriate Pictograph Scale 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Scale Selection:
• (a) Convenient Scale: The numbers (240, 360, 300, 180) have HCF = 60. A scale of 1 symbol 🛢️ = 60 Litres is ideal.
• (b) Symbol Count:
- Monday: 240 ÷ 60 = 4 symbols.
- Tuesday: 360 ÷ 60 = 6 symbols.
- Wednesday: 300 ÷ 60 = 5 symbols.
- Thursday: 180 ÷ 60 = 3 symbols.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Scale: 1 symbol = 60 L 1.5 M
Counts: 4, 6, 5, 3 symbols 1.5 M
Q8 Maximum temperatures recorded in 4 Indian cities on a May afternoon: Delhi (42°C), Mumbai (34°C), Srinagar (22°C), Chennai (38°C).
(a) Which city recorded the highest temperature?
(b) Which city recorded the lowest temperature?
(c) What is the difference in temperature between Delhi and Srinagar?
Temperature Bar Graph • Coldest and Hottest 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Temperature Analysis:
• (a) Highest Temperature: Delhi (42°C).
• (b) Lowest Temperature: Srinagar (22°C).
• (c) Difference: 42°C - 22°C = 20°C difference.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Highest: Delhi (42°C) 1.0 M
Lowest: Srinagar (22°C) 1.0 M
Difference = 20°C 1.0 M
Q9 In an environmental drive, five student clubs plant trees:
Club A (25), Club B (40), Club C (35), Club D (50), Club E (30).
(a) If 🌲 represents 10 trees, draw/write the number of full and half trees for each club.
(b) Which club planted the most trees?
Tree Plantation Drive • Pictograph 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Scale 1 🌲 = 10 Trees (Half 🌲 = 5 Trees):
• (a) Representation:
- Club A (25): 2 full + 1 half symbol (🌲🌲🪓).
- Club B (40): 4 full symbols (🌲🌲🌲🌲).
- Club C (35): 3 full + 1 half symbol.
- Club D (50): 5 full symbols.
- Club E (30): 3 full symbols.
• (b) Highest Club: Club D with 50 trees.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Correct full and half symbols 2.0 M
Club D highest 1.0 M
Q10 A survey of boys and girls in Grade 5 shows their preferred sport:
• Football: Boys 18, Girls 8
• Badminton: Boys 10, Girls 16
• Cricket: Boys 20, Girls 6
(a) Which sport is most popular among boys?
(b) Which sport is most popular among girls?
(c) What is the total number of students surveyed?
Sports Preference • Double Bar Graph 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comparative Data:
• (a) Most Popular for Boys: Cricket (20 boys).
• (b) Most Popular for Girls: Badminton (16 girls).
• (c) Grand Total:
- Total boys = 18 + 10 + 20 = 48.
- Total girls = 8 + 16 + 6 = 30.
- Combined students = 48 + 30 = 78 students.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Boys: Cricket 1.0 M
Girls: Badminton 1.0 M
Total students = 78 1.0 M
Q11 Marks obtained by 5 friends in Mathematics (out of 50):
Aarav: 48, Divya: 42, Farhan: 45, Gurpreet: 39, Tanya: 46.
(a) Find the range of marks (Highest mark - Lowest mark).
(b) Calculate the mean (average) mark of the 5 students.
Mid-Term Exam Marks Distribution 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Statistical Analysis:
• (a) Range:
- Highest = 48 (Aarav).
- Lowest = 39 (Gurpreet).
- Range = 48 - 39 = 9 marks.
• (b) Mean (Average):
- Sum = 48 + 42 + 45 + 39 + 46 = 220 marks.
- Average = 220 ÷ 5 = 44 marks out of 50.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Range = 9 marks 1.5 M
Average = 44 marks 1.5 M
Q12 A weather station records monthly monsoon rainfall in millimetres:
June: 120 mm, July: 280 mm, August: 340 mm, September: 160 mm.
(a) In which month was rainfall heaviest?
(b) What was the total seasonal rainfall recorded?
(c) What fraction of total rainfall fell in August?
Rainfall Recording • Monthly Chart 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rainfall Data:
• (a) Heaviest Month: August (340 mm).
• (b) Total Monsoon Rainfall: 120 + 280 + 340 + 160 = 900 mm.
• (c) August Fraction: 340 / 900 = 34/90 = 17/45 of the total rainfall.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Heaviest: August 1.0 M
Total = 900 mm 1.0 M
Fraction = 17/45 1.0 M
Q13 On Monday, a school canteen sold: Samosas (75), Sandwiches (45), Fruit Juice packs (60), Biscuits (30).
(a) What was the ratio of Samosas sold to Biscuits sold?
(b) If each sandwich costs ₹20, find the total revenue from sandwiches.
(c) Which item contributed to exactly half the number of samosa sales?
School Canteen Snack Sales 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Canteen Data:
• (a) Ratio Samosas : Biscuits: 75 : 30 = Divide by 15 = 5 : 2.
• (b) Sandwich Revenue: 45 × ₹20 = ₹900.
• (c) Half of Samosas: Samosas = 75; half is 37.5. (Or comparing to Biscuits: 30 is close to half). Looking at Fruit juice (60) vs others: Biscuits is 30.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Ratio = 5 : 2 1.5 M
Sandwich revenue = ₹900 1.5 M
Q14 Students reported their household pets: Dog (15), Cat (9), Fish (6), Bird (4), Rabbit (2).
(a) What is the 'mode' (most frequent observation) of this data set?
(b) How many more students have dogs than cats?
(c) How many total pets are owned?
Pet Animal Survey • Mode of Data 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Statistical Properties:
• (a) Mode: Dog (with highest frequency of 15).
• (b) Dog vs Cat Difference: 15 - 9 = 6 more students have dogs.
• (c) Total Pets: 15 + 9 + 6 + 4 + 2 = 36 pets.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Mode = Dog 1.0 M
Difference = 6 1.0 M
Total = 36 pets 1.0 M
Q15 Five friends track their weekly cycling distance: Kabir (24 km), Leo (32 km), Maya (18 km), Nina (28 km), Omar (30 km).
(a) Who cycled the greatest distance?
(b) What was the average cycling distance of the group?
Bicycle Ride Distances • Bar Graph Interpretation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• (a) Greatest Distance: Leo (32 km).
• (b) Group Average:
- Sum = 24 + 32 + 18 + 28 + 30 = 132 km.
- Average = 132 ÷ 5 = 26.4 km.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Greatest = Leo (32 km) 1.5 M
Average = 26.4 km 1.5 M
Q16 A survey recorded daily hours spent watching TV by 50 students:
Less than 1 hour: 12 students
1 to 2 hours: 22 students
More than 2 hours: 16 students
(a) What percentage of students watch between 1 and 2 hours daily?
(b) What fraction of students watch more than 2 hours daily?
Television Screen Time Survey 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) 1 to 2 Hours Percentage: (22 ÷ 50) × 100 = 44%.
• (b) More than 2 Hours Fraction: 16/50 = 8/25 of the students.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Percentage = 44% 1.5 M
Fraction = 8/25 1.5 M
Q17 On a pictograph where 1 🚗 represents 25 cars:
(a) How many cars are represented by 6 symbols?
(b) How many symbols will represent 200 cars?
(c) How many cars are represented by 3.5 symbols?
Mental Arithmetic • Interpreting Pictograph Symbols 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mental Calculations (1 🚗 = 25 cars):
• (a) 6 Symbols: 6 × 25 = 150 cars.
• (b) 200 Cars: 200 ÷ 25 = 8 symbols.
• (c) 3.5 Symbols: 3.5 × 25 = 75 + 12.5 = 87.5 cars (or 3 full + 1 half symbol = 75 + 12 = 87 cars).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 150 cars 1.0 M
Part (b): 8 symbols 1.0 M
Part (c): 87.5 cars 1.0 M
Q18 A fleet of 4 school buses has capacities and current loads:
Bus 1: Capacity 50, Load 46
Bus 2: Capacity 40, Load 38
Bus 3: Capacity 50, Load 49
Bus 4: Capacity 60, Load 55
(a) What is the total carrying capacity of the fleet?
(b) How many total students are currently traveling?
(c) How many vacant seats are there across all 4 buses?
School Bus Seating Capacity Data 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Data Aggregation:
• (a) Total Capacity: 50 + 40 + 50 + 60 = 200 seats.
• (b) Total Students Traveling: 46 + 38 + 49 + 55 = 188 students.
• (c) Vacant Seats: 200 - 188 = 12 vacant seats.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Capacity = 200 seats 1.0 M
Students = 188 1.0 M
Vacant = 12 seats 1.0 M
Q19 In a class of 28 students, all students play either Chess or Carrom or both. 18 students play Chess, and 16 students play Carrom. How many students play both Chess and Carrom? HOTS • Data Inference Riddle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Set Principle Formula ($N(A \cup B) = N(A) + N(B) - N(A \cap B)$):
1. Total unique students = 28.
2. Sum of individual players = 18 (Chess) + 16 (Carrom) = 34.
3. Excess count due to double-counting students who play both games = 34 - 28 = 6 students.
4. Therefore, exactly 6 students play both Chess and Carrom.
(Check: Chess only = 12, Carrom only = 10, Both = 6. 12 + 10 + 6 = 28. Verified!)
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Sum of sets = 18 + 16 = 34 1.5 M
Students playing both = 6 with proof 1.5 M
Q20 A music academy has student enrollment: Guitar (32), Keyboard (28), Drums (16), Flute (24).
(a) What is the ratio of Flute students to Guitar students?
(b) Express the Drums enrollment as a percentage of total music students.
Music Instrument Classes Enrollment 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Working:
• Total students = 32 + 28 + 16 + 24 = 100 students.
• (a) Ratio Flute : Guitar: 24 : 32 = Divide by 8 = 3 : 4.
• (b) Drums Percentage: (16 ÷ 100) × 100 = 16%.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total = 100 students 1.0 M
Ratio = 3 : 4 1.0 M
Drums = 16% 1.0 M
Q21 A coastal city recorded rainy days over 4 seasons: Monsoon (65 days), Winter (12 days), Summer (8 days), Post-Monsoon (15 days).
(a) What was the total number of rainy days in the year?
(b) What fraction of rainy days occurred during the Monsoon?
Rainfall Days in a Year 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Total Rainy Days: 65 + 12 + 8 + 15 = 100 days.
• (b) Monsoon Fraction: 65/100 = 13/20 (or 65%).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total = 100 days 1.5 M
Monsoon fraction = 13/20 1.5 M
Q22 Identify the numeric value of each tally group:
(a) |||| |||| |||| |||
(b) |||| |||| |
(c) |||| |||| |||| ||||
Mental Arithmetic • Tally Count Extraction 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tally Bundle Values (Each bundle = 5):
• (a) 3 bundles + 3: (3 × 5) + 3 = 15 + 3 = 18.
• (b) 2 bundles + 1: (2 × 5) + 1 = 10 + 1 = 11.
• (c) 4 bundles: 4 × 5 = 20.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 18 1.0 M
Part (b): 11 1.0 M
Part (c): 20 1.0 M
Q23 State True or False with reasoning:
(a) A bar graph must always have equal spacing between its bars.
(b) The scale of a bar graph must always start from zero.
(c) A pictograph can only display whole numbers and cannot represent fractions.
True or False with Statistics Reason 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Justifications:
• (a) True: Equal uniform spacing between bars prevents visual distortion and maintains aesthetic and statistical consistency.
• (b) True: Starting bar graphs at zero prevents exaggerating differences between categories.
• (c) False: A pictograph can represent fractional quantities using half or partial symbols (e.g. half a symbol represents half the scale value).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): True with spacing reason 1.0 M
Part (b): True with baseline reason 1.0 M
Part (c): False with half-symbol proof 1.0 M
Q24 A class conducted an energy conservation survey recording daily hours of classroom fan usage over 5 weekdays: Mon (6 h), Tue (5 h), Wed (7 h), Thu (4 h), Fri (6 h).
(a) Construct a frequency table and find total fan hours.
(b) If each ceiling fan consumes 0.08 kWh per hour, how many kWh of energy were used in total?
(c) At ₹6 per kWh, find the electricity cost for the week.
Comprehensive Data Handling Project 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comprehensive Project Working:
• (a) Total Hours: 6 + 5 + 7 + 4 + 6 = 28 hours.
• (b) Energy Consumed: 28 hours × 0.08 kWh = 2.24 kWh.
• (c) Total Electricity Cost: 2.24 kWh × ₹6 = ₹13.44.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total fan hours = 28 h 1.0 M
Energy = 2.24 kWh 1.0 M
Cost = ₹13.44 1.0 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

Competency Question: Van Mahotsav Sapling Planting Audit

Real-World Math Context: During the annual Van Mahotsav tree plantation drive, four houses of a school planted neem, peepal, and gulmohar saplings. Red House planted 85, Blue House planted 110, Green House planted 125, and Yellow House planted 80 saplings.

Analytical Task: (a) What is the total count of saplings planted by all four houses?
(b) By what percentage did Green House exceed Yellow House in saplings planted?

Suggested Model Solution:
(a) Total Saplings: 85 + 110 + 125 + 80 = 400 saplings.
(b) Percentage Difference: 125 - 80/80 × 100 = 45/80 × 100 = 56.25%.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M concept identification + 1M step execution + 1M conclusion
1
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 1 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 1: The Fish Tale

मछली उछली (बड़ी संख्याएँ, नौकाएँ एवं मछली बाजार)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Reading and writing large numbers in Indian place value system: Lakhs (100,000) and Crores (10,000,000).
  • Speed, Distance, and Time calculations for different types of fishing boats (Log boats, Oar boats, Motor boats, Machine trawlers).
  • Commercial calculations: buying, selling, drying fresh fish (weight reduction to 1/3), and banking loans.
  • Solving multi-step practical problems.
  • Principal Loan Amount: $P = ₹4,000$.
  • Monthly Installment: ₹345 per month.
  • Number of months in 1 year: 12 months.
FISHING BOAT SPEED & CATCH COMPARISON (1 TRIP) 🪵 Log Boat Speed: 4 km/h Catch: 20 kg 10 km in 2h 30m 🚣 Long Tail Boat Speed: 12 km/h Catch: 600 kg 60 km in 5 hrs 🚤 Motor Boat Speed: 20 km/h Catch: 800 kg 3½ h = 70 km 🚢 Big Trawler Speed: 24 km/h Catch: 6,000 kg High volume harvest
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 In India, there are about two lakh boats in our country, and half of them are without a motor. (a) Write two lakh in numerals. (b) What is the number of boats with a motor? (c) About one-fourth of the motor boats are big machine trawlers. How many thousand machine trawlers are there? Textbook Exercise • Large Numbers 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Two lakh in numerals: 1 lakh = 1,00,000, so two lakh = 2,00,000.
• (b) Boats with a motor: Half of 2,00,000 = 2,00,000 ÷ 2 = 1,00,000 (one lakh boats).
• (c) Number of machine trawlers: 1/4 of 1,00,000 = 1,00,000 ÷ 4 = 25,000. So there are 25 thousand machine trawlers.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 2,00,000 numeral 1 M
Part (b): 1,00,000 motor boats 1 M
Part (c): 25,000 machine trawlers 1 M
Q2 A log boat travels at a speed of 4 km per hour. (a) How long will it take to go a distance of 10 km? (b) How far can it go in 6 hours? Textbook Exercise • Boat Speed & Distance 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Boat Calculations:
• (a) Time to cover 10 km: Time = Distance ÷ Speed = 10 ÷ 4 = 2.5 hours = 2 hours and 30 minutes.
• (b) Distance in 6 hours: Distance = Speed × Time = 4 km/h × 6 h = 24 km.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 2 hours 30 minutes 1.5 M
Part (b): 24 km 1.5 M
Q3 Look at the table for boat types: Motor boat goes at 20 km/h and catches 800 kg per trip. Long tail boat goes at 12 km/h and catches 600 kg per trip. (a) How far can the motor boat go in 3½ hours? (b) How much fish can the long tail boat bring in 7 trips? Textbook Exercise • Motor Boat & Long Tail Boat 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Step-by-step Solution:
• (a) Distance covered by motor boat: Speed = 20 km/h, Time = 3.5 h. Distance = 20 × 3.5 = 70 km.
• (b) Total catch in 7 trips: Catch per trip = 600 kg. Total = 7 × 600 = 4,200 kg.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 70 km calculation 1.5 M
Part (b): 4,200 kg calculation 1.5 M
Q4 When fresh fish is dried, it becomes 1/3 of its original weight. (a) If fisherwomen dry 6,000 kg of fresh fish in a month, how much dried fish will they get? (b) If they dry 900 kg of fresh fish, how much dried fish will be produced? Textbook Exercise • Fish Drying Weight 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Drying Weight Calculations:
• (a) Dried fish from 6,000 kg: Weight of dried fish = 1/3 of 6,000 kg = 6,000 ÷ 3 = 2,000 kg.
• (b) Dried fish from 900 kg: Weight of dried fish = 1/3 of 900 kg = 900 ÷ 3 = 300 kg.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 2,000 kg 1 M
Part (b): 300 kg 1 M
Q5 Women buy fresh fish for ₹15 per kg and sell dried fish for ₹70 per kg. When fresh fish is dried, it becomes 1/3 of its weight. Calculate their profit when drying 6,000 kg of fresh fish. Textbook Exercise • Fish Drying Economics & Profit 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Financial Calculation:
1. Cost of buying fresh fish = 6,000 kg × ₹15 = ₹90,000.
2. Weight of dried fish produced = 6,000 ÷ 3 = 2,000 kg.
3. Money earned by selling dried fish = 2,000 kg × ₹70 = ₹1,40,000.
4. Profit = Selling Price - Cost Price = ₹1,40,000 - ₹90,000 = ₹50,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Cost Price: ₹90,000 1 M
Selling Price: ₹1,40,000 1 M
Profit: ₹50,000 1 M
Q6 At the fish market: Mini sells Sardines at ₹40/kg; Gracy sells Swordfish at ₹60/kg; Floramma sells Prawns at ₹150/kg; Karuthamma sells Squid at ₹50/kg. (a) Fazila has a huge Kingfish weighing 8 kg. She says, 'I will sell the whole fish for ₹1,200.' What is the price per kg of Kingfish? (b) How many kg of Sardines can Mini sell to earn ₹240? Textbook Exercise • Fish Market Rates 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Market Rate Calculations:
• (a) Price per kg of Kingfish: Total price = ₹1,200, Weight = 8 kg. Price per kg = 1,200 ÷ 8 = ₹150 per kg.
• (b) Kg of Sardines: Rate = ₹40/kg, Total money = ₹240. Quantity = 240 ÷ 40 = 6 kg.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): ₹150 per kg 1.5 M
Part (b): 6 kg 1.5 M
Q7 Floramma sells prawns at ₹150 per kg. (a) Basheer has ₹100. He spends 1/4 of his money on squid (₹50/kg) and the remaining 3/4 on prawns. How many grams/kg of each did he buy? (b) If Gracy sold 6 kg of swordfish (₹60/kg), how much did Mini earn if she earned the same amount selling sardines at ₹40/kg? Textbook Exercise • Mixed Purchase Problem 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Step-by-step Solution:
• (a) Basheer's purchases:
- Money spent on squid = 1/4 of ₹100 = ₹25. Since squid is ₹50/kg, he gets 25 ÷ 50 = 1/2 kg = 500 grams of squid.
- Money spent on prawns = 3/4 of ₹100 = ₹75. Since prawns are ₹150/kg, he gets 75 ÷ 150 = 1/2 kg = 500 grams of prawns.
• (b) Mini's sales:
- Gracy earned = 6 kg × ₹60 = ₹360.
- Mini sells sardines at ₹40/kg, so quantity sold = 360 ÷ 40 = 9 kg of sardines.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Squid calculation: 500 g 1 M
Prawns calculation: 500 g 1 M
Gracy earnings: ₹360 1 M
Mini sardines: 9 kg 1 M
Q8 Jhansi took a loan of ₹21,000 from the Meenkar Bank to buy a log boat. She paid back ₹23,520 in one year. (a) How much did she pay back every month? (b) How much extra money did she pay as interest? Textbook Exercise • Bank Loan & Installments 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Loan Calculations:
• (a) Monthly installment: 1 year = 12 months. Monthly payment = 23,520 ÷ 12 = ₹1,960 per month.
• (b) Total interest paid: Extra money = Total paid - Loan amount = 23,520 - 21,000 = ₹2,520.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Division by 12 months 1 M
Monthly payment: ₹1,960 1 M
Interest calculation: ₹2,520 1 M
Q9 Twenty fisherwomen started their own 'Meenkar Bank'. Each saves ₹25 every month. (a) How much money does the group collect each month? (b) How much money will be collected in 10 years? Textbook Exercise • Fisherwomen's Bank Setup 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Savings Calculations:
• (a) Monthly collection: 20 women × ₹25 = ₹500 per month.
• (b) Total collection in 10 years:
- In 1 year (12 months): 500 × 12 = ₹6,000.
- In 10 years: 6,000 × 10 = ₹60,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Monthly savings: ₹500 1.5 M
10-year total: ₹60,000 1.5 M
Q10 Fazila made a list of items required to set up a small fish factory: Borewell for fresh water: ₹3,000; Bamboo rack for fish drying: 20 racks at ₹2,000 each; Cement tank: 4 tanks at ₹1,000 each; Tray and knife: 20 sets at ₹300 each; Bucket: 20 buckets at ₹75 each. Find the total startup cost. Textbook Exercise • Fish Canning Factory Costs 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cost Breakdown:
• Borewell: ₹3,000
• Bamboo racks: 20 × ₹2,000 = ₹40,000
• Cement tanks: 4 × ₹1,000 = ₹4,000
• Tray and knife: 20 × ₹300 = ₹6,000
• Buckets: 20 × ₹75 = ₹1,500
• Total startup cost: 3,000 + 40,000 + 4,000 + 6,000 + 1,500 = ₹54,500.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Itemized product totals 1.5 M
Final sum: ₹54,500 1.5 M
Q11 To dry 6,000 kg fresh fish monthly, the factory needs: Salt: 1,500 kg at ₹2 per kg; Packing and bus charges: ₹3,000. What is the total monthly operational cost? Textbook Exercise • Monthly Salt & Packing Expense 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Operational Cost Calculation:
• Cost of salt = 1,500 kg × ₹2 = ₹3,000.
• Packing and transport charges = ₹3,000.
• Total monthly operational cost: ₹3,000 + ₹3,000 = ₹6,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Salt cost calculation (₹3,000) 1 M
Total operational cost (₹6,000) 1 M
Q12 A machine trawler catches 6,000 kg in one trip and travels at 24 km/h. A log boat catches 20 kg in one trip and travels at 4 km/h. (a) How many times more fish does the trawler catch in one trip compared to the log boat? (b) How many times faster is the trawler than the log boat? Textbook Exercise • Large Boat Catch Comparison 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comparison:
• (a) Catch comparison: 6,000 kg ÷ 20 kg = 300 times more.
• (b) Speed comparison: 24 km/h ÷ 4 km/h = 6 times faster.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 300 times 1 M
Part (b): 6 times 1 M
Q13 Answer the following based on Indian number system: (a) How many thousands make one lakh? (b) How many lakhs make one crore? (c) Write one crore in numerals and count how many zeros it has. Textbook Exercise • Writing Lakhs & Crores 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Numeration Facts:
• (a) Thousands in one lakh: 1 lakh = 1,00,000; 1 thousand = 1,000. 1,00,000 ÷ 1,000 = 100 thousands.
• (b) Lakhs in one crore: 1 crore = 1,00,00,000; 1 lakh = 1,00,000. 1,00,00,000 ÷ 1,00,000 = 100 lakhs.
• (c) One crore in numerals: 1,00,00,000. It has 7 zeros.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 100 thousands 1 M
Part (b): 100 lakhs 1 M
Part (c): 1,00,00,000 and 7 zeros 1 M
Q14 A motor boat travels at 20 km/h. If it leaves the shore at 6:00 AM, at what time will it reach a fishing spot located 50 km away in the sea? Textbook Exercise • Boat Journey Time 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Time of Arrival Calculation:
• Distance = 50 km, Speed = 20 km/h.
• Time taken = Distance ÷ Speed = 50 ÷ 20 = 2.5 hours = 2 hours and 30 minutes.
• Departure time: 6:00 AM.
• Arrival time: 6:00 AM + 2 hours 30 minutes = 8:30 AM.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Calculation of 2.5 hours 1 M
Arrival time: 8:30 AM 1 M
Q15 The largest fish is the whale shark. Its length is about 18 metres and its weight is about 16,000 kg. (a) If you weigh 32 kg, how many children like you together will weigh equal to one whale shark? (b) How much more does the whale shark weigh than 12 children of 32 kg each? Textbook Exercise • Fish Weight Comparison 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Weight Comparisons:
• (a) Number of children: 16,000 kg ÷ 32 kg = 500 children.
• (b) Weight difference:
- Weight of 12 children = 12 × 32 = 384 kg.
- Difference = 16,000 - 384 = 15,616 kg more.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 500 children 1.5 M
Part (b): 15,616 kg more 1.5 M
Q16 A customer bought 2 kg of prawns at ₹150/kg, 3 kg of swordfish at ₹60/kg, and 500 g of dried fish at ₹70/kg. What is the total bill amount? Textbook Exercise • Word Problems in Fish Market 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Bill Calculation:
• Prawns: 2 kg × ₹150 = ₹300
• Swordfish: 3 kg × ₹60 = ₹180
• Dried fish: 500 g = 0.5 kg; 0.5 × ₹70 = ₹35
• Total Bill: 300 + 180 + 35 = ₹515.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Calculation of each item cost 2 M
Total bill: ₹515 1 M
Q17 A long-tail boat travels 12 km in 1 hour. It travels to a reef 36 km away, spends 2 hours fishing, and returns to shore. Find the total time taken for the whole trip. Textbook Exercise • Speed and Return Journey 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Total Trip Duration:
1. Time taken to go to reef = 36 km ÷ 12 km/h = 3 hours.
2. Time spent fishing = 2 hours.
3. Time taken to return = 36 km ÷ 12 km/h = 3 hours.
4. Total time: 3 + 2 + 3 = 8 hours.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Travel time each way (3 h + 3 h) 1.5 M
Total time: 8 hours 1.5 M
Q18 Gracy took a loan of ₹4,000 to buy a net. She paid back ₹345 every month for one year. Did she pay more or less than the loan amount, and by how much? Textbook Exercise • Loan Comparison 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Repayment Calculation:
• Loan amount = ₹4,000.
• Total repaid in 12 months = 12 × ₹345 = ₹4,140.
• Since ₹4,140 > ₹4,000, she paid more.
• Extra amount = ₹4,140 - ₹4,000 = ₹140.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total paid: ₹4,140 1.5 M
Difference: ₹140 more 1.5 M
Q19 Mini sells sardines at ₹40 per kg. A customer buys 5 kg of sardines, and Mini gives a discount of ₹5 per kg. How much does the customer pay? Textbook Exercise • Price Discounts & Bundling 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Discount Calculation:
• Discounted price per kg = ₹40 - ₹5 = ₹35 per kg.
• Total amount for 5 kg = 5 × ₹35 = ₹175.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Discounted rate: ₹35 1 M
Total payment: ₹175 1 M
Q20 A fishing cooperative has an order for 2,400 kg of fish. (a) How many trips will a motor boat (capacity 800 kg per trip) need to complete this order? (b) How many trips will a log boat (capacity 20 kg per trip) need? Textbook Exercise • Catch Capacity vs Tripping 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Trip Calculations:
• (a) Motor boat trips: 2,400 ÷ 800 = 3 trips.
• (b) Log boat trips: 2,400 ÷ 20 = 120 trips.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Motor boat: 3 trips 1 M
Log boat: 120 trips 1 M
Q21 A merchant buys 150 kg of fish at ₹35 per kg and spends ₹250 on transportation. If he sells all the fish at ₹45 per kg, what is his net profit? Textbook Exercise • Profit Margin on Fresh Fish 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Profit Statement:
1. Cost of fish = 150 × ₹35 = ₹5,250.
2. Total cost (including transport) = ₹5,250 + ₹250 = ₹5,500.
3. Total selling revenue = 150 × ₹45 = ₹6,750.
4. Net Profit: ₹6,750 - ₹5,500 = ₹1,250.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total cost: ₹5,500 1 M
Total revenue: ₹6,750 1 M
Net profit: ₹1,250 1 M
Q22 A motor boat consumes 2 litres of diesel for every 10 km travelled. Diesel costs ₹90 per litre. (a) How much diesel is needed to travel 60 km? (b) What will be the fuel cost for this journey? Textbook Exercise • Fuel Consumption 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fuel Calculation:
• (a) Diesel needed: For 10 km = 2 litres. For 60 km = (60 ÷ 10) × 2 = 6 × 2 = 12 litres.
• (b) Fuel cost: 12 litres × ₹90 = ₹1,080.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 12 litres 1.5 M
Part (b): ₹1,080 1.5 M
Q23 A school of fish has approximately 10,000 small fish swimming together. If each small fish weighs 15 grams, what is the total weight of the school in kilograms? Textbook Exercise • Estimating Numbers 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Weight Conversion:
• Total weight in grams = 10,000 × 15 g = 150,000 g.
• 1,000 grams = 1 kg.
• Weight in kg = 150,000 ÷ 1,000 = 150 kg.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Multiplication to grams: 150,000 g 1 M
Conversion to kg: 150 kg 1 M
Q24 Fisherman A earns ₹450 per day for 6 days a week. Fisherman B earns ₹3,200 in a fortnight (14 days). Who earns more per day, and by how much? Textbook Exercise • Weekly Earnings Comparison 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Daily Earning Comparison:
• Fisherman A daily earning = ₹450.
• Fisherman B daily earning = ₹3,200 ÷ 14 ≈ ₹228.57.
• Fisherman A earns more by: 450 - 228.57 = ₹221.43 per day.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Identification of Fisherman A daily rate 1 M
Calculation of Fisherman B daily rate 1 M
Comparison and difference 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: The Fish Tale

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving The Fish Tale in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
2
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 2 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 2: Shapes and Angles

आकृतियाँ और कोण (माचिस की तीलियाँ, कोण टेस्टर एवं डिग्री घड़ी)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Open and closed geometric shapes made of matchsticks (triangles, quadrilaterals, pentagons, hexagons).
  • Understanding that shapes with the same number of sides can have different shapes depending on their interior angles.
  • Angle tester (two strips joined by a split pin) for right angles, less than right angle (acute), and more than right angle (obtuse).
  • The Degree Clock: identifying 45°, 90°, 180° through hands and turns.
  • (a) 9:00: The hour hand is at 9 and the minute hand is at 12. Angle = $3 \times 30^\circ = 90^\circ$ → Right Angle.
  • (b) 3:30: The hour hand is halfway between 3 and 4, and minute hand is at 6. Angle = $75^\circ$ → Less than a right angle (Acute Angle).
  • (c) 7:15: The hour hand is just past 7 and minute hand is at 3. Angle = approx $127.5^\circ$ → More than a right angle (Obtuse Angle).
  • (d) 2:00: The hour hand is at 2 and minute hand is at 12. Angle = $2 \times 30^\circ = 60^\circ$ → Less than a right angle (Acute Angle).
  • (e) 6:00: The hour hand is at 6 and minute hand is at 12. Angle = $180^\circ$ → More than a right angle (Straight Angle).
  • M: 3 angles (all 3 acute, less than right angle).
  • E: 4 right angles (at the top, middle top, middle bottom, bottom intersections).
  • E: 4 right angles.
  • N: 2 angles (both acute, less than right angle).
  • A: 3 acute angles (at the apex and crossbar) + 2 obtuse angles (below crossbar).
CLASSIFICATION OF ANGLES BY DEGREES Acute (< 90°) Right Angle (= 90°) Obtuse (90° - 180°) Straight (= 180°)
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Rohini and Mohini made closed shapes with 6 matchsticks. Rohini made a regular hexagon, while Mohini made a closed 6-sided shape with two points pointing inwards. (a) Do both shapes have the same number of sides? (b) Are the angles in both shapes the same? Explain why. Textbook Exercise • Matchstick Shapes & Angles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Explanation:
• (a) Sides: Yes, both shapes have exactly 6 sides because both used 6 matchsticks.
• (b) Angles: No, the angles are not the same. Even though the number of sides is identical, changing the orientation or slants of the matchsticks changes the internal angles between them. Rohini's shape has all obtuse equal angles (120°), while Mohini's shape has both acute and reflex angles.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Yes, 6 sides 1 M
Part (b): No, angles differ due to slants 2 M
Q2 Define and give the degree range for: (a) Right Angle (b) Acute Angle (c) Obtuse Angle. Mention one real-life example for each. Textbook Exercise • Types of Angles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Definitions and Examples:
• (a) Right Angle: An angle exactly equal to 90° (forms an 'L' shape). Example: Corner of a book or door.
• (b) Acute Angle: An angle less than 90° (between 0° and 90°). Example: Open blades of scissors or hands of a clock at 2:00.
• (c) Obtuse Angle: An angle more than 90° and less than 180°. Example: Hands of a clock at 5:00 or a reclining lounge chair.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Right angle definition & example 1 M
Acute angle definition & example 1 M
Obtuse angle definition & example 1 M
Q3 In the name word 'SUKHMAN', count and list the types of angles formed in the letters:
(a) In letter 'H', how many right angles are there?
(b) In letter 'N', what kind of angles are formed?
(c) In letter 'A', how many acute angles are inside the upper triangle?
Textbook Exercise • Angles in Alphabet Letters 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Letter Analysis:
• (a) Letter 'H': There are 4 right angles (90°) where the horizontal crossbar meets the two vertical lines.
• (b) Letter 'N': There are 2 acute angles (both less than 90°) between the vertical lines and the diagonal slash.
• (c) Letter 'A': Inside the upper triangle of 'A', all 3 angles are acute angles (each less than 90°).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 4 right angles 1 M
Part (b): 2 acute angles 1 M
Part (c): 3 acute angles 1 M
Q4 Write what kind of angle (Right, Acute, or Obtuse) is made by the hands of a clock at the following times:
(a) 9:00
(b) 2:00
(c) 4:30
(d) 8:15
Textbook Exercise • Clock Hands & Angles 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Clock Angle Determinations:
• (a) 9:00: Exactly 3 hour divisions apart (3 × 30° = 90°). Angle: Right Angle.
• (b) 2:00: 2 hour divisions apart (2 × 30° = 60°). Angle: Acute Angle (less than 90°).
• (c) 4:30: Hour hand between 4 and 5, minute hand at 6. Gap is 1.5 divisions (1.5 × 30° = 45°). Angle: Acute Angle.
• (d) 8:15: Gap is about 5.25 divisions (approx 157.5°). Angle: Obtuse Angle (more than 90°).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
9:00 - Right angle 1 M
2:00 - Acute angle 1 M
4:30 - Acute angle 1 M
8:15 - Obtuse angle 1 M
Q5 (a) What instrument from your geometry box can be used as an 'Angle Tester'? (b) How can you make a simple angle tester using two strips of cardboard and a drawing pin? Textbook Exercise • Angle Tester (Divider) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Angle Tester Instructions:
• (a) Instrument: The Divider (an instrument with two pointed metal legs hinged together) acts as an angle tester.
• (b) DIY Cardboard Tester: Cut two equal strips of stiff cardboard (about 15 cm long and 2 cm wide). Join them at one end by pushing a drawing pin (or split pin) through both strips so that they can rotate freely. When the strips open like the letter 'L', it tests a right angle.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Divider named 1 M
Part (b): Cardboard and pin method explained 2 M
Q6 A degree clock is divided into 360 degrees. (a) How many degrees are there in a 1/4 turn? (b) How many degrees are there in a 1/2 turn? (c) How many degrees are there in a 3/4 turn? Textbook Exercise • Degree Clock & Turns 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fractional Turns in Degrees:
• (a) 1/4 turn: 1/4 × 360° = 90° (Right angle).
• (b) 1/2 turn: 1/2 × 360° = 180° (Straight angle).
• (c) 3/4 turn: 3/4 × 360° = 270°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1/4 turn = 90° 1 M
1/2 turn = 180° 1 M
3/4 turn = 270° 1 M
Q7 Look at the angles made by the body in these yoga poses:
(a) In 'Dandasana' (sitting straight with legs stretched forward flat on ground), what angle does the back make with the legs?
(b) In 'Adho Mukha Svanasana' (Downwards Dog pose forming an inverted V), what type of angle is formed at the hips?
(c) When raising one arm straight overhead from the side, through what angle does the arm turn?
Textbook Exercise • Yoga Asanas & Body Angles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Body Angles in Yoga:
• (a) Dandasana: The spine is perpendicular to the legs, making a Right Angle (90°).
• (b) Downward Dog pose: The torso and legs meet at the hip joint forming an angle less than 90°, which is an Acute Angle.
• (c) Overhead arm raise: Turning arm from side (downwards) to straight overhead is a half-circle turn of 180°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Right angle (90°) 1 M
Part (b): Acute angle (<90°) 1 M
Part (c): 180° turn 1 M
Q8 On a carrom board, a player hits the striker from the baseline towards the opposite frame to pocket a queen in the side pocket. (a) What rule governs the angle at which the striker bounces off the edge? (b) If the striker hits the rim at 45°, at what angle will it rebound? Textbook Exercise • Carrom Board & Angles 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Angle of Reflection:
• (a) Rule: The angle at which the striker hits the edge (angle of incidence) is equal to the angle at which it rebounds (angle of reflection). Both angles made with the perpendicular (normal) are equal.
• (b) Rebound angle: If it hits the edge at 45°, it will rebound at an angle of 45°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Law of equal reflection angles 1 M
Part (b): 45° rebound 1 M
Q9 Take 8 matchsticks. (a) How can you arrange them to make a shape with 8 sides (octagon)? (b) Take 6 matchsticks and make a triangle. What kind of triangle is formed, and what can you say about its three angles? Textbook Exercise • Matchstick Puzzles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Matchstick Solutions:
• (a) 8 Matchsticks: Arrange the 8 matchsticks tip-to-tail in a closed loop with all equal interior angles. This forms a regular Octagon where all interior angles are obtuse (135° each).
• (b) 6 Matchsticks Triangle: Use 2 matchsticks on each side (2 + 2 + 2 = 6). An Equilateral Triangle is formed. All three angles are equal, acute, and measure exactly 60° each.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Octagon description 1.5 M
Part (b): Equilateral triangle, 60° angles 1.5 M
Q10 State whether the following angles are Acute, Right, or Obtuse: (a) 35° (b) 90° (c) 115° (d) 89° (e) 175° (f) 91°. Textbook Exercise • Measuring Angles on a Protractor 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Classification:
• (a) 35°: Acute angle (less than 90°)
• (b) 90°: Right angle (exactly 90°)
• (c) 115°: Obtuse angle (between 90° and 180°)
• (d) 89°: Acute angle (just less than 90°)
• (e) 175°: Obtuse angle (between 90° and 180°)
• (f) 91°: Obtuse angle (greater than 90°)
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
All 6 classifications correct 3 M (0.5 M each)
Q11 Explain the difference between an 'Open Shape' and a 'Closed Shape'. Can an open shape have an internal area? Give an example of each. Textbook Exercise • Open & Closed Shapes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Explanation:
• Closed Shape: A figure that begins and ends at the exact same point, enclosing a bounded boundary. Example: Circle, square, triangle. It has an internal area.
• Open Shape: A figure where the starting point and ending point do not meet, leaving a gap. Example: Letter 'C' or 'U'. It does NOT have an internal area because it does not enclose a region.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Closed shape definition and example 1.5 M
Open shape definition and no area explanation 1.5 M
Q12 If you push the corners of a matchstick square, it turns into a rhombus. (a) Do the lengths of the sides change? (b) Do the angles change? (c) Why are triangular structures used in building bridges and electricity towers instead of square structures? Textbook Exercise • Changing Shapes Changing Angles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Structural Properties:
• (a) Side lengths: No, the side lengths remain the same because the matchsticks do not stretch or shrink.
• (b) Angles: Yes, the right angles (90°) change into two acute angles and two obtuse angles.
• (c) Triangle rigidity: A triangle is a rigid shape; its angles cannot change without changing the lengths of its sides. A square can easily wobble or deform under pressure, whereas triangles provide maximum structural stability to bridges and towers.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Parts (a) and (b) answers 1 M
Part (c): Triangle rigidity explanation 2 M
Q13 Observe a pair of scissors: (a) What happens to the angle between the blades when the handles are pushed further apart? (b) If you cut thick cloth, should the angle between the blades be small (acute) or wide (obtuse) for best cutting power? Textbook Exercise • Scissors Blade Angles 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Observation:
• (a) Angle change: When handles are opened wider, the angle between the blades increases.
• (b) Cutting power: A small acute angle near the pivot gives the greatest mechanical advantage and cutting pressure for thick cloth.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Angle increases 1 M
Part (b): Small acute angle near pivot 1 M
Q14 A triangle has three angles. (a) What is the sum of all three angles of any triangle? (b) If one angle of a right-angled triangle is 40°, what is the third angle? Textbook Exercise • Angle Sum of Triangles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Angle Sum Calculation:
• (a) Angle sum: The sum of the angles of any triangle is always 180°.
• (b) Third angle:
- In a right-angled triangle, one angle is 90°.
- Given second angle = 40°.
- Third angle = 180° - (90° + 40°) = 180° - 130° = 50°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Sum of angles = 180° 1 M
Calculation showing 180 - 130 = 50° 2 M
Q15 Houses in hilly areas have sloped roofs. (a) Is the angle between the two sloping sides of the roof acute, right, or obtuse? (b) Why are sloped roofs preferred over flat roofs in regions with heavy snowfall? Textbook Exercise • Roof Angles & Rain Drainage 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Reasoning:
• (a) Angle: The apex angle at the top ridge of the roof is typically an acute or right angle (steep pitch).
• (b) Purpose: The steep sloping angle prevents snow and rainwater from accumulating on the roof. Gravity causes snow to slide off easily, preventing the roof from collapsing under heavy snow weight.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Angle identified 1 M
Part (b): Snow sliding explanation 1 M
Q16 Two angles are called complementary if their sum is 90°. Find the complement of: (a) 30° (b) 65° (c) 45°. Textbook Exercise • Complementary Angles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Complement of 30° = 90° - 30° = 60°.
• (b) Complement of 65° = 90° - 65° = 25°.
• (c) Complement of 45° = 90° - 45° = 45°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 60° 1 M
Part (b): 25° 1 M
Part (c): 45° 1 M
Q17 In one full hour (60 minutes): (a) Through how many degrees does the minute hand turn? (b) Through how many degrees does the hour hand turn? Textbook Exercise • Clock Hand Movement in 1 Hour 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Clock Rotations:
• (a) Minute hand: Completes 1 full circular turn in 60 minutes = 360°.
• (b) Hour hand: Moves from one number to the next (e.g. from 12 to 1). There are 12 divisions on clock face: 360° ÷ 12 = 30°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Minute hand: 360° 1 M
Hour hand: 30° 1 M
Q18 Name four objects in your classroom that have right angles at their corners. Textbook Exercise • Finding Right Angles in Classroom 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Classroom Examples:
1. The blackboard / whiteboard frame corners.
2. The classroom door and window frames.
3. The surface corners of the teacher's table / student desks.
4. The pages and cover of a textbook or notebook.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Four valid objects named (0.5 M each) 2 M
Q19 (a) What is the measure of a straight angle? (b) How many right angles make a straight angle? (c) What is an angle called if its measure is more than 180° but less than 360°? Textbook Exercise • Straight Angle & Reflex Angle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Angle Classifications:
• (a) Measure: A straight angle measures exactly 180°.
• (b) Number of right angles: 180° ÷ 90° = 2 right angles.
• (c) Angle name: An angle between 180° and 360° is called a Reflex Angle.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 180° 1 M
Part (b): 2 right angles 1 M
Part (c): Reflex angle 1 M
Q20 At 12:00 noon, when the sun is directly overhead, what angle does a vertical pole make with the horizontal ground? What happens to the length of the shadow as the sun sets in the evening? Textbook Exercise • Angle of Elevation (Sun & Shadows) 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Sun & Shadows:
• (a) Angle: A vertical pole makes a Right Angle (90°) with the horizontal ground.
• (b) Shadow behavior: As the sun descends lower towards the horizon in the evening, the angle of the sun's rays becomes smaller (acute), causing the shadow to become longer and longer.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Right angle (90°) 1 M
Shadow becomes longer explanation 1 M
Q21 At 6:00: (a) What type of angle is formed between the hour hand and minute hand? (b) What is its exact degree measurement? Textbook Exercise • Hands of Clock at 6:00 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Clock Analysis at 6:00:
• (a) Angle type: The hands point in exactly opposite directions along a straight line, forming a Straight Angle.
• (b) Degree measure: Exactly 180°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Straight angle identified 1 M
180° stated 1 M
Q22 A quadrilateral has 4 angles. If three of its angles are 90°, 85°, and 95°, what is the measure of the fourth angle? Textbook Exercise • Quadrilateral Angle Sum 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Angle Sum of Quadrilateral:
• Sum of all 4 angles of a quadrilateral = 360°.
• Sum of given three angles = 90° + 85° + 95° = 270°.
• Fourth angle = 360° - 270° = 90°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total sum 360° stated 1 M
Sum of 3 angles: 270° 1 M
Fourth angle: 90° 1 M
Q23 A regular pentagon has 5 equal sides. (a) How many angles does it have? (b) Are its internal angles acute, right, or obtuse? Textbook Exercise • Pentagon Internal Angles 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pentagon Properties:
• (a) Number of angles: A pentagon has 5 angles.
• (b) Angle type: Each internal angle of a regular pentagon measures 108°, which is greater than 90°. Therefore, all its internal angles are Obtuse Angles.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
5 angles stated 1 M
Obtuse angles (108°) identified 1 M
Q24 Describe how you can fold a circular piece of paper to produce a perfect right angle (90°). Textbook Exercise • Paper Folding Right Angle 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Paper Folding Method:
1. Take a round piece of paper and fold it exactly in half to form a semicircle. The crease line represents a straight angle of 180°.
2. Fold the semicircle in half once again, matching the curved edges and straight corners perfectly.
3. Press the fold firmly. The corner formed at the centre point is exactly 1/4 of a full circle (360° ÷ 4), creating a perfect Right Angle of 90°.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Step 1: Half fold (semicircle) 1 M
Step 2: Quarter fold producing 90° corner 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Shapes and Angles

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Shapes and Angles in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
3
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 3 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 3: How Many Squares?

कितने वर्ग? (क्षेत्रफल, परिमाप, डाक टिकट एवं ग्रिड पहेलियाँ)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Measuring area by counting 1 cm grid squares: full squares, more than half squares as 1, exactly half squares as 1/2, less than half ignored.
  • Comparing areas of postal stamps, footprints, and coin impressions.
  • Relationship between area and perimeter: shapes with the same area can have different perimeters.
  • Finding the area of right triangles as half of the surrounding rectangle: Area of Triangle = 1/2 × Base × Height.
  • Given: $\text{Perimeter} = 24\text{ cm}$, $\text{Width} (w) = 4\text{ cm}$.
SQUARE GRID: AREA & PERIMETER ON 1 cm² MESH Stamp: 4 × 2 = 8 cm² Perimeter = 2×(4+2) = 12 cm Triangle = ½ Rectangle Area = ½ × 4 × 2 = 4 cm²
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Look at postage stamps on a 1 cm square grid paper:
• Stamp A covers 18 squares.
• Stamp B covers 8 squares.
• Stamp C covers 6 squares.
• Stamp D covers 12 squares.
(a) What is the area of Stamp A? (b) Which stamp has the smallest area? (c) What is the difference between the area of the biggest and smallest stamp?
Textbook Exercise • Postage Stamp Area & Perimeter 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Stamp Area Analysis:
• (a) Area of Stamp A: Since each square has an area of 1 sq cm, Stamp A = 18 × 1 = 18 sq cm.
• (b) Smallest stamp: Stamp C covers only 6 squares, so Stamp C has the smallest area (6 sq cm).
• (c) Difference: Area of Stamp A - Area of Stamp C = 18 - 6 = 12 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 18 sq cm 1 M
Part (b): Stamp C (6 sq cm) 1 M
Part (c): 12 sq cm difference 1 M
Q2 Stamp D has a length of 4 cm and a width of 3 cm. Stamp B has a length of 4 cm and a width of 2 cm. (a) Find the perimeter of Stamp D. (b) Find the perimeter of Stamp B. Textbook Exercise • Perimeter Calculation 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Perimeter Formula: Perimeter = 2 × (Length + Width)
• (a) Perimeter of Stamp D: 2 × (4 + 3) = 2 × 7 = 14 cm.
• (b) Perimeter of Stamp B: 2 × (4 + 2) = 2 × 6 = 12 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 14 cm 1 M
Part (b): 12 cm 1 M
Q3 How can you estimate the area of an irregular footprint (like a human footprint or dog paw) drawn on a 1 cm grid sheet? State the counting rules. Textbook Exercise • Footprints & Estimating Area 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Counting Rules for Irregular Shapes:
1. Count every square that is fully covered as 1 whole sq cm.
2. Count every square that is more than half covered as 1 whole sq cm.
3. If a square is exactly half covered, count it as 1/2 sq cm (two half squares make 1 sq cm).
4. Ignore squares that are less than half covered.
5. Add all counted squares together to find the estimated total area.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Full & >half square rule 1 M
Half square rule 1 M
1 M
Q4 A rectangle drawn on grid paper is 5 cm long and 4 cm wide. A diagonal line is drawn dividing it into two equal triangles. (a) What is the area of the rectangle? (b) What is the area of each triangle? Textbook Exercise • Triangle in a Rectangle Area 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Area Calculations:
• (a) Area of rectangle: Length × Width = 5 cm × 4 cm = 20 sq cm.
• (b) Area of each triangle: The diagonal divides the rectangle into two equal halves. Area of triangle = 1/2 × Area of rectangle = 20 ÷ 2 = 10 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 20 sq cm 1.5 M
Part (b): 10 sq cm 1.5 M
Q5 Arrange 12 squares of side 1 cm to form rectangles of different dimensions. (a) List all possible rectangles that can be formed using all 12 squares. (b) Which rectangle has the longest perimeter? (c) Which rectangle has the shortest perimeter? Textbook Exercise • 12 Squares Puzzle (Pentominoes) 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Possible Rectangles with Area 12 sq cm:
• 1 × 12 rectangle: Perimeter = 2 × (1 + 12) = 2 × 13 = 26 cm.
• 2 × 6 rectangle: Perimeter = 2 × (2 + 6) = 2 × 8 = 16 cm.
• 3 × 4 rectangle: Perimeter = 2 × (3 + 4) = 2 × 7 = 14 cm.
• (b) Longest perimeter: The 1 × 12 rectangle with perimeter 26 cm.
• (c) Shortest perimeter: The 3 × 4 rectangle with perimeter 14 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
All 3 rectangle dimensions listed 1.5 M
Longest perimeter: 26 cm 1.5 M
Shortest perimeter: 14 cm 1 M
Q6 Can two shapes have the same area but different perimeters? Explain with an example using 16 square tiles of side 1 cm. Textbook Exercise • Same Area Different Perimeter 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Explanation & Example:
Yes, two shapes can have identical areas but different perimeters.
• Example with 16 square tiles (Area = 16 sq cm in both cases):
- Shape 1 (4 cm × 4 cm square): Area = 16 sq cm. Perimeter = 4 × 4 = 16 cm.
- Shape 2 (1 cm × 16 cm ribbon): Area = 16 sq cm. Perimeter = 2 × (1 + 16) = 2 × 17 = 34 cm.
Both shapes have an area of 16 sq cm, but their perimeters are 16 cm and 34 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Affirmative 'Yes' stated 1 M
Square calculation (Area 16, Perim 16) 1 M
Rectangle calculation (Area 16, Perim 34) 1 M
Q7 A standard postcard measures 14 cm in length and 9 cm in width. (a) What is the area of the postcard? (b) How many postage stamps of size 3 cm by 2 cm can fit completely on the postcard without overlapping? Textbook Exercise • Postcard Coverage 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Area of postcard: 14 cm × 9 cm = 126 sq cm.
• (b) Stamps fitting: Area of one stamp = 3 cm × 2 cm = 6 sq cm.
- Along 14 cm length: 14 ÷ 3 = 4 stamps (with 2 cm left over).
- Along 9 cm width: 9 ÷ 2 = 4 stamps (with 1 cm left over).
- Total stamps fitted = 4 × 4 = 16 stamps.
(By pure area quotient: 126 ÷ 6 = 21 stamps, but physical grid fitting allows 16 to 18 stamps).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Area of postcard: 126 sq cm 1.5 M
Stamp fitting calculation 1.5 M
Q8 A square floor of side 6 metres needs to be paved with square tiles of side 30 cm. (a) Convert 6 m to cm. (b) Find the area of the floor in sq cm. (c) How many tiles are needed to pave the entire floor? Textbook Exercise • Floor Tile Pattern 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tiling Calculations:
• (a) Conversion: 6 m = 6 × 100 = 600 cm.
• (b) Area of floor: 600 cm × 600 cm = 360,000 sq cm.
• (c) Number of tiles: Area of one tile = 30 cm × 30 cm = 900 sq cm.
Number of tiles = 360,000 ÷ 900 = 400 tiles.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Conversion to 600 cm 1 M
Area of floor: 360,000 sq cm 1 M
Tiles needed: 400 tiles 1 M
Q9 A figure drawn on a 1 cm grid paper consists of 14 full squares, 8 half squares, and 4 squares that are more than half covered. What is the total area of the figure? Textbook Exercise • Area of Composite Grid Figure 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Area Calculation:
• 14 full squares = 14 × 1 = 14 sq cm.
• 8 half squares = 8 × 0.5 = 4 sq cm.
• 4 more-than-half squares = 4 × 1 = 4 sq cm.
• Total Area: 14 + 4 + 4 = 22 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Stepwise square values 1 M
Total area: 22 sq cm 1 M
Q10 A wire of length 36 cm is bent into: (a) A square (b) An equilateral triangle (c) A regular hexagon. What will be the length of each side in each shape? Textbook Exercise • Perimeter Comparison of Shapes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Side Length Calculations (Side = Perimeter ÷ Number of sides):
• (a) Square (4 sides): 36 ÷ 4 = 9 cm.
• (b) Equilateral triangle (3 sides): 36 ÷ 3 = 12 cm.
• (c) Regular hexagon (6 sides): 36 ÷ 6 = 6 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Square side: 9 cm 1 M
Triangle side: 12 cm 1 M
Hexagon side: 6 cm 1 M
Q11 A 10 cm × 6 cm rectangle has an area of 60 sq cm. Show how it can be divided into: (a) 3 equal rectangles (b) 2 equal triangles. State the area of each resulting piece. Textbook Exercise • Dividing Rectangles into Equal Shapes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Divisions:
• (a) 3 equal rectangles: Cut along the 6 cm width into three strips of 2 cm width each (10 cm × 2 cm). Area of each strip = 60 ÷ 3 = 20 sq cm.
• (b) 2 equal triangles: Cut diagonally from one corner to the opposite corner. Area of each triangle = 60 ÷ 2 = 30 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 3 strips of 20 sq cm each 1.5 M
Part (b): 2 triangles of 30 sq cm each 1.5 M
Q12 Rohan's footprint covers 18 squares on a grid sheet, while his baby sister's footprint covers 7 squares. (a) By how many square centimetres is Rohan's footprint larger? (b) If his father's footprint is double Rohan's, what is its area? Textbook Exercise • Comparing Footprint Sizes 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Footprint Calculations:
• (a) Difference: 18 sq cm - 7 sq cm = 11 sq cm larger.
• (b) Father's footprint area: 2 × 18 sq cm = 36 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 11 sq cm difference 1 M
Part (b): 36 sq cm area 1 M
Q13 A five-sided garden polygon has a total perimeter of 45 metres. Four of its sides measure 8 m, 11 m, 9 m, and 10 m. What is the length of the fifth side? Textbook Exercise • Perimeter with Missing Side 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Missing Side Calculation:
• Sum of given four sides = 8 + 11 + 9 + 10 = 38 m.
• Total perimeter = 45 m.
• Length of fifth side = 45 - 38 = 7 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Sum of 4 sides: 38 m 1 M
Fifth side: 7 m 1 M
Q14 A square has a side of 8 cm. A rectangle has a length of 10 cm and a width of 6 cm. (a) Which figure has a greater area, and by how much? (b) Which figure has a greater perimeter, and by how much? Textbook Exercise • Square vs Rectangle Area 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comparison:
• (a) Area:
- Area of Square = 8 × 8 = 64 sq cm.
- Area of Rectangle = 10 × 6 = 60 sq cm.
- The Square has greater area by 64 - 60 = 4 sq cm.
• (b) Perimeter:
- Perimeter of Square = 4 × 8 = 32 cm.
- Perimeter of Rectangle = 2 × (10 + 6) = 32 cm.
- Both figures have the exact same perimeter (32 cm)!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Square area 64, rectangle 60, diff 4 sq cm 2 M
Perimeters both 32 cm comparison 2 M
Q15 A standard chessboard has 8 rows and 8 columns of alternating black and white squares. If each small square has a side of 3 cm: (a) What is the side length of the entire board? (b) What is the total area of the chessboard? (c) What is the total area of all the black squares? Textbook Exercise • Chequered Chessboard Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Chessboard Calculations:
• (a) Side length: 8 squares × 3 cm = 24 cm.
• (b) Total area: 24 cm × 24 cm = 576 sq cm.
• (c) Black squares area: Exactly half of the 64 squares are black (32 squares). Area = 576 ÷ 2 = 288 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Side length: 24 cm 1 M
Total area: 576 sq cm 1 M
Black squares area: 288 sq cm 1 M
Q16 A 'pentomino' is a shape made by joining 5 squares edge-to-edge. (a) How many square centimetres is the area of any pentomino made with 1 cm squares? (b) If a 'T-shape' pentomino has 3 squares across the top and 2 squares going down the middle stem, calculate its perimeter. Textbook Exercise • Pentomino Puzzle (T-Shape) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pentomino Analysis:
• (a) Area: Since it always consists of 5 squares of 1 sq cm, its area is always 5 sq cm.
• (b) Perimeter of T-pentomino:
Counting outer edge segments: Top edge = 3 cm; left & right ends of crossbar = 1 cm each; under-crossbar edges = 1 cm each; stem sides = 2 cm each; bottom edge = 1 cm.
Total perimeter = 3 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 2 + 1 = 12 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Area: 5 sq cm 1 M
Perimeter counting: 12 cm 2 M
Q17 A rectangular park is 25 metres long and 15 metres wide. Fencing wire costs ₹20 per metre. What is the total cost of fencing the park with 3 rounds of wire? Textbook Exercise • Cost of Fencing a Garden 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fencing Cost Calculation:
1. Perimeter of park = 2 × (25 + 15) = 2 × 40 = 80 metres.
2. Total wire needed for 3 rounds = 3 × 80 = 240 metres.
3. Total cost = 240 m × ₹20 = ₹4,800.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter: 80 m 1 M
3 rounds length: 240 m 1 M
Total cost: ₹4,800 1 M
Q18 A square has a side of 4 cm. If its side is doubled to 8 cm: (a) What happens to its perimeter? (b) What happens to its area? Textbook Exercise • Doubling the Side of a Square 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Effect of Doubling Side:
• (a) Perimeter:
- Original: 4 × 4 = 16 cm.
- New: 4 × 8 = 32 cm.
- The perimeter doubles (increases by 2 times).
• (b) Area:
- Original: 4 × 4 = 16 sq cm.
- New: 8 × 8 = 64 sq cm.
- The area becomes 4 times larger (2² = 4).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter doubles (16 cm to 32 cm) 1.5 M
Area quadruples (16 to 64 sq cm) 1.5 M
Q19 An L-shaped room can be divided into two rectangles: Rectangle 1 is 4 m × 3 m, and Rectangle 2 is 2 m × 2 m. (a) What is the total area of the room? (b) If carpet costs ₹150 per square metre, what is the cost of carpeting the room? Textbook Exercise • L-Shaped Room Area 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Area & Carpet Cost:
• (a) Total area:
- Area of Rectangle 1 = 4 × 3 = 12 sq m.
- Area of Rectangle 2 = 2 × 2 = 4 sq m.
- Total area = 12 + 4 = 16 sq metres.
• (b) Cost of carpeting: 16 sq m × ₹150 = ₹2,400.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total area: 16 sq m 1.5 M
Carpet cost: ₹2,400 1.5 M
Q20 A square table cloth has an area of 49 sq metres. (a) What is the length of one side of the table cloth? (b) How many metres of lace border will be needed to sew all along its edges? Textbook Exercise • Border Ribbon on Table Cloth 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Side length: Since Area = Side × Side = 49, Side = √49 = 7 metres.
• (b) Lace border needed: Perimeter = 4 × Side = 4 × 7 = 28 metres of lace.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Side: 7 m 1 M
Perimeter/Lace: 28 m 1 M
Q21 On a 1 cm grid paper, draw a staircase shape going 3 units right, 1 unit up, 2 units right, 1 unit up, 1 unit left, 2 units down, 4 units left, and 1 unit down to close. Count the total unit segments along the boundary to find its perimeter. Textbook Exercise • Perimeter of Irregular Grid Figures 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Perimeter Determination:
Tracing each segment along the outer contour: 3 + 1 + 2 + 1 + 1 + 2 + 4 + 1 = 15 units (or 14-16 cm depending on closed vertex coordinates). Tracing a closed staircase with baseline 5 cm and height 2 cm gives a boundary of 14 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Stepwise segment addition 1 M
Total perimeter statement 1 M
Q22 Maths book cover is 28 cm long and 21 cm wide. Hindi book cover is 25 cm long and 20 cm wide. Find: (a) Area of Maths cover (b) Area of Hindi cover (c) Difference in their areas. Textbook Exercise • Comparing Book Cover Areas 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cover Area Calculations:
• (a) Maths cover area: 28 × 21 = 588 sq cm.
• (b) Hindi cover area: 25 × 20 = 500 sq cm.
• (c) Difference: 588 - 500 = 88 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Maths area: 588 sq cm 1 M
Hindi area: 500 sq cm 1 M
Difference: 88 sq cm 1 M
Q23 Explain why regular hexagon tiles and square tiles can pave a floor without leaving any gaps, but regular pentagon tiles cannot. Textbook Exercise • Tiling without Gaps 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tiling & Angle Sum at a Vertex:
• For tiles to meet around a point without gaps or overlaps, the sum of their corner angles must equal exactly 360°.
• Squares: Corner angle = 90°. Four squares meet: 4 × 90° = 360° (no gaps).
• Hexagons: Corner angle = 120°. Three hexagons meet: 3 × 120° = 360° (no gaps).
• Pentagons: Corner angle = 108°. Three pentagons = 324° (gap of 36°); four pentagons = 432° (overlap). Therefore, pentagons cannot tile a plane.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Vertex 360° rule explained 1 M
Square & hexagon 360° verification 1 M
Pentagon 324° failure explained 1 M
Q24 A square flower bed has a side of 10 metres. A 1-metre wide path is built all around the outside of the flower bed. (a) What is the side length of the outer boundary including the path? (b) Find the area of the flower bed alone. (c) Find the area of the path. Textbook Exercise • Garden Path Area 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Path Area Calculations:
• (a) Outer side: Inner side = 10 m. Adding 1 m path on both sides: 10 + 1 + 1 = 12 metres.
• (b) Area of flower bed: 10 m × 10 m = 100 sq metres.
• (c) Area of the path:
- Outer total area = 12 m × 12 m = 144 sq m.
- Area of path = Outer area - Flower bed area = 144 - 100 = 44 sq metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Outer side: 12 m 1 M
Inner area: 100 sq m 1 M
Path area: 44 sq m 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: How Many Squares?

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving How Many Squares? in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
4
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 4 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 4: Parts and Wholes

हिस्से और पूरे (राष्ट्रीय ध्वज, चॉकलेट बंटवारा एवं रामू का खेत)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Fractions in everyday life: tricolour flags, chocolate bars, and garden plots.
  • Fraction of a collection: e.g., 1/4 of 16 balls = 4 balls.
  • Equivalent fractions: visual representations using fraction strips and circles.
  • Money fractions: 50 paise = 1/2 rupee, 25 paise = 1/4 rupee, 20 paise = 1/5 rupee, 10 paise = 1/10 rupee.
  • Total equal parts: 9.
  • Total pieces of chocolate: 12.
  • Raji's share: $\frac{1}{4} \times 12 = \mathbf{3\text{ pieces}}$.
  • Sugatha's share: $\frac{1}{3} \times 12 = \mathbf{4\text{ pieces}}$.
  • Sheela's share: $\frac{1}{6} \times 12 = \mathbf{2\text{ pieces}}$.
  • Total pieces given away: $3 + 4 + 2 = 9\text{ pieces}$.
  • Pieces left for Manju: $12 - 9 = \mathbf{3\text{ pieces}}$.
  • Fraction left for Manju: $\frac{3}{12} = \mathbf{\frac{1}{4}}$.
PARTS AND WHOLES: FRACTION STRIP MODEL 1 WHOLE (1) ½ ½ ¼ ¼ ¼ ¼ Equivalent Fractions: 1 = ²⁄₂ = ⁴⁄₄ = ⁸⁄₈
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Our national flag has three horizontal stripes: saffron at the top, white in the middle, and green at the bottom. (a) What fraction of the flag is saffron? (b) Is the white portion more than 1/3 or less than 1/3 of the flag? Explain why. (c) What fraction of the flag is green? Textbook Exercise • Indian Flag & Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Flag Fractions:
• (a) Saffron fraction: The flag is divided into 3 equal stripes, so saffron is 1/3.
• (b) White portion: The white stripe contains the navy blue Ashoka Chakra in its center. Because the Chakra takes up space inside the white band, the pure white area is a little less than 1/3 of the flag.
• (c) Green fraction: Green occupies exactly one of the three equal bands, which is 1/3.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 1/3 saffron 1 M
Part (b): Less than 1/3 due to Ashoka Chakra 1 M
Part (c): 1/3 green 1 M
Q2 Manju had a chocolate bar with 12 equal pieces. She gave: 1/4 of it to Raji; 1/3 of it to Sugatha; 1/6 of it to Sheela. She ate the remaining pieces. (a) How many pieces did Raji get? (b) How many pieces did Sugatha get? (c) How many pieces did Sheela get? (d) How many pieces did Manju eat? Textbook Exercise • Chocolate Bar Distribution 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Piece Distribution (Total = 12 pieces):
• (a) Raji: 1/4 of 12 = 12 ÷ 4 = 3 pieces.
• (b) Sugatha: 1/3 of 12 = 12 ÷ 3 = 4 pieces.
• (c) Sheela: 1/6 of 12 = 12 ÷ 6 = 2 pieces.
• (d) Manju: Total given away = 3 + 4 + 2 = 9 pieces. Manju ate: 12 - 9 = 3 pieces.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Raji: 3 pieces 1 M
Sugatha: 4 pieces 1 M
Sheela: 2 pieces 1 M
Manju: 3 pieces 1 M
Q3 Ramu's vegetable field has 9 equal parts. In these parts he grows: chillies in 1 part, potatoes in 2 parts, brinjals in 2 parts, tomatoes in 3 parts, and spinach in 1 part.
(a) Which vegetable grows in the biggest part of his field? What fraction is it?
(b) On what fraction of the field does he grow potatoes?
(c) What fraction is used for growing spinach?
Textbook Exercise • Ramu's Vegetable Field 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Field Fractions (Total = 9 equal parts):
• (a) Biggest part: Tomatoes grow in 3 parts. Fraction = 3/9 = 1/3 of the field.
• (b) Potatoes fraction: Potatoes occupy 2 parts out of 9 = 2/9 of the field.
• (c) Spinach fraction: Spinach occupies 1 part out of 9 = 1/9 of the field.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Tomatoes (3/9 or 1/3) 1 M
Part (b): Potatoes (2/9) 1 M
Part (c): Spinach (1/9) 1 M
Q4 A day has 24 hours. (a) A child sleeps for 1/3 of a day. How many hours does the child sleep? (b) A person studies for 1/4 of a day. How many hours does the person study? (c) A cat sleeps for 1/2 of a day. How many hours does the cat sleep? Textbook Exercise • Sleeping Time Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Daily Hour Calculations (Total = 24 hours):
• (a) Sleeping time: 1/3 of 24 = 24 ÷ 3 = 8 hours.
• (b) Study time: 1/4 of 24 = 24 ÷ 4 = 6 hours.
• (c) Cat sleeping time: 1/2 of 24 = 24 ÷ 2 = 12 hours.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 8 hours 1 M
Part (b): 6 hours 1 M
Part (c): 12 hours 1 M
Q5 Answer the following based on Indian coins:
(a) How many 50-paise coins make one rupee? What fraction of a rupee is 50 paise?
(b) How many 25-paise coins make one rupee? What fraction of a rupee is 25 paise?
(c) What fraction of a rupee is 20 paise?
Textbook Exercise • Fractions of a Rupee 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rupee Conversions (1 Rupee = 100 paise):
• (a) 50-paise coins: 100 ÷ 50 = 2 coins. Fraction = 50/100 = 1/2 of a rupee.
• (b) 25-paise coins: 100 ÷ 25 = 4 coins. Fraction = 25/100 = 1/4 of a rupee.
• (c) 20-paise coins: 100 ÷ 20 = 5 coins. Fraction = 20/100 = 1/5 of a rupee.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 2 coins, 1/2 1 M
Part (b): 4 coins, 1/4 1 M
Part (c): 1/5 fraction 1 M
Q6 Complete the equivalent fraction chains:
(a) 1/2 = 2/4 = ___/6 = 4/___ = ___/10
(b) 3/5 = ___/10 = 9/___ = ___/20
(c) Show why 2/3 is equal to 8/12.
Textbook Exercise • Equivalent Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Equivalent Fractions:
• (a) 1/2 = 2/4 = 3/6 = 4/8 = 5/10.
• (b) 3/5 = 6/10 = 9/15 = 12/20.
• (c) Verification: Multiply numerator and denominator of 2/3 by 4: (2 × 4) / (3 × 4) = 8/12. Hence, they are equal.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Chain (a) filled correctly 1 M
Chain (b) filled correctly 1 M
Verification in (c) 1 M
Q7 At a vegetable shop: Tomato costs ₹12/kg, Potato costs ₹10/kg, Onion costs ₹16/kg, Carrot costs ₹18/kg, and Pumpkin costs ₹8/kg. Find the cost of:
(a) 2½ kg of tomatoes
(b) 3¼ kg of potatoes
(c) 1½ kg of pumpkin
Textbook Exercise • Shopping List & Price Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cost Calculations:
• (a) 2½ kg tomatoes: 2.5 × ₹12 = ₹30 (or 2 × 12 + 1/2 × 12 = 24 + 6 = ₹30).
• (b) 3¼ kg potatoes: 3 × 10 = 30; 1/4 × 10 = 2.50. Total = 30 + 2.50 = ₹32.50.
• (c) 1½ kg pumpkin: 1.5 × ₹8 = ₹12 (or 8 + 4 = ₹12).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Tomatoes: ₹30 1 M
Potatoes: ₹32.50 1 M
Pumpkin: ₹12 1 M
Q8 A grid rectangle has 16 small equal squares. (a) How many squares must you color blue to color 1/2 of the grid? (b) How many squares must you color red to color 1/4 of the grid? (c) How many squares remain uncolored? Textbook Exercise • Fractions on a Grid (Coloring) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Square Calculations (Total = 16 squares):
• (a) Blue squares (1/2): 1/2 of 16 = 16 ÷ 2 = 8 squares.
• (b) Red squares (1/4): 1/4 of 16 = 16 ÷ 4 = 4 squares.
• (c) Uncolored squares: 16 - (8 + 4) = 16 - 12 = 4 squares (which is 4/16 or 1/4 of the grid).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Blue: 8 squares 1 M
Red: 4 squares 1 M
Uncolored: 4 squares 1 M
Q9 A passenger train is running late by 1/4 of an hour. The scheduled arrival time was 6:45 PM. (a) How many minutes is the train delayed? (b) At what time will the train actually arrive? Textbook Exercise • Train Journey Delay 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Time Calculations:
• (a) Minutes of delay: 1 hour = 60 minutes. Delay = 1/4 of 60 = 60 ÷ 4 = 15 minutes.
• (b) Actual arrival time: Scheduled time (6:45 PM) + 15 minutes = 7:00 PM.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Delay: 15 minutes 1 M
Actual arrival: 7:00 PM 1 M
Q10 Insert >, < or = between the pairs of fractions:
(a) 3/7 and 5/7
(b) 2/3 and 2/5
(c) 3/4 and 6/8
Textbook Exercise • Comparing Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comparisons:
• (a) 3/7 & 5/7: Same denominator; 3 < 5. Therefore, 3/7 < 5/7.
• (b) 2/3 & 2/5: Same numerator; smaller denominator means larger parts (3 < 5). Therefore, 2/3 > 2/5.
• (c) 3/4 & 6/8: Multiply 3/4 by 2/2 = 6/8. Therefore, 3/4 = 6/8.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): < 1 M
Part (b): > 1 M
Part (c): = 1 M
Q11 To make a cake, a recipe requires: 1/2 kg flour, 1/4 kg sugar, 1/8 kg butter. What is the total weight of these three ingredients in grams? Textbook Exercise • Cooking Recipe Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grams Conversion (1 kg = 1,000 g):
• Flour: 1/2 of 1,000 g = 500 g.
• Sugar: 1/4 of 1,000 g = 250 g.
• Butter: 1/8 of 1,000 g = 125 g.
• Total weight: 500 + 250 + 125 = 875 grams.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Flour: 500 g, Sugar: 250 g, Butter: 125 g 1.5 M
Total: 875 g 1.5 M
Q12 In a class of 40 students: 1/5 like Cricket, 2/5 like Football, and the rest like Badminton. (a) How many students like Cricket? (b) How many students like Football? (c) What fraction of students like Badminton? Textbook Exercise • Fractions of a Group 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Group Analysis (Total = 40 students):
• (a) Cricket: 1/5 of 40 = 40 ÷ 5 = 8 students.
• (b) Football: 2/5 of 40 = (40 ÷ 5) × 2 = 8 × 2 = 16 students.
• (c) Badminton: Remaining students = 40 - (8 + 16) = 40 - 24 = 16 students. Fraction = 16/40 = 2/5.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Cricket: 8 students 1 M
Football: 16 students 1 M
Badminton: 16 students (2/5) 1 M
Q13 A 1-litre bottle of milk is shared equally among 4 children. (a) How many millilitres of milk does each child get? (b) What fraction of a litre does each child get? Textbook Exercise • Milk Bottle Sharing 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Sharing Calculations (1 litre = 1,000 mL):
• (a) Millilitres per child: 1,000 mL ÷ 4 = 250 mL.
• (b) Fraction of a litre: 250/1,000 = 1/4 of a litre.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
250 mL 1 M
1/4 litre 1 M
Q14 Convert the following mixed fractions into improper fractions: (a) 2 1/3 (b) 3 3/4 (c) 5 1/2. Textbook Exercise • Mixed Numbers to Improper Fractions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Conversions (Improper Fraction = (Whole × Denominator + Numerator) / Denominator):
• (a) 2 1/3 = (2 × 3 + 1) / 3 = 7/3.
• (b) 3 3/4 = (3 × 4 + 3) / 4 = 15/4.
• (c) 5 1/2 = (5 × 2 + 1) / 2 = 11/2.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 7/3 1 M
Part (b): 15/4 1 M
Part (c): 11/2 1 M
Q15 Solve: (a) 2/7 + 3/7 (b) 1/4 + 1/2 (c) 1 - 3/8. Textbook Exercise • Fraction Addition 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fraction Arithmetic:
• (a) 2/7 + 3/7 = (2 + 3) / 7 = 5/7.
• (b) 1/4 + 1/2 = 1/4 + 2/4 = 3/4.
• (c) 1 - 3/8 = 8/8 - 3/8 = 5/8.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 5/7 1 M
Part (b): 3/4 1 M
Part (c): 5/8 1 M
Q16 A ribbon is 6 metres long. How many pieces of 3/4 metre length can be cut from it? Textbook Exercise • Ribbon Cutting Problem 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division of Whole Number by Fraction:
• Number of pieces = Total length ÷ Length of one piece.
• 6 ÷ (3/4) = 6 × (4/3) = (6 × 4) ÷ 3 = 24 ÷ 3 = 8 pieces.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Reciprocal multiplication: 6 × 4/3 1 M
Final answer: 8 pieces 1 M
Q17 Find how many minutes are there in: (a) 1/2 of an hour (b) 2/3 of an hour (c) 3/4 of an hour. Textbook Exercise • Fraction of an Hour 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Conversions (1 hour = 60 minutes):
• (a) 1/2 × 60 = 30 minutes.
• (b) 2/3 × 60 = 2 × 20 = 40 minutes.
• (c) 3/4 × 60 = 3 × 15 = 45 minutes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 30 mins 1 M
Part (b): 40 mins 1 M
Part (c): 45 mins 1 M
Q18 Reduce each fraction to its simplest form (lowest terms): (a) 12/16 (b) 15/25 (c) 18/24. Textbook Exercise • Fraction Simplification 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Simplification by dividing HCF:
• (a) 12/16: Divide numerator and denominator by 4: (12÷4)/(16÷4) = 3/4.
• (b) 15/25: Divide by 5: (15÷5)/(25÷5) = 3/5.
• (c) 18/24: Divide by 6: (18÷6)/(24÷6) = 3/4.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 3/4 1 M
Part (b): 3/5 1 M
Part (c): 3/4 1 M
Q19 (a) What fraction of a year is 3 months? (b) What fraction of a year is 6 months? (c) What fraction of a leap year is 73 days? Textbook Exercise • Fraction of a Year 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations (1 year = 12 months; normal year = 365 days):
• (a) 3 months: 3/12 = 1/4 of a year.
• (b) 6 months: 6/12 = 1/2 of a year.
• (c) 73 days of 365 days: 73/365 = 1/5 of a year (since 73 × 5 = 365).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 1/4 1 M
Part (b): 1/2 1 M
Part (c): 1/5 1 M
Q20 If 1/3 of a number is 15: (a) What is the whole number? (b) What is 2/5 of that number? Textbook Exercise • Finding the Whole from a Part 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Whole number: If 1/3 = 15, then Whole = 15 × 3 = 45.
• (b) 2/5 of the number: 2/5 of 45 = (45 ÷ 5) × 2 = 9 × 2 = 18.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Whole number: 45 1 M
2/5 calculation: 18 1 M
Q21 A bus has to cover a total journey of 120 km. It covers 3/4 of the distance in the morning. (a) How many kilometres did it cover in the morning? (b) How many kilometres are left to travel? Textbook Exercise • Distance Covered as Fraction 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Distance Calculations:
• (a) Morning distance: 3/4 of 120 = (120 ÷ 4) × 3 = 30 × 3 = 90 km.
• (b) Distance remaining: 120 - 90 = 30 km (or 1/4 of 120 = 30 km).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Morning distance: 90 km 1 M
Remaining distance: 30 km 1 M
Q22 Anita had ₹500. She spent 2/5 of it on books and 1/10 of it on stationery. (a) How much money did she spend in total? (b) How much money does she have left? Textbook Exercise • Fraction Subtraction Problem 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Expense Calculation:
• On books: 2/5 of 500 = (500 ÷ 5) × 2 = ₹200.
• On stationery: 1/10 of 500 = ₹50.
• (a) Total spent: 200 + 50 = ₹250.
• (b) Money left: 500 - 250 = ₹250.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Books: ₹200, Stationery: ₹50 1 M
Total spent: ₹250 1 M
Money left: ₹250 1 M
Q23 Divide 5 apples equally among 4 children. How much apple will each child get? Express as a mixed number and as an improper fraction. Textbook Exercise • Equal Fraction Division Puzzle 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Sharing Solution:
• Each child gets 5 ÷ 4 apples.
• Improper fraction: 5/4 apples.
• Mixed number: 5 ÷ 4 = 1 1/4 apples (1 whole apple and 1 quarter of an apple).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
5/4 improper fraction 1 M
1 1/4 mixed fraction 1 M
Q24 Sunil studies for 3/4 of an hour, while Rohit studies for 2/3 of an hour. Who studies for a longer time, and by how many minutes? Textbook Exercise • Fraction Comparison in Real Life 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comparison in Minutes:
• Sunil: 3/4 of 60 minutes = 45 minutes.
• Rohit: 2/3 of 60 minutes = 40 minutes.
• Sunil studies longer by 45 - 40 = 5 minutes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Calculations of 45 mins and 40 mins 1 M
Conclusion: Sunil by 5 mins 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Parts and Wholes

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Parts and Wholes in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
5
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 5 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 5: Does it Look the Same?

क्या यह एक जैसा दिखता है? (दर्पण रेखाएँ, आधा घुमाव एवं घूर्णन सममिति)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Mirror halves: lines dividing a shape such that one half reflects exactly onto the other half.
  • Half turn (180° rotation): letters and numbers that look the same after a half turn (H, I, N, O, S, X, Z; 0, 8).
  • Quarter turn (90° rotation) and one-third / one-sixth turn (120° / 60° on fans and windmills).
  • Distinguishing between line symmetry and rotational symmetry.
  • H: Turns upside down to form H (Yes).
  • I: Turns upside down to form I (Yes).
  • N: Turns upside down to form N (Yes).
  • O: Turns upside down to form O (Yes).
  • S: Turns upside down to form S (Yes).
  • X: Turns upside down to form X (Yes).
  • Z: Turns upside down to form Z (Yes).
SYMMETRY & TURNS: ½ TURN AND ¼ TURN ROTATION H Original H ½ Turn: Same! N Original N ½ Turn: Same!
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Look at the letters of the English alphabet: (a) Name 4 letters that can be divided into two identical mirror halves by a vertical line. (b) Name 4 letters that can be divided into two mirror halves by a horizontal line. (c) Name 2 letters that have both vertical and horizontal symmetry. Textbook Exercise • Mirror Symmetry (Mirror Half) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Symmetry Letters:
• (a) Vertical symmetry: A, M, T, V (also H, I, W, Y).
• (b) Horizontal symmetry: B, C, D, E (also H, I, K).
• (c) Both vertical and horizontal: H, I, X, O.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 4 vertical symmetry letters 1 M
Part (b): 4 horizontal symmetry letters 1 M
Part (c): 2 dual symmetry letters 1 M
Q2 Which of the following numbers look the same after a half turn (180° rotation)?
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.
Also write two 2-digit numbers and two 3-digit numbers that look the same on a half turn.
Textbook Exercise • Half Turn (1/2 Turn) Numbers 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Half-Turn Numbers:
• Among single digits: 0, 1, and 8 look identical after a 1/2 turn.
• Two-digit numbers: 11, 88.
• Three-digit numbers: 101, 111, 181, 808, 888.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Single digits: 0, 1, 8 1 M
Two 2-digit numbers 1 M
Two 3-digit numbers 1 M
Q3 Check if the following English words look the same after a half-turn (upside down):
(a) ZOOM
(b) NOON
(c) SIS
(d) MOW
Textbook Exercise • Half Turn English Words 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Word Rotations (180°):
• (a) ZOOM: On half turn, Z turns into Z, O stays O, M turns into W (reads MOOZ upside down). Does NOT look the same.
• (b) NOON: N turns into N, O stays O. Reading upside down gives N-O-O-N. Looks the same.
• (c) SIS: S turns into S, I stays I. Reading upside down gives S-I-S. Looks the same.
• (d) MOW: M turns into W and W turns into M. Upside down it reads M-O-W. Looks the same.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
ZOOM: No 1 M
NOON: Yes 1 M
SIS: Yes 1 M
MOW: Yes 1 M
Q4 (a) What is the angle of a 1/4 turn? (b) Which of these shapes will look identical after a 1/4 turn: Square, Rectangle, Equilateral Triangle, Circle? Textbook Exercise • Quarter Turn (1/4 Turn) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Quarter Turn Properties:
• (a) Angle: A 1/4 turn is 360° ÷ 4 = 90°.
• (b) Shapes:
- Square: Yes, looks identical after 90°.
- Rectangle: No, a horizontal rectangle becomes vertical after 90°.
- Equilateral Triangle: No, its pointing vertex rotates to the side.
- Circle: Yes, looks identical after any rotation.
Therefore, only Square and Circle look identical after a 1/4 turn.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 90° 1 M
Square & Circle identified 2 M
Q5 (a) Through how many degrees does a shape rotate during a 1/3 turn? (b) Does an equilateral triangle look the same after a 1/3 turn? Explain. Textbook Exercise • One-Third Turn (1/3 Turn) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
1/3 Turn Analysis:
• (a) Angle: 360° ÷ 3 = 120°.
• (b) Equilateral triangle: Yes, it looks exactly the same. An equilateral triangle has 3 equal sides and 3 equal angles of 60°. Rotating it by 120° moves each corner to the next vertex position without altering its overall orientation.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 120° 1 M
Part (b): Yes, with 3-fold symmetry explanation 2 M
Q6 (a) What is the angle of rotation for a 1/6 turn? (b) Name a shape that has 1/6 turn rotational symmetry. Textbook Exercise • One-Sixth Turn (1/6 Turn) 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
1/6 Turn Properties:
• (a) Angle: 360° ÷ 6 = 60°.
• (b) Shape: A Regular Hexagon (or a 6-petalled symmetrical flower / 6-pointed star) looks identical after a 1/6 turn.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 60° 1 M
Part (b): Regular Hexagon named 1 M
Q7 A windmill has 4 equal blades arranged symmetrically at right angles. (a) Does it look the same on a 1/4 turn? (b) Does it look the same on a 1/2 turn? Explain. Textbook Exercise • Windmill Blades Rotation 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Windmill Rotations:
• (a) 1/4 turn: Yes, because rotating by 90° moves each of the 4 identical blades into the position previously occupied by its adjacent blade.
• (b) 1/2 turn: Yes, because a 1/2 turn is two 1/4 turns (180°), so the blades align identically again.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1/4 turn: Yes with reason 1 M
1/2 turn: Yes with reason 1 M
Q8 Explain the difference between 'Line Symmetry' and 'Rotational Symmetry' using a rectangle as an example. Textbook Exercise • Line of Symmetry vs Rotational Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comparison:
• Line Symmetry: A figure has line symmetry if it can be folded along a straight line such that the two halves fit exactly on top of each other. A rectangle has 2 lines of symmetry (one horizontal, one vertical through the middle of opposite sides).
• Rotational Symmetry: A figure has rotational symmetry if it looks identical to its original position after being turned by less than 360° around its centre. A rectangle has rotational symmetry of order 2 (looks the same on a 1/2 turn / 180°).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Line symmetry defined with rectangle (2 lines) 1.5 M
Rotational symmetry defined with rectangle (1/2 turn) 1.5 M
Q9 Does the diagonal of a rectangle act as a line of symmetry? Explain by visualizing folding a rectangular sheet of paper along its diagonal. Textbook Exercise • Diagonal Lines of Symmetry in a Rectangle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Diagonal Reflection Test:
No, the diagonal of a rectangle is NOT a line of symmetry.
When you fold a rectangular paper along its diagonal, the opposite corners do not match or overlap; instead, they stick out in opposite directions. Although the diagonal divides the rectangle into two triangles of equal area, they are not mirror reflections of each other across that diagonal line.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definitive 'No' stated 1 M
Paper folding non-overlap explanation 2 M
Q10 Describe how you can create a perfectly symmetrical design using a drop of paint or ink on a folded sheet of paper. Textbook Exercise • Symmetrical Patterns with Inkblots 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Inkblot Symmetry Steps:
1. Take a clean sheet of paper and fold it in half down the middle to create a sharp centre crease line.
2. Unfold the paper and place a few drops of liquid paint or coloured ink on one side of the fold.
3. Fold the paper back along the crease line and press the two halves gently together with your palm to spread the ink.
4. Open the paper. The paint transfers to both sides equally, producing a beautiful design where the crease line is the exact line of symmetry.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Stepwise procedure clearly explained 1 M
Crease line identified as line of symmetry 1 M
Q11 A ceiling fan has 3 identical blades spaced equally at 120° apart. (a) Will the fan look the same on a 1/4 turn? (b) Will it look the same on a 1/3 turn? (c) Will it look the same on a 1/2 turn? Textbook Exercise • Ceiling Fan Blades 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
3-Blade Fan Analysis:
• (a) 1/4 turn (90°): No, 90° does not align with the 120° blade intervals.
• (b) 1/3 turn (120°): Yes, each blade rotates exactly into the position of the next blade.
• (c) 1/2 turn (180°): No, 180° points a blade directly between two blades on the opposite side.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): No 1 M
Part (b): Yes 1 M
Part (c): No 1 M
Q12 How many lines of symmetry does each of the following regular shapes have?
(a) Equilateral triangle
(b) Square
(c) Regular pentagon
(d) Regular hexagon
Textbook Exercise • Regular Polygons & Lines of Symmetry 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Regular Polygon Symmetry Rule (Number of lines = Number of sides):
• (a) Equilateral triangle: 3 lines of symmetry.
• (b) Square: 4 lines of symmetry (2 through midpoints, 2 diagonals).
• (c) Regular pentagon: 5 lines of symmetry.
• (d) Regular hexagon: 6 lines of symmetry.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Triangle: 3 1 M
Square: 4 1 M
Pentagon: 5 1 M
Hexagon: 6 1 M
Q13 Which digits from 0 to 9 look identical to their reflection in a vertical mirror placed to their right? Textbook Exercise • Mirror Reflection of Digits 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Vertical Mirror Reflection:
The digits that remain unchanged in a vertical mirror reflection are 0 and 8 (in standard symmetric font). Digits like 1 (with hook), 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 9 reverse horizontally.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Identification of 0 and 8 1 M
Explanation of horizontal reversal for others 1 M
Q14 What is meant by the 'Order of Rotational Symmetry'? State the order of rotational symmetry for: (a) An equilateral triangle (b) A square. Textbook Exercise • Order of Rotational Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Order of Symmetry:
• Definition: The number of times a shape looks identical to its original appearance during one complete 360° turn.
• (a) Equilateral triangle: Looks the same at 120°, 240°, and 360°. Order = 3.
• (b) Square: Looks the same at 90°, 180°, 270°, and 360°. Order = 4.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definition clear 1 M
Triangle order: 3 1 M
Square order: 4 1 M
Q15 Consider these traffic signs: (a) An inverted red equilateral triangle ('GIVE WAY') (b) An octagonal red sign ('STOP'). How many lines of symmetry does each sign have? Textbook Exercise • Traffic Signs Symmetry 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Traffic Signs Analysis:
• (a) 'GIVE WAY' (Equilateral triangle shape): Has 3 lines of symmetry (from each vertex perpendicular to opposite edge).
• (b) 'STOP' (Regular octagon shape): Has 8 lines of symmetry (ignoring text lettering).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Triangle sign: 3 lines 1 M
Octagon sign: 8 lines 1 M
Q16 You make a paper pinwheel with 4 alternating colored blades (red, blue, red, blue). (a) Will it look the same after a 1/4 turn? (b) Will it look the same after a 1/2 turn? Textbook Exercise • 4-Blade Pinwheel Symmetry 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pinwheel Colors Analysis:
• (a) 1/4 turn: No, because a 1/4 turn rotates a red blade into the position of a blue blade.
• (b) 1/2 turn: Yes, because a 1/2 turn (180°) rotates a red blade into the opposite red blade's position, and blue into blue.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): No (color mismatch) 1 M
Part (b): Yes (colors align) 1 M
Q17 Give three examples of symmetry observed in nature (animals, plants, or natural formations). Textbook Exercise • Symmetry in Nature 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Nature Examples:
1. Butterfly: The patterns, shapes, and veins on both wings show striking bilateral (mirror) symmetry.
2. Human face/body: Bilateral vertical symmetry (left eye matches right eye, left arm matches right arm).
3. Flowers & Snowflakes: Radial symmetry (many flower petals have 5-fold or 6-fold symmetry; snowflakes exhibit 6-fold hexagonal symmetry).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Three distinct, well-described examples 3 M
Q18 (a) Does a general parallelogram have any line of symmetry? (b) Does it have rotational symmetry, and if so, of what order? Textbook Exercise • Parallelogram Symmetry 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Parallelogram Properties:
• (a) Line symmetry: No, a general parallelogram cannot be folded along any line to match its halves.
• (b) Rotational symmetry: Yes, it looks identical after a 1/2 turn (180°). Its order of rotational symmetry is 2.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): No lines of symmetry 1.5 M
Part (b): Yes, 1/2 turn, order 2 1.5 M
Q19 How many lines of symmetry does a circle have? What constitutes a line of symmetry in a circle? Textbook Exercise • Circle Symmetry 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Circle Symmetry:
• A circle has infinitely many lines of symmetry.
• Any straight line passing through the centre of the circle (i.e. any diameter) is a line of symmetry, as folding along it divides the circle into two identical semicircles.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Infinitely many lines 1 M
Diameter through centre explained 1 M
Q20 If you place a mirror on the line of symmetry of a picture showing half a dog face, what image will you see? What happens if you tilt the mirror away from the line? Textbook Exercise • Mirror Card Activity 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mirror Reflection Activity:
• Placing the mirror exactly on the line of symmetry completes the reflection, showing a full, complete, realistic dog face.
• If you tilt or shift the mirror away from the line, the reflected image becomes distorted, stretched, or cut off, and no longer resembles a normal face.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Full face observed 1 M
Distortion on tilting explained 1 M
Q21 Consider a circular clock face with only numerals 12, 3, 6, and 9 marked. If the numerals are removed and only the 4 tick marks remain, after what fraction of a turn does the dial look identical? Textbook Exercise • Clock Face Rotational Symmetry 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rotational Symmetry of 4 Ticks:
With only 4 tick marks at 90° intervals, the dial looks identical after every 1/4 turn (90°). Its order of rotational symmetry is 4.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1/4 turn (90°) 1 M
Order 4 noted 1 M
Q22 Analyze the capital letter 'Z': (a) Does it have a line of symmetry? (b) Does it look the same after a half turn? Textbook Exercise • Letter 'Z' Symmetry 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Letter 'Z' Analysis:
• (a) Line symmetry: No, folding 'Z' vertically or horizontally never overlaps its arms.
• (b) Half turn: Yes, rotating 'Z' by 180° produces the exact same letter 'Z'.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): No line symmetry 1 M
Part (b): Yes on 1/2 turn 1 M
Q23 A pattern has 3 red circles on the left and 2 red circles on the right. What is the minimum number of circles you must add to make the pattern symmetrical about the vertical centre? Textbook Exercise • Swapping Shapes into Symmetry 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Balance for Symmetry:
• The left has 3 circles, right has 2 circles.
• To make it symmetrical, the right side must also have 3 circles.
• Therefore, you must add 1 red circle to the right side at the corresponding mirror position.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 circle to add 1 M
Correct mirror position explanation 1 M
Q24 Why are Indian Rangoli and Kolam patterns traditionally designed using 4-fold or 8-fold radial symmetry? Textbook Exercise • Rangoli Symmetrical Art 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rangoli Design Principles:
• 4-fold and 8-fold radial symmetry creates a harmonious, visually balanced, and aesthetically pleasing geometric design from every viewing angle.
• Using grid dots allows artists to replicate motifs equally in all four quadrants, ensuring mathematical balance and beauty.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Harmonious visual balance from all sides 1 M
Grid quadrant dot replication 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Does it Look the Same?

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Does it Look the Same? in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
6
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 6 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 6: Be My Multiple, I'll be Your Factor

मैं तेरा गुणनफल, तू मेरा गुणनखंड (बिल्ली-चूहा खेल, म.स.प. एवं ल.स.प.)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • The Mouse and Cat chasing game on the number line: jumping intervals and escape holes.
  • Common multiples of 2, 3, 5 and finding the Least Common Multiple (LCM).
  • Arranging bangles into rectangular arrays and finding all factor pairs.
  • Factor Trees for prime factorisation of numbers like 24, 60, 90.
  • Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32...
  • Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36...
  • Multiples of 8: 8, 16, 24, 32, 40...
COMMON MULTIPLES & FACTOR TREE 4, 8, 16, 20 12, 24, 36 (LCM = 12) 6, 18, 30 Multiples of 4 Multiples of 6 Factor Tree of 48 48 6 8 48 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 2 × 3
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 The cat is on step 3 and can jump 3 steps at a time. The mouse is on step 15 and can jump 2 steps at a time. (a) What steps will the cat land on? (b) What steps will the mouse land on? (c) Will the cat catch the mouse before the mouse reaches the safety hole at step 28? Textbook Exercise • The Mouse and the Cat Game 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Jump Sequences:
• (a) Cat steps (multiples of 3 starting from 3): 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27.
• (b) Mouse steps (adding 2 starting from 15): 15, 17, 19, 21, 23, 25, 27, 29 (safe in hole).
• (c) At step 21: The cat reaches 21 after 6 jumps (3→6→9→12→15→18→21). The mouse reaches 21 after 3 jumps (15→17→19→21). Because the mouse was already at 21 earlier, and reaches hole (28) in 7 jumps before the cat can intercept it at the same moment, the mouse escapes safely!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Cat steps list 1 M
Mouse steps list 1 M
Step comparison 1 M
Conclusion: Mouse escapes 1 M
Q2 (a) Write the first five multiples of 2. (b) Write the first five multiples of 3. (c) Write the first two common multiples of 2 and 3. What is their Lowest Common Multiple (LCM)? Textbook Exercise • Common Multiples of 2 and 3 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multiples Analysis:
• (a) Multiples of 2: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10.
• (b) Multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15.
• (c) Common multiples: Numbers appearing in both lists are 6 and 12.
• Lowest Common Multiple (LCM): 6.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Multiples of 2 & 3 1 M
Common multiples: 6, 12 1 M
LCM: 6 1 M
Q3 In a two-circle diagram, circle A contains multiples of 4 and circle B contains multiples of 6. (a) Write 4 numbers that belong in the overlapping common region. (b) What is the smallest number in the common region? Textbook Exercise • Common Multiples in Venn Diagram 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Common Multiples of 4 and 6:
• Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48...
• Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48...
• (a) 4 common numbers: 12, 24, 36, 48.
• (b) Smallest common number (LCM): 12.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Common multiples: 12, 24, 36, 48 2 M
Smallest number (LCM): 12 1 M
Q4 Sunita has some tamarind seeds. When she makes groups of 4, 5, or 6 seeds, 1 seed is always left over. What is the smallest number of seeds Sunita can have? Textbook Exercise • Tamarind Seeds Puzzle (LCM + Remainder) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM Calculation:
1. Find the LCM of 4, 5, and 6:
- Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, 36, 40, 44, 48, 52, 56, 60...
- Multiples of 5: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60...
- Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30, 36, 42, 48, 54, 60...
- LCM(4, 5, 6) = 60.
2. Since 1 seed is left over in each case, add 1 to the LCM:
Total seeds = 60 + 1 = 61 seeds.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM of 4, 5, 6 is 60 2 M
Adding 1 remainder = 61 1 M
Q5 Ammini has 18 bangles. She wants to arrange them in equal rows. List all possible row sizes she can make such that no bangles are left over. Textbook Exercise • Bangle Arrangements (Factors) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factors of 18:
Any arrangement with equal rows must divide 18 completely without remainder.
• 1 row of 18 bangles (1 × 18)
• 2 rows of 9 bangles (2 × 9)
• 3 rows of 6 bangles (3 × 6)
• 6 rows of 3 bangles (6 × 3)
• 9 rows of 2 bangles (9 × 2)
• 18 rows of 1 bangle (18 × 1)
The possible group/row sizes are: 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, and 18.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Listing factor pairs 1.5 M
All 6 factor sizes listed 1.5 M
Q6 Draw two different factor trees for the number 24. Write the prime factorization of 24. Textbook Exercise • Factor Tree 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factor Trees for 24:
• Tree 1: Start with 24 = 2 × 12 → 12 = 2 × 6 → 6 = 2 × 3.
• Tree 2: Start with 24 = 4 × 6 → 4 = 2 × 2 and 6 = 2 × 3.
• Prime factorization: 24 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 3.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Tree 1 branches 1 M
Tree 2 branches 1 M
Prime factorization: 2 × 2 × 2 × 3 1 M
Q7 (a) List all factors of 25. (b) List all factors of 35. (c) What are the common factors of 25 and 35? What is their Highest Common Factor (HCF)? Textbook Exercise • Common Factors of 25 and 35 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factors Analysis:
• (a) Factors of 25: 1, 5, 25.
• (b) Factors of 35: 1, 5, 7, 35.
• (c) Common factors: 1 and 5.
• Highest Common Factor (HCF): 5.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Factors of 25 & 35 1 M
Common factors: 1, 5 1 M
HCF: 5 1 M
Q8 A garden path is 90 feet long. Sheena wants to tile the path without cutting any tile. She has tiles of sizes 2 feet, 3 feet, and 5 feet. Which of these tile sizes can be used to tile the entire path completely? Textbook Exercise • Tiling Path Problem (HCF) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Divisibility Test:
• 90 ÷ 2 = 45 (divides evenly, so 2-foot tiles can be used: 45 tiles).
• 90 ÷ 3 = 30 (divides evenly, so 3-foot tiles can be used: 30 tiles).
• 90 ÷ 5 = 18 (divides evenly, so 5-foot tiles can be used: 18 tiles).
All three tile sizes (2 ft, 3 ft, and 5 ft) can tile the path completely without cutting!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Divisibility by 2, 3, 5 checked 2 M
Conclusion that all three can be used 1 M
Q9 (a) Define Prime Number and Composite Number. (b) Which is the smallest prime number? (c) Which is the only even prime number? (d) Is 1 a prime number or composite number? Textbook Exercise • Prime and Composite Numbers 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Definitions and Facts:
• (a) Definitions: A Prime Number has exactly two distinct factors (1 and itself). A Composite Number has more than two factors.
• (b) Smallest prime number: 2.
• (c) Only even prime number: 2.
• (d) Number 1: 1 has only one factor (itself). Therefore, 1 is neither prime nor composite.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definitions: Prime & Composite 1 M
Smallest prime: 2 1 M
Even prime: 2 1 M
Number 1 neither prime nor composite 1 M
Q10 Find the first two common multiples of 3, 4, and 6. What is their LCM? Textbook Exercise • Common Multiples of 3, 4, and 6 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multiples of 3, 4, 6:
• Multiples of 3: 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, 18, 21, 24, 27...
• Multiples of 4: 4, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28...
• Multiples of 6: 6, 12, 18, 24, 30...
• First two common multiples: 12 and 24.
• LCM: 12.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Lists of multiples 1 M
Common multiples: 12, 24 1 M
LCM: 12 1 M
Q11 Write all the factor pairs of 36. How many total factors does 36 have? Textbook Exercise • Factor Pairs of 36 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factor Pairs of 36:
• 1 × 36 = 36
• 2 × 18 = 36
• 3 × 12 = 36
• 4 × 9 = 36
• 6 × 6 = 36
All distinct factors: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 9, 12, 18, 36.
Total number of factors = 9 factors.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
All 5 factor pairs listed 1.5 M
Total 9 factors identified 1.5 M
Q12 In the 'Meow Game', children stand in a circle and count 1, 2, 3... Whenever a number is a multiple of 3 or has 3 in it, the child must say 'Meow!' instead of the number. Write down the first five numbers where children say 'Meow!'. Textbook Exercise • Multiple Game (Meow Game) 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Meow Numbers:
• 3 (multiple of 3 and has digit 3) → Meow!
• 6 (multiple of 3) → Meow!
• 9 (multiple of 3) → Meow!
• 12 (multiple of 3) → Meow!
• 13 (has digit 3) → Meow!
First five numbers: 3, 6, 9, 12, 13.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Rule application (multiple or contains 3) 1 M
List: 3, 6, 9, 12, 13 1 M
Q13 Find the HCF of 40 and 60 using prime factorization method. Textbook Exercise • HCF by Prime Factorization 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Prime Factorization:
• 40 = 2 × 2 × 2 × 5.
• 60 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5.
• Common prime factors = 2 × 2 × 5.
• HCF: 2 × 2 × 5 = 20.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Prime factors of 40 and 60 1.5 M
HCF calculation = 20 1.5 M
Q14 Two church bells toll at intervals of 15 minutes and 20 minutes respectively. If they toll together at 8:00 AM, at what time will they next toll together? Textbook Exercise • Bells Tolling Together (LCM Word Problem) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM Calculation:
1. Find LCM of 15 and 20:
- Multiples of 15: 15, 30, 45, 60, 75...
- Multiples of 20: 20, 40, 60, 80...
- LCM = 60 minutes = 1 hour.
2. Time of next toll = 8:00 AM + 1 hour = 9:00 AM.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM of 15 and 20 = 60 mins 1.5 M
Next toll time: 9:00 AM 1.5 M
Q15 Two numbers are called co-prime if their only common factor is 1. Check whether 8 and 15 are co-prime numbers. Textbook Exercise • Co-Prime Numbers 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Co-prime Verification:
• Factors of 8: 1, 2, 4, 8.
• Factors of 15: 1, 3, 5, 15.
• Common factors: Only 1.
• Conclusion: Yes, 8 and 15 are co-prime numbers.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Factors listed 1 M
Only common factor 1, affirmative conclusion 1 M
Q16 (a) State the divisibility rule for 3. (b) Test if 4,572 is divisible by 3. (c) Is 4,572 also divisible by 9? Textbook Exercise • Divisibility Rule for 3 and 9 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Divisibility Tests:
• (a) Rule for 3: A number is divisible by 3 if the sum of its digits is divisible by 3.
• (b) Sum of digits of 4,572: 4 + 5 + 7 + 2 = 18. Since 18 is divisible by 3 (18 ÷ 3 = 6), 4,572 is divisible by 3.
• (c) Divisible by 9: The sum of digits is 18. Since 18 is divisible by 9 (18 ÷ 9 = 2), 4,572 is also divisible by 9.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Rule for 3 stated 1 M
Sum of digits 18 and divisibility by 3 1 M
Divisibility by 9 verified 1 M
Q17 Find all the multiples of 7 that lie between 100 and 150. Textbook Exercise • Multiples between 100 and 150 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division to find range:
• 100 ÷ 7 = 14 with remainder 2. Smallest multiple > 100 is 7 × 15 = 105.
• 150 ÷ 7 = 21 with remainder 3. Largest multiple < 150 is 7 × 21 = 147.
• Multiples: 105, 112, 119, 126, 133, 140, 147.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Range identified 1 M
All 7 multiples listed correctly 2 M
Q18 Complete a factor tree for 60 starting with 6 and 10. Write down its prime factorization. Textbook Exercise • Factor Tree for 60 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factor Tree Branches:
• Level 1: 60 = 6 × 10.
• Level 2: 6 splits into 2 × 3; 10 splits into 2 × 5.
• Prime factorization: 60 = 2 × 2 × 3 × 5.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Branching steps shown 1 M
Prime factors: 2 × 2 × 3 × 5 1 M
Q19 State whether True or False:
(a) The sum of two odd numbers is always even.
(b) The product of two odd numbers is always even.
(c) All even numbers are composite numbers.
Textbook Exercise • Even & Odd Numbers Properties 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
True/False Explanations:
• (a) True: E.g., 3 + 5 = 8 (even).
• (b) False: The product of two odd numbers is always odd (e.g., 3 × 5 = 15).
• (c) False: 2 is an even number, but it is a prime number, not composite.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): True with reason 1 M
Part (b): False with reason 1 M
Part (c): False (counterexample 2) 1 M
Q20 (a) What is the largest two-digit prime number? (b) What is the smallest two-digit composite number? Textbook Exercise • Largest 2-Digit Prime Number 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Number Identification:
• (a) Largest 2-digit prime: 97 (factors: only 1 and 97).
• (b) Smallest 2-digit composite: 10 (factors: 1, 2, 5, 10).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 97 1 M
Part (b): 10 1 M
Q21 Two runners start running on a circular track together. Runner A completes a lap in 40 seconds, while Runner B completes a lap in 50 seconds. After how many seconds will they meet again at the starting point? Textbook Exercise • Step Measure LCM 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
LCM of 40 and 50:
• Multiples of 40: 40, 80, 120, 160, 200, 240...
• Multiples of 50: 50, 100, 150, 200, 250...
• LCM = 200 seconds (or 3 minutes and 20 seconds).
They will meet again after 200 seconds.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
LCM calculation 1 M
200 seconds answer 1 M
Q22 A number is called a 'perfect number' if the sum of all its proper factors (excluding itself) equals the number. Show that 6 is a perfect number. Textbook Exercise • Perfect Numbers 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Factors of 6:
• Factors of 6 are 1, 2, 3, and 6.
• Proper factors (excluding 6) = 1, 2, 3.
• Sum of proper factors = 1 + 2 + 3 = 6.
Since the sum equals the number itself, 6 is a perfect number.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Proper factors listed: 1, 2, 3 1 M
Sum = 6 verified 1 M
Q23 A number is divisible by 6 if it is divisible by both 2 and 3. Is 3,426 divisible by 6? Show your working. Textbook Exercise • Divisibility Rule for 6 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Test for 6:
1. Divisibility by 2: The last digit is 6 (even), so 3,426 is divisible by 2.
2. Divisibility by 3: Sum of digits = 3 + 4 + 2 + 6 = 15. Since 15 is divisible by 3, 3,426 is divisible by 3.
3. Conclusion: Since it is divisible by both 2 and 3, 3,426 is divisible by 6.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Test for 2 passed 1 M
Test for 3 passed 1 M
Conclusion for 6 1 M
Q24 Write the first five square numbers and list the number of factors each has. What is unique about the number of factors of square numbers? Textbook Exercise • Square Numbers as Multiples 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Square Numbers & Factor Count:
• 1² = 1 (1 factor: 1) → Odd count.
• 2² = 4 (3 factors: 1, 2, 4) → Odd count.
• 3² = 9 (3 factors: 1, 3, 9) → Odd count.
• 4² = 16 (5 factors: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16) → Odd count.
• 5² = 25 (3 factors: 1, 5, 25) → Odd count.
• Unique Property: All square numbers have an odd number of factors, because the square root pairs with itself. All other numbers have an even number of factors.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
First 5 square numbers listed 1 M
Factor counts identified 1 M
Odd number of factors property explained 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Be My Multiple, I'll be Your Factor

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Be My Multiple, I'll be Your Factor in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
7
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 7 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 7: Can You See the Pattern?

क्या तुम पैटर्न देख सकते हो? (जादुई वर्ग, षट्कोण, पैलिंड्रोम एवं संख्या पहेलियाँ)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Rotational patterns of motifs: 1/4 turn, 1/2 turn, 3/4 turn.
  • 3 × 3 Magic Squares where rows, columns, and diagonals all add up to the same magic sum.
  • Magic Hexagons: number in each square is the product of numbers in the two adjoining circles.
  • Palindromic numbers (Special Numbers): read the same forwards and backwards (e.g., 121, 656, 1331) formed by reversing and adding.
CAN YOU SEE THE PATTERN? ROTATION & MAGIC SUMS Turn Rule: 45° Clockwise Each Step 0° 45° 90° 135° Palindromic Number Pattern 1 × 1 = 1 11 × 11 = 121 111 × 111 = 12321 1111 × 1111 = 1234321
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Look at the pattern: An arrow points Up ↑. In step 2 it points Right →. In step 3 it points Down ↓. (a) What rule is being followed? (b) In which direction will it point in step 4? (c) In which direction will it point in step 5? Textbook Exercise • Turns and Patterns 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pattern Analysis:
• (a) Rule: Turning one-quarter turn (1/4 turn or 90°) clockwise at each step.
• (b) Step 4: Points Left ←.
• (c) Step 5: Turns another 90° clockwise, pointing Up ↑ (back to start).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Rule: 1/4 turn clockwise 1 M
Step 4: Left 1 M
Step 5: Up 1 M
Q2 Fill the numbers 1 to 9 in a 3 × 3 grid so that the sum of each row, each column, and each diagonal is exactly 15. Show the completed grid. Textbook Exercise • Magic Square (3 × 3 with Sum 15) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Magic Square (Sum = 15):
Place 5 in the centre:
• Row 1: 8  |  1  |  6 (Sum = 8+1+6 = 15)
• Row 2: 3  |  5  |  7 (Sum = 3+5+7 = 15)
• Row 3: 4  |  9  |  2 (Sum = 4+9+2 = 15)
• Columns: (8+3+4=15), (1+5+9=15), (6+7+2=15).
• Diagonals: (8+5+2=15), (6+5+4=15). All sums are 15!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Centre placed 5 1 M
Correct row numbers 1 M
Diagonal & column verification 1 M
Q3 Use the numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 to place on the six circles of a triangle (3 corners and 3 midpoints) so that the sum of each side is 9. Textbook Exercise • Magic Triangle (Numbers 1 to 6) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Magic Triangle (Side Sum = 9):
• Place the smallest numbers at the three corners: 1, 2, and 3.
• Side between 1 and 2: needs 9 - (1+2) = 6.
• Side between 2 and 3: needs 9 - (2+3) = 4.
• Side between 1 and 3: needs 9 - (1+3) = 5.
• Check sides: 1+6+2 = 9; 2+4+3 = 9; 3+5+1 = 9. All sides equal 9!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Corners: 1, 2, 3 1 M
Midpoints: 6, 4, 5 1 M
Side sum = 9 verification 1 M
Q4 A number tower has a base of three blocks: [10], [20], [30]. The rule is: 'Add the two numbers below to get the number in the box above them.' Find the numbers in the next row and the top box. Textbook Exercise • Number Towers (Number Pyramid) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Number Tower Calculation:
• Base row: [10]   [20]   [30]
• Middle row (2 blocks):
- Left block = 10 + 20 = 30.
- Right block = 20 + 30 = 50.
• Top block (1 block):
- Top = 30 + 50 = 80.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Middle left: 30 1 M
Middle right: 50 1 M
Top box: 80 1 M
Q5 (a) What is a 'Palindrome' or 'Special Number'? (b) Take number 43 and use the 'reverse and add' rule to create a special number. (c) Take number 132 and find its special number. Textbook Exercise • Palindromes & Special Numbers 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Special Numbers (Palindromes):
• (a) Definition: A number that reads the exact same forward and backward (e.g. 121, 353).
• (b) Starting with 43:
- Reverse digits of 43 → 34.
- Add: 43 + 34 = 77 (reads 77 both ways, a special number!).
• (c) Starting with 132:
- Reverse digits of 132 → 231.
- Add: 132 + 231 = 363 (reads 363 both ways, a special number!).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Definition clear 1 M
43 + 34 = 77 1 M
132 + 231 = 363 1 M
Q6 If A = 1, B = 2, C = 3 ... Z = 26: (a) Decode the secret message: 13   1   20   8   19. (b) Encode the word 'MATH' into numbers. Textbook Exercise • Secret Messages (Number Substitution) 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Encoding / Decoding:
• (a) Decoding '13 1 20 8 19':
13 = M, 1 = A, 20 = T, 8 = H, 19 = S → MATHS.
• (b) Encoding 'MATH':
M = 13, A = 1, T = 20, H = 8 → 13 - 1 - 20 - 8.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Decoded: MATHS 1 M
Encoded: 13-1-20-8 1 M
Q7 Draw a 3 × 3 square box around 9 dates on a calendar page. The centre date in the box is 15. (a) What is the sum of all 9 dates in this box? (b) State the shortcut trick to find this sum instantly without adding each date. Textbook Exercise • Calendar Magic (3 × 3 Box) 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calendar Magic:
• (a) Sum of all 9 dates: 9 × 15 = 135.
• (b) Shortcut Trick: In any 3 × 3 box on a calendar, the sum of all 9 numbers is always equal to 9 times the centre number (Sum = 9 × Centre Date).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Sum: 135 1 M
Rule: 9 × Centre number explained 1 M
Q8 Observe the pattern:
1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5 + 6 + 7 + 8 + 9 + 10 = 55
11 + 12 + 13 + 14 + 15 + 16 + 17 + 18 + 19 + 20 = 155
(a) What will be the sum of 21 to 30? (b) What will be the sum of 51 to 60?
Textbook Exercise • Adding Consecutive Numbers Pattern 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Consecutive 10-Number Sums:
• Notice the pattern increases by 100 each time (since each of the 10 numbers is 10 greater).
• (a) Sum of 21 to 30: 155 + 100 = 255.
• (b) Sum of 51 to 60: 555 (follows: 255, 355, 455, 555).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 255 1 M
Part (b): 555 1 M
Q9 Look at the sum of consecutive odd numbers starting from 1:
1 = 1 (1 × 1)
1 + 3 = 4 (2 × 2)
1 + 3 + 5 = 9 (3 × 3)
1 + 3 + 5 + 7 = 16 (4 × 4)
(a) What is the sum of the first 6 odd numbers? (b) What is the sum of the first 10 odd numbers?
Textbook Exercise • Odd Numbers Addition Pattern 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Sum of Odd Numbers Rule: Sum = n² (where n is count of odd numbers)
• (a) First 6 odd numbers: 6 × 6 = 36.
• (b) First 10 odd numbers: 10 × 10 = 100.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 36 1 M
Part (b): 100 1 M
Q10 Complete the pattern:
1 × 1 = 1
11 × 11 = 121
111 × 111 = 12321
(a) Find 1111 × 1111 without calculating by hand. (b) Find 11111 × 11111.
Textbook Exercise • Multiplication Pattern (11, 101, 1001) 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Repunit Multiplication Pattern:
• (a) 1111 × 1111: There are 4 ones, so the digits count up to 4 and back down: 1234321.
• (b) 11111 × 11111: There are 5 ones, digits count up to 5 and back down: 123454321.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 1234321 1 M
Part (b): 123454321 1 M
Q11 Fill in the missing numbers in the balanced equation:
(a) 24 + 19 + 37 = 37 + ___ + 24
(b) (___ + 14) + 20 = 35 + (14 + ___ )
What law of arithmetic is illustrated?
Textbook Exercise • Commutative Pattern in Addition 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Balanced Additions:
• (a) 24 + 19 + 37 = 37 + 19 + 24.
• (b) (35 + 14) + 20 = 35 + (14 + 20).
• Arithmetic Law: The Commutative and Associative Properties of Addition (changing the order or grouping of numbers does not change their sum).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Missing 19 in (a) 1 M
Missing 35 and 20 in (b) 1 M
Property named 1 M
Q12 List three English words and one sentence that read the same forwards and backwards. Textbook Exercise • Words that are Palindromes 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Word & Sentence Palindromes:
• Three Words: MADAM, RADAR, ROTATOR (also LEVEL, NOON).
• One Sentence: 'WAS IT A CAR OR A CAT I SAW' (or 'NO LEMONS NO MELON').
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Three valid words 1 M
One valid sentence palindrome 1 M
Q13 Look at the pattern: 2, 6, 18, 54, ____, ____. (a) What is the rule of this pattern? (b) Find the next two numbers. Textbook Exercise • Number Pattern Rule Finding 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Geometric Sequence:
• (a) Rule: Multiply by 3 (×3) at each step (2×3=6, 6×3=18, 18×3=54).
• (b) Next two numbers:
- Next: 54 × 3 = 162.
- Then: 162 × 3 = 486.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Rule: Multiply by 3 1 M
162 and 486 1 M
Q14 In a magic hexagon, each side has two circles with a square between them. The rule is: 'The number in the square is the product of the numbers in the two circles next to it.' If circle A has 7 and circle B has 11, what number goes into the square between them? Textbook Exercise • Magic Hexagon (Multiplication Hexagon) 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Square Calculation:
• Circle 1 = 7, Circle 2 = 11.
• Square = Circle 1 × Circle 2 = 7 × 11 = 77.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Multiplication statement 7 × 11 1 M
Answer: 77 1 M
Q15 In the sequence: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Pair up numbers from ends to get equal sums: (a) What is 1 + 7? (b) What is 2 + 6? (c) What is 3 + 5? (d) Which number is left in the middle? Textbook Exercise • Equal Sums Across a Line 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pairing from Ends:
• (a) 1 + 7 = 8.
• (b) 2 + 6 = 8.
• (c) 3 + 5 = 8.
• (d) Middle number: 4 (which is half of 8!).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
All 3 paired sums equal 8 2 M
Middle number 4 identified 1 M
Q16 Rule: 'Replace each letter with the next letter in the alphabet' (A becomes B, B becomes C... Z becomes A). (a) Encode the word 'GOOD'. (b) Decode the word 'IFMMP'. Textbook Exercise • Secret Code Letter Shift 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Letter Shift Code (+1 / -1):
• (a) Encoding 'GOOD' (+1 shift):
G→H, O→P, O→P, D→E → HPPE.
• (b) Decoding 'IFMMP' (-1 shift):
I→H, F→E, M→L, M→L, P→O → HELLO.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Encoded: HPPE 1 M
Decoded: HELLO 1 M
Q17 A pattern rotates by 1/2 turn (180°) at each step: Letter 'F' is upright in step 1, upside down in step 2. What will it look like in step 10? Textbook Exercise • Half Turn Pattern Continuity 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Even / Odd Steps Analysis:
• Step 1: Upright (odd).
• Step 2: Upside down (even).
• Step 3: Upright (odd).
• Step 4: Upside down (even)...
• Since step 10 is an even step, letter 'F' will be upside down.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Odd/even parity analysis 1 M
Conclusion: Upside down 1 M
Q18 For a 3 × 3 magic square using numbers 1 to 9, how can you mathematically find the magic sum (15) without guessing? Textbook Exercise • Magic Square Constant Formula 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mathematical Derivation:
1. Total sum of numbers 1 to 9 = (9 × 10) ÷ 2 = 45.
2. A 3 × 3 square has 3 equal rows that must share this total sum equally.
3. Magic sum of each row = 45 ÷ 3 = 15.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Sum of 1 to 9 = 45 1 M
Division by 3 = 15 1 M
Q19 Look at the pattern:
9 - 1 = 8 ÷ 8 = 1
98 - 2 = 96 ÷ 8 = 12
987 - 3 = 984 ÷ 8 = 123
Predict the result of: (a) (9876 - 4) ÷ 8 (b) (98765 - 5) ÷ 8.
Textbook Exercise • Subtraction Pattern Magic 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pattern Prediction:
• (a) (9876 - 4) ÷ 8 = 9872 ÷ 8 = 1234.
• (b) (98765 - 5) ÷ 8 = 98760 ÷ 8 = 12345.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 1234 1 M
Part (b): 12345 1 M
Q20 Numbers that can be arranged as dots in an equilateral triangle are called Triangular Numbers: 1, 3, 6, 10... (a) What is the 5th triangular number? (b) What is the 6th triangular number? Textbook Exercise • Triangular Numbers 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Triangular Numbers Pattern (+2, +3, +4, +5, +6...):
• 1st = 1
• 2nd = 1 + 2 = 3
• 3rd = 3 + 3 = 6
• 4th = 6 + 4 = 10
• (a) 5th triangular number: 10 + 5 = 15.
• (b) 6th triangular number: 15 + 6 = 21.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
5th: 15 1 M
6th: 21 1 M
Q21 Can you arrange numbers 1 to 6 in a magic triangle so that the sum of each side is 10? State which numbers go in the three corners. Textbook Exercise • Magic Triangle with Side Sum 10 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Magic Triangle (Sum = 10):
• To get a larger side sum (10), place the three largest numbers at the corners: 4, 5, and 6.
• Side between 4 and 5: needs 10 - (4+5) = 1.
• Side between 5 and 6: wait, 5 + 6 = 11 > 10. Let's arrange corners as 1, 2, 4 or 2, 3, 5.
• Let corners be 1, 3, 6:
- Between 1 and 3: place 6? No, 1+3+6 = 10.
- Corners: 2, 4, 6? Wait: 2+3+5=10, 4+5+1=10, 2+6+2... Corners are 1, 2, 3 with sum 9; corners 4, 5, 6 have sum 12. For sum 10, corners are 1, 2, 3 (not sum 10) or 2, 3, 4 or 1, 4, 5. If corners are 2, 3, 5: sides sum = 10!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Corners identification 1.5 M
Verification of side sum = 10 1.5 M
Q22 Take number 28. Apply the 'reverse and add' rule until you obtain a palindrome number. Show all the steps. Textbook Exercise • Multi-step Palindrome Puzzle 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Stepwise Calculation:
• Step 1: 28 + 82 = 110 (not a palindrome).
• Step 2: 110 + 011 = 121.
• 121 is a palindrome (reads same forward and backward). It took 2 steps.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Step 1: 28 + 82 = 110 1 M
Step 2: 110 + 011 = 121 palindrome 1 M
Q23 In a secret language, each word is written backwards, and the letter 'X' is added to the start and end. (a) Decode 'XLOOHCSX'. (b) Encode the word 'FRIEND'. Textbook Exercise • Reversing a Word Code 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Encoding / Decoding:
• (a) Decoding 'XLOOHCSX': Remove X's → LOOHCS. Reverse letters → SCHOOL.
• (b) Encoding 'FRIEND': Reverse letters → DNEIRF. Add X at start and end → XDNEIRFX.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Decoded: SCHOOL 1 M
Encoded: XDNEIRFX 1 M
Q24 Look at consecutive triangular numbers: 1 and 3, 3 and 6, 6 and 10. (a) What is 1 + 3? (b) What is 3 + 6? (c) What is 6 + 10? (d) What kind of numbers are the results? Textbook Exercise • Sum of Two Triangular Numbers 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Triangular Number Sums:
• (a) 1 + 3 = 4 (2²).
• (b) 3 + 6 = 9 (3²).
• (c) 6 + 10 = 16 (4²).
• (d) Conclusion: The sum of any two consecutive triangular numbers is always a Square Number!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Calculations: 4, 9, 16 1.5 M
Conclusion: Square numbers 1.5 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Can You See the Pattern?

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Can You See the Pattern? in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
8
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 8 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 8: Mapping Your Way

नक्शा (इंडिया गेट, राजपथ, सेंट्रल हेक्सागन एवं नक्शे का पैमाना)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Reading and interpreting scaled architectural maps and ground plans.
  • The Central Hexagon of New Delhi: Angles at the central vertex and Rajpath axis.
  • Map Scale Ratios: e.g., 1 cm = 1 km or 1 cm = 2 km.
  • Enlarging and reducing maps on grid paper without altering proportional shapes.
  • Given Scale: $1\text{ cm} = 200\text{ km}$.
Central Hexagon & Rajpath Parade Axis (Scale: 1 cm = 2 km) RB R. Bhavan IG India Gate Vijay Chowk Rajpath Axis: Rashtrapati Bhavan ↔ Vijay Chowk ↔ India Gate | Hexagon angle = 120°
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 On a map of India, the scale is given as: '1 cm on the map = 200 km on the ground'. (a) If the distance between Delhi and Jaipur on the map is 1.3 cm, what is the actual distance on the ground? (b) If the actual distance between Delhi and Bhopal is 600 km, what will be the distance between them on the map? Textbook Exercise • Map Scale & Real Distance 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Map Scale Calculations (Scale: 1 cm = 200 km):
• (a) Delhi to Jaipur: Distance = 1.3 cm × 200 km/cm = 260 km.
• (b) Delhi to Bhopal on map: Map distance = 600 km ÷ 200 km/cm = 3 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 260 km 1.5 M
Part (b): 3 cm 1.5 M
Q2 Look at the map of Central Vista in New Delhi: (a) What type of angle is formed where Janpath crosses Rajpath? (b) Man Singh Road and Ashoka Road meet away from India Gate. What kind of angle is formed between them? (c) Name two roads that meet at an acute angle. Textbook Exercise • Rajpath & Angles Between Roads 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Road Junction Angles:
• (a) Janpath and Rajpath: They intersect perpendicularly, forming a Right Angle (90°).
• (b) Man Singh Road and Ashoka Road: The road junction forms an Obtuse Angle (greater than 90°).
• (c) Acute angle intersection: Man Singh Road and Shahjahan Road (or Akbar Road and Tilak Marg near the C-Hexagon) meet at an Acute Angle (less than 90°).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Right angle 1 M
Part (b): Obtuse angle 1 M
Part (c): Acute angle junction named 1 M
Q3 The area around India Gate is shaped like a giant hexagon (the Central Hexagon). (a) How many sides and how many vertices does a hexagon have? (b) If you walk once completely around a regular hexagon park with each side measuring 150 metres, what total distance do you cover? Textbook Exercise • India Gate Hexagon 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Hexagon Properties & Perimeter:
• (a) Properties: A hexagon has 6 sides and 6 vertices.
• (b) Total distance (Perimeter): 6 sides × 150 metres = 900 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
6 sides and 6 vertices 1.5 M
Perimeter: 900 metres 1.5 M
Q4 A small drawing of a leaf is drawn on a 1/2 cm square grid. It is then redrawn on a 1 cm square grid. (a) By how many times does the side length of the grid squares increase? (b) What happens to the total area of the enlarged drawing? Textbook Exercise • Enlarging & Reducing on Grids 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Scaling Principles:
• (a) Side length scaling: 1 cm ÷ 0.5 cm = 2 times larger.
• (b) Area scaling: When each linear side is multiplied by 2, the area becomes 2 × 2 = 4 times larger.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Side length: 2 times 1.5 M
Area: 4 times larger 1.5 M
Q5 The Republic Day Parade starts from Rashtrapati Bhavan, moves along Rajpath to India Gate, then turns onto Tilak Marg, Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, Subhash Marg, and finally reaches Red Fort. (a) If the parade route on the map measures 16 cm and the map scale is 2 cm = 1 km, what is the total distance of the parade on the ground? (b) If the parade moves at an average speed of 4 km/h, how much time does it take? Textbook Exercise • Republic Day Parade Route 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Parade Route Calculations (Scale: 2 cm = 1 km → 1 cm = 0.5 km):
• (a) Ground distance: 16 cm ÷ 2 cm/km = 8 km.
• (b) Time taken: Time = Distance ÷ Speed = 8 km ÷ 4 km/h = 2 hours.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Ground distance: 8 km 1.5 M
Time taken: 2 hours 1.5 M
Q6 (a) What direction is usually at the top of a standard map? (b) If you are walking towards the East and take a 90° right turn, which direction are you now facing? (c) Name two Indian states located along the western coast. Textbook Exercise • Cardinal Directions on a Map 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Direction Principles:
• (a) Top of map: North.
• (b) Right turn from East: Turning 90° clockwise from East points towards South.
• (c) Western coastal states: Gujarat and Maharashtra (also Goa, Karnataka, Kerala).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): North 1 M
Part (b): South 1 M
Part (c): Two western states named 1 M
Q7 Map 1 has a scale of 1 cm = 10 metres. Map 2 has a scale of 1 cm = 1 kilometre. (a) Which map shows more minute details of buildings and pathways? (b) Which map is used to show a whole state or country? Textbook Exercise • Comparing Map Scales 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Scale Comparison:
• (a) Detailed map: Map 1 (large-scale map where 1 cm represents only 10 m, showing fine features like school grounds or building plans).
• (b) Regional/country map: Map 2 (small-scale map where 1 cm represents 1 km or more).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): Map 1 with explanation 1 M
Part (b): Map 2 with explanation 1 M
Q8 Looking at the political map of India: (a) If you travel straight from Haryana to Tamil Nadu, in which direction are you travelling? (b) Name three states that share a border with Madhya Pradesh. Textbook Exercise • State Borders on India Map 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Geography & Directions:
• (a) Direction: Travelling from Haryana (North) to Tamil Nadu (South) is travelling towards the South.
• (b) States bordering MP: Rajasthan, Uttar Pradesh, and Chhattisgarh (also Maharashtra, Gujarat).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
South direction 1.5 M
Three bordering states 1.5 M
Q9 On a school plan map, 1 cm represents 5 metres. The assembly ground is drawn as a rectangle measuring 6 cm by 4 cm. (a) What are the actual ground dimensions in metres? (b) What is the actual area of the assembly ground in square metres? Textbook Exercise • School Assembly Ground Map 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Ground Dimensions & Area:
• (a) Actual dimensions:
- Length = 6 cm × 5 m/cm = 30 metres.
- Width = 4 cm × 5 m/cm = 20 metres.
• (b) Actual area: 30 m × 20 m = 600 sq metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Dimensions: 30 m × 20 m 1.5 M
Actual area: 600 sq m 1.5 M
Q10 At the Red Fort: Diwan-i-Aam is 200 m from Lahori Gate. Diwan-i-Khas is 150 m further ahead from Diwan-i-Aam. (a) What is the total walking distance from Lahori Gate to Diwan-i-Khas? (b) On a tourist map with scale 1 cm = 50 m, what will be the distance on paper between Lahori Gate and Diwan-i-Khas? Textbook Exercise • Red Fort Tour Route 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tourist Map Calculations:
• (a) Total distance: 200 m + 150 m = 350 metres.
• (b) Distance on map: 350 m ÷ 50 m/cm = 7 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total distance: 350 m 1 M
Map distance: 7 cm 1 M
Q11 Which direction would a ship travel if it sails from Kolkata (West Bengal) across the Bay of Bengal to Port Blair (Andaman & Nicobar Islands)? Textbook Exercise • Sea Coast Boundary 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Compass Sailing Direction:
Kolkata is located at the northern tip of the Bay of Bengal, while Port Blair is located towards the south-east in the Andaman Sea. Therefore, the ship sails in a South-East direction.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
South-East direction identified 1 M
Bay of Bengal coordinates explained 1 M
Q12 On a tourist map divided into grid squares (letters A to D along columns, numbers 1 to 4 along rows): The museum is located in square B3 and the zoo is in square D3. (a) Do they lie along the same horizontal row or vertical column? (b) How many grid units apart are they horizontally? Textbook Exercise • Map Grid Coordinates 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Grid Coordinate Analysis:
• (a) Alignment: Both share row number 3, so they lie along the same horizontal row.
• (b) Grid units apart: Column B to column D is: C, D = 2 grid units apart.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Same horizontal row (row 3) 1 M
2 grid units apart 1 M
Q13 A playground is 80 metres long and 40 metres wide. You want to draw it on a sheet of drawing paper that is 25 cm wide. Suggest a suitable scale so the playground fits neatly on the paper. Textbook Exercise • Scaling Down a Drawing 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Scale Selection:
• If we choose 1 cm = 4 metres:
- Length on paper = 80 ÷ 4 = 20 cm.
- Width on paper = 40 ÷ 4 = 10 cm.
• Since 20 cm fits easily within the 25 cm sheet, the scale 1 cm = 4 metres (or 1 cm = 5 metres) is perfectly suitable.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Proposed scale (e.g. 1 cm = 4 m or 5 m) 1 M
Paper dimension verification 1 M
Q14 Yamuna river flows through Delhi. If the river width on a 1 cm = 100 m map measures 3.5 cm, what is the actual width of the Yamuna river at that location? Textbook Exercise • River Crossing on Map 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Width Calculation:
• Actual width = 3.5 cm × 100 m/cm = 350 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Scale multiplication: 3.5 × 100 1 M
Answer: 350 metres 1 M
Q15 How can you measure the length of a curved winding mountain road drawn on a map using a piece of thread? Textbook Exercise • Measuring Curved Roads with Thread 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Thread Measurement Method:
1. Place one end of a cotton thread precisely at the starting point of the curved road on the map.
2. Carefully lay the thread along all bends, curves, and turns of the road, holding it down with your fingers or pins.
3. Mark the thread with a pen at the ending point of the road.
4. Straighten the thread along a standard ruler to measure its length in centimetres.
5. Multiply the measured length by the map scale to calculate the real ground distance.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Laying thread along curves explained 1.5 M
Measuring on ruler and scale multiplication 1.5 M
Q16 State the intermediate compass direction that lies midway between: (a) North and East (b) South and East (c) South and West (d) North and West. Textbook Exercise • North-East & South-West 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cardinal Intermediate Directions:
• (a) Between North and East: North-East (NE).
• (b) Between South and East: South-East (SE).
• (c) Between South and West: South-West (SW).
• (d) Between North and West: North-West (NW).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
All 4 directions correct (0.5 M each) 2 M
Q17 On a railway map, the rail distance from Mumbai to Ahmedabad is 8 cm. The map scale is 1 cm = 60 km. How long will an express train travelling at 80 km/h take to complete this journey? Textbook Exercise • Railway Route Distance 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Journey Calculation:
1. Ground distance = 8 cm × 60 km/cm = 480 km.
2. Time taken = Distance ÷ Speed = 480 km ÷ 80 km/h = 6 hours.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Ground distance: 480 km 1.5 M
Time: 6 hours 1.5 M
Q18 On a road map, Route A is 12 km through city traffic with average speed 24 km/h. Route B is a bypass ring road of 18 km with average speed 54 km/h. Which route is faster to travel? Textbook Exercise • Shortest Path between Two Places 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Time Comparison:
• Route A: Time = 12 km ÷ 24 km/h = 0.5 hours = 30 minutes.
• Route B: Time = 18 km ÷ 54 km/h = 1/3 hour = 20 minutes.
• Conclusion: Route B (Bypass) is faster by 10 minutes, even though it is longer in distance.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Route A time: 30 mins 1 M
Route B time: 20 mins 1 M
Conclusion: Route B faster 1 M
Q19 If you stand facing the morning rising sun: (a) Which direction is in front of you? (b) Which direction is behind you? (c) Which direction is on your left hand? (d) Which direction is on your right hand? Textbook Exercise • City Map Orientation 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Sun Orientation:
• (a) In front: East (where sun rises).
• (b) Behind you: West.
• (c) Left hand: North.
• (d) Right hand: South.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
All 4 directions correct (0.5 M each) 2 M
Q20 A square park has an area of 4 sq cm on a map where 1 cm = 50 m. (a) What is the side length of the park on the map? (b) What is the actual side length in metres? (c) What is the actual ground area in square metres? Textbook Exercise • Area on Scaled Grid 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Area Scaling:
• (a) Side on map: √4 = 2 cm.
• (b) Actual side length: 2 cm × 50 m/cm = 100 metres.
• (c) Actual ground area: 100 m × 100 m = 10,000 sq metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Side on map: 2 cm 1 M
Actual side: 100 m 1 M
Ground area: 10,000 sq m 1 M
Q21 Why is the actual driving distance between two cities on a highway almost always longer than the straight-line ruler distance measured on a map? Textbook Exercise • Straight Line vs Road Distance 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Road Alignment Explanation:
A ruler measures the straight-line displacement ('as the crow flies'). In reality, highways must navigate natural terrain (mountains, rivers, valleys) and avoid settlements by having curves, turns, detours, and flyovers, making the driving road distance longer than the straight line.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Straight line vs terrain bends explained 2 M
Q22 Why do maps have a 'Legend' or 'Key'? Mention three conventional symbols commonly found on maps. Textbook Exercise • Map Symbol Legend 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Map Legends & Symbols:
• Purpose: A legend explains the meanings of different colours, lines, and symbols used on the map so readers can interpret features accurately.
• Three Symbols:
1. Blue colour: Water bodies (rivers, lakes, seas).
2. Black dashed lines with crossbars: Railway tracks.
3. Green areas: Forests, parks, or agricultural land.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Purpose of legend explained 1.5 M
Three symbols described 1.5 M
Q23 A distance of 5 kilometres on the ground is represented by 2 centimetres on a map. Write down the map scale in: (a) Centimetres to kilometres format (b) How many metres does 1 cm represent? Textbook Exercise • Scale Factor Calculation 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Scale Formats:
• (a) Format: 2 cm = 5 km, so 1 cm = 2.5 km.
• (b) In metres: 2.5 km = 2.5 × 1,000 m = 2,500 metres per 1 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 cm = 2.5 km 1 M
1 cm = 2,500 m 1 M
Q24 A delivery van must deliver packages to Point A (4 km North), then Point B (3 km East from A), and then return directly to the depot in a straight line. If the straight return path is 5 km, what total distance did the van drive? Textbook Exercise • Route Planning 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Total Distance Calculation:
• Leg 1: 4 km North.
• Leg 2: 3 km East.
• Leg 3 (return): 5 km.
• Total driving distance: 4 + 3 + 5 = 12 km.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Legs listed: 4, 3, 5 km 1 M
Total: 12 km 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Mapping Your Way

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Mapping Your Way in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
9
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 9 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 9: Boxes and Sketches

डिब्बे और रेखाचित्र (त्रिविमीय आकृतियाँ, जालक एवं गहरे चित्र)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • 2D representations of 3D objects: Floor maps vs Deep drawings (perspective views).
  • Nets of a cube: A 2D pattern of 6 equal squares that can be folded to form a hollow cube.
  • Opposite faces of a standard dice always add up to 7 (1+6, 2+5, 3+4).
  • Open boxes (nets with 5 squares) vs closed boxes (nets with 6 squares).
  • (a) Bottom face: Opposite to 3 is $7 - 3 = \mathbf{4}$.
  • (b) Back face: Opposite to 1 is $7 - 1 = \mathbf{6}$.
  • (c) Folding validity: No, because on a standard die opposite faces must sum to 7. Here $4 + 2 = 6 \neq 7$. Opposite to 4 must be 3, and opposite to 2 must be 5.
Net of a Cube (T-Shape) & Opposite Face Property (Sum = 7) 1 2 3 5 4 6 Folded 3D Cube Dice Opposite Faces: 1 opposite 6 (1+6=7) | 2 opposite 5 (2+5=7) | 3 opposite 4 (3+4=7)
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 (a) What is a 'Net' in geometry? (b) Ramya wants to make a sweet box. She cuts out a flat cardboard shape with 1 bottom square and 4 folding flap sides. When folded along the lines, what 3D shape is formed? (c) How many faces, edges, and vertices does a closed box have? Textbook Exercise • Sweet Box Net 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Nets & 3D Shapes:
• (a) Net definition: A 2-dimensional flat pattern of polygons that can be cut and folded along edges to form a 3-dimensional solid shape.
• (b) 3D Shape formed: An open cuboid box (or cube if sides are equal).
• (c) Cuboid properties: A closed cuboid box has 6 faces, 12 edges, and 8 vertices.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Net defined 1 M
Open cuboid box named 1 M
6 faces, 12 edges, 8 vertices 1 M
Q2 (a) How many square faces does the net of a cube have? (b) Can an arrangement of 6 squares in a single straight row fold into a cube? Explain why or why not. Textbook Exercise • Valid Nets of a Cube 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cube Nets Analysis:
• (a) Faces: A cube has exactly 6 square faces.
• (b) Single row test: No, 6 squares in a single straight line cannot fold into a cube. Folding a strip of 6 squares only creates a hollow cylinder with 4 sides, overlapping the remaining 2 squares, leaving the top and bottom open with no lids.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
6 square faces 1 M
Single line cannot fold with reasoning 2 M
Q3 On a standard playing die, the numbers on opposite faces always add up to 7. (a) If face 1 is at the bottom, which number is at the top? (b) If face 3 is facing you, which number is on the back face? (c) If face 5 is on the left, which number is on the right? Textbook Exercise • Dice (Opposite Faces Sum to 7) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Opposite Face Rule (Sum = 7):
• (a) Opposite to 1: 7 - 1 = 6.
• (b) Opposite to 3: 7 - 3 = 4.
• (c) Opposite to 5: 7 - 5 = 2.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Top: 6 1 M
Back: 4 1 M
Right: 2 1 M
Q4 (a) What is a 'Floor Map' of a house? (b) What is a 'Deep Drawing'? (c) Why can a deep drawing show which window is on the front side, while a floor map cannot show the window's height? Textbook Exercise • Floor Map vs Deep Drawing 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Architectural Drawings:
• (a) Floor Map: A 2D top-down plan showing the layout of rooms, doors, and walls as flat outlines.
• (b) Deep Drawing: A 3-dimensional perspective drawing that shows length, width, and height, making the house look realistic like a picture.
• (c) Reason: A floor map only views from directly above (bird's-eye view), so vertical height is invisible. A deep drawing shows side walls and elevations, displaying window height and position clearly.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Floor map defined 1 M
Deep drawing defined 1 M
Perspective/height reason explained 1 M
Q5 A house floor map shows a front door on the left and a window on the right side of the front wall. In the deep drawing, what features must you check to ensure it correctly matches the floor map? Textbook Exercise • Matching Floor Map to Deep Drawing 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Verification Checks:
1. Check that the front door is positioned on the left side of the front wall.
2. Check that the window appears on the right side of the front wall.
3. Check the side walls to confirm whether windows shown on the floor map are visible or obscured by perspective angles.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Door position check 1 M
Window & perspective alignment check 1 M
Q6 Describe what a railway bridge made of pillars looks like from: (a) The Top View (b) The Front View (c) The Side View. Textbook Exercise • Bridge Views (Top, Front, Side) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Views of a Bridge:
• (a) Top View: Shows two parallel straight tracks or road surface with crossing railway sleepers, appearing as a long rectangle.
• (b) Front View: Shows the cross-section of the roadbed supported by vertical pillars with empty space below.
• (c) Side View: Shows a row of vertical pillars supporting a horizontal deck across the span, resembling a colonnade.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Top view described 1 M
Front view described 1 M
Side view described 1 M
Q7 (a) What flat 2D shape can be rolled to make the curved surface of a cylinder? (b) What shape is the net of a cone (without base)? Textbook Exercise • Folding a Cylinder and Cone 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
2D Nets for Curved Shapes:
• (a) Cylinder curved surface: A Rectangle (when rolled, the length becomes the circumference of the circle).
• (b) Cone net: A Sector of a circle (pie-slice shape).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Rectangle for cylinder 1 M
Sector of circle for cone 1 M
Q8 How many faces of a solid cube are visible at most in a single realistic deep drawing view without making faces transparent? Textbook Exercise • Deep Drawing of a Cube 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cube Visibility:
In a realistic 3D perspective drawing of an opaque cube, you can see at most 3 faces at one time (the top face and two adjacent side faces). The other 3 faces remain hidden at the back and bottom.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
3 faces stated 1 M
Explanation of hidden back/bottom faces 1 M
Q9 How many square faces does the net of an open cube-shaped box (without a top lid) have? Draw or describe its shape. Textbook Exercise • Open Box without a Lid 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Open Box Net:
• An open box without a lid has 5 square faces (1 bottom and 4 vertical sides).
• A common net shape is a cross shape: 1 central base square with 4 squares attached to its four edges.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
5 square faces 1 M
Cross shape described 1 M
Q10 A solid cube structure is built using 1 cm wooden unit cubes: It is 3 cubes long, 3 cubes wide, and 3 cubes high. (a) How many small unit cubes were used in total? (b) If the outer surface is painted red, how many cubes have red paint on exactly 3 faces? Textbook Exercise • Cube Block Counting 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cube Calculations:
• (a) Total cubes: Volume = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 unit cubes.
• (b) Cubes painted on 3 faces: Only the 8 corner cubes have three exposed faces painted red.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total: 27 unit cubes 1.5 M
Corner cubes: 8 cubes 1.5 M
Q11 A triangular prism (like a chocolate Toblerone box) has two triangular ends and three rectangular sides. How many faces, edges, and vertices does it have in total? Textbook Exercise • Triangular Prism Net 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Triangular Prism Properties:
• Faces: 2 triangles + 3 rectangles = 5 faces.
• Edges: 3 on top triangle + 3 on bottom triangle + 3 connecting vertical edges = 9 edges.
• Vertices: 3 corners on each triangle = 6 vertices.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
5 faces 1 M
9 edges 1 M
6 vertices 1 M
Q12 Navin made a bridge model using matchboxes. He placed 6 matchboxes side by side to make the span, and supported them on two piles of 3 matchboxes each. How many matchboxes did he use in all? Textbook Exercise • Matchbox Model 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Matchbox Addition:
• Bridge span: 6 matchboxes.
• Supports: 2 piles of 3 matchboxes = 2 × 3 = 6 matchboxes.
• Total matchboxes: 6 + 6 = 12 matchboxes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Span and support breakdown 1 M
Total: 12 matchboxes 1 M
Q13 What is 'Isometric Dot Paper', and why is it preferred for drawing 3D cubes and cuboids over ordinary square grid paper? Textbook Exercise • Isometric Dot Paper Drawing 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Isometric Dot Paper:
• Isometric dot paper has dots arranged in equilateral triangular grids.
• It allows artists to draw receding parallel lines at 30° angles to show true 3D depth and proportion without distortion, making edges of equal length look natural in 3D.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Description of triangular dot grid 1 M
30° perspective / true depth advantage 1 M
Q14 A pyramid with a square base has 4 triangular faces meeting at a top point. (a) Describe its flat net. (b) How many edges does a square pyramid have? Textbook Exercise • Square Pyramid Net 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Square Pyramid:
• (a) Net description: A central square with 4 identical triangles attached to each of its four edges (resembling a 4-pointed star).
• (b) Edges: 4 edges on the square base + 4 slanting edges meeting at the top vertex = 8 edges.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Star-like net described 1 M
8 edges stated 1 M
Q15 A cylindrical glass tumbler with water is viewed from: (a) Directly from the top (b) From the side at eye level. Describe the shape seen in each view. Textbook Exercise • Views of a Glass Tumbler 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tumbler Views:
• (a) Top View: You see concentric circles (the circular rim and base).
• (b) Side View: You see a rectangle (or trapezoid if the glass is tapered).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Top: Circles 1 M
Side: Rectangle / Trapezoid 1 M
Q16 You have a sheet of graph paper. You want to make a cube with side 4 cm. What should be the area of each square on the net, and what is the total paper area needed? Textbook Exercise • Cube Puzzle from Paper 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cube Paper Area:
• Area of one square face = 4 cm × 4 cm = 16 sq cm.
• A cube has 6 faces.
• Total paper area needed: 6 × 16 sq cm = 96 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
One face area: 16 sq cm 1 M
Total area: 96 sq cm 1 M
Q17 A 3 × 3 × 3 solid block of 27 cubes is placed on a table. How many unit cubes are completely hidden inside and cannot be seen from any angle from the outside? Textbook Exercise • Hidden Cubes in a Solid Block 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Internal Cube:
• Only the 1 central core cube (at row 2, column 2, layer 2) has no exposed faces to the outside.
• Therefore, exactly 1 cube is completely hidden.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Central core identified 1 M
1 hidden cube stated 1 M
Q18 How many faces, edges, and vertices does a perfect sphere (like a football) have? Textbook Exercise • Sphere Properties 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Sphere Properties:
• Faces: 1 continuous curved surface (no flat faces).
• Edges: 0 edges (no straight or sharp boundaries).
• Vertices: 0 vertices (no corners).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 curved surface 1 M
0 edges and 0 vertices 1 M
Q19 Looking at a staircase of 4 steps: (a) What does the side view look like? (b) What does the top view look like? Textbook Exercise • Staircase View Problem 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Staircase Views:
• (a) Side View: A stepped zigzag outline (staircase profile showing 4 risers and 4 treads).
• (b) Top View: A single large rectangle divided into 4 equal parallel horizontal strips (the steps).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Side: Stepped zigzag profile 1 M
Top: 4 parallel rectangular strips 1 M
Q20 A T-shaped cube net has 4 squares in a vertical column and 2 squares attached to the left and right of the second square from top. Explain how folding this net makes a cube. Textbook Exercise • T-Net of a Cube 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Folding Process:
1. The second square acts as the base.
2. The left and right squares fold upwards at 90° to form the left and right walls.
3. The top square folds down to form the front wall.
4. The two bottom squares fold up: the third square forms the back wall and the fourth square folds over the top to form the lid. This perfectly closes all 6 faces of the cube.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Base identification 1 M
Folding steps for 4 sides and lid 2 M
Q21 State three key differences between a 2-Dimensional (2D) shape and a 3-Dimensional (3D) shape. Textbook Exercise • Difference between 2D and 3D Shapes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Differences:
1. Dimensions: 2D shapes have only 2 dimensions (length and width). 3D shapes have 3 dimensions (length, width, and height/depth).
2. Flatness: 2D shapes are completely flat and lie entirely within a plane. 3D shapes occupy physical space in the real world.
3. Measurement: 2D shapes are measured by Area (sq units). 3D shapes are measured by Volume (cubic units).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
3 clear differences stated (1 M each) 3 M
Q22 Euler's formula for any simple polyhedron is: Faces (F) + Vertices (V) - Edges (E) = 2. Verify this formula for: (a) A Cube (b) A Triangular Prism. Textbook Exercise • Euler's Formula for Polyhedra 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Euler's Formula Verification (F + V - E = 2):
• (a) Cube: F = 6, V = 8, E = 12.
Calculation: 6 + 8 - 12 = 14 - 12 = 2 (Verified!).
• (b) Triangular Prism: F = 5, V = 6, E = 9.
Calculation: 5 + 6 - 9 = 11 - 9 = 2 (Verified!).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Formula stated 1 M
Cube verification (6+8-12=2) 1 M
Prism verification (5+6-9=2) 1 M
Q23 A shoe box is 30 cm long, 18 cm wide, and 12 cm high. How many square centimetres of wrapping paper are needed to cover the entire box completely? Textbook Exercise • Shoe Box Dimensions 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Total Surface Area of Cuboid = 2(lb + bh + hl):
• lb = 30 × 18 = 540 sq cm.
• bh = 18 × 12 = 216 sq cm.
• hl = 12 × 30 = 360 sq cm.
• Sum = 540 + 216 + 360 = 1,116 sq cm.
• Total Surface Area = 2 × 1,116 = 2,232 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Surface area formula stated 1 M
Face products calculated 1 M
Final answer: 2,232 sq cm 1 M
Q24 (a) What is the shape of the flat base of a cone? (b) How many flat faces does a cylinder have, and what shape are they? Textbook Exercise • Cone vs Cylinder Base 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Base Shapes:
• (a) Cone base: A flat Circle.
• (b) Cylinder flat faces: Exactly 2 flat circular faces (one top, one bottom).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Cone: Circle 1 M
Cylinder: 2 circular faces 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Boxes and Sketches

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Boxes and Sketches in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
10
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 10 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 10: Tenths and Hundredths

दसवाँ और सौवाँ भाग (दशमलव, मिलीमीटर-सेंटीमीटर एवं मुद्रा गणना)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Understanding Decimals: Tenths (1/10 = 0.1) and Hundredths (1/100 = 0.01).
  • Length measurement: 1 cm = 10 mm ⇒ 1 mm = 0.1 cm.
  • Currency notation: 1 Rupee = 100 paise ⇒ 1 paisa = ₹0.01; 75 paise = ₹0.75.
  • Temperature reading and comparing decimal values across different Indian cities.
  • (a) 4 cm 8 mm: Since $1\text{ mm} = 0.1\text{ cm}$, $8\text{ mm} = 0.8\text{ cm}$. Total = $4 + 0.8 = \mathbf{4.8\text{ cm}}$.
  • (b) 75 paise: Since $100\text{ paise} = ₹1$, $75\text{ paise} = \frac{75}{100} = \mathbf{₹0.75}$.
  • (c) 3 m 45 cm: Since $100\text{ cm} = 1\text{ m}$, $45\text{ cm} = 0.45\text{ m}$. Total = $3 + 0.45 = \mathbf{3.45\text{ m}}$.
  • (d) 5 mm: $\frac{5}{10} = \mathbf{0.5\text{ cm}}$.
Magnified Ruler: Millimetres as Tenths of a Centimetre (1 mm = 0.1 cm) 0 1 Matchstick Length: 2 cm 7 mm = 2.7 cm 1 mm = 1/10 cm = 0.1 cm | 7 mm = 7/10 cm = 0.7 cm | Total = 2 + 0.7 = 2.7 cm
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Look at a ruler: (a) How many millimetres are there in 1 centimetre? (b) What fraction of a centimetre is 1 mm? (c) A small pencil measures 3 cm and 6 mm. Write its length in centimetres using decimals. Textbook Exercise • Pencil Measurement in Millimetres 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Metric Conversions:
• (a) Millimetres in 1 cm: 10 millimetres (10 mm).
• (b) Fraction: 1 mm = 1/10 of a cm.
• (c) Decimal notation: 3 cm + 6/10 cm = 3.6 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 10 mm 1 M
Part (b): 1/10 cm 1 M
Part (c): 3.6 cm 1 M
Q2 Two species of frogs are found in India: A Gold Frog is 0.9 cm long. A Bull Frog is 30.5 cm long. (a) How many millimetres long is the Gold Frog? (b) About how many Gold Frogs can sit on the body of one Bull Frog? Textbook Exercise • Frog Jump Lengths 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Gold Frog in mm: 0.9 cm = 0.9 × 10 = 9 mm.
• (b) Number of Gold Frogs: 30.5 cm ÷ 0.9 cm ≈ 305 ÷ 9 = 33.88 (about 33 or 34 frogs).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 9 mm 1.5 M
Part (b): About 33-34 frogs 1.5 M
Q3 Convert the following paise amounts into rupees using decimals:
(a) 50 paise
(b) 75 paise
(c) 5 paise
(d) 250 paise
Textbook Exercise • Money in Decimals (Paise to Rupee) 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rupee Conversions (1 Rupee = 100 paise; divide by 100):
• (a) 50 paise = 50 ÷ 100 = ₹0.50.
• (b) 75 paise = 75 ÷ 100 = ₹0.75.
• (c) 5 paise = 5 ÷ 100 = ₹0.05 (note the zero in tenths place!).
• (d) 250 paise = 250 ÷ 100 = ₹2.50.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
₹0.50 1 M
₹0.75 1 M
₹0.05 (vital zero check) 1 M
₹2.50 1 M
Q4 The temperature recorded at 3:00 PM in different cities on 16 January were:
• Chennai: 29.9°C
• Mumbai: 35.1°C
• Srinagar: 8.1°C
• Jaipur: 37.9°C
(a) Which place was the hottest at 3 PM? (b) Which place was the coolest? (c) How much higher was Mumbai's temperature than Srinagar's?
Textbook Exercise • City Temperature Readings 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Temperature Analysis:
• (a) Hottest place: Jaipur (37.9°C).
• (b) Coolest place: Srinagar (8.1°C).
• (c) Difference between Mumbai and Srinagar: 35.1°C - 8.1°C = 27.0°C higher.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Hottest: Jaipur (37.9°C) 1 M
Coolest: Srinagar (8.1°C) 1 M
Difference: 27.0°C 1 M
Q5 In the School Sports Day long jump event: Teena jumped 3.50 m, Meena jumped 4.05 m, and Rehana jumped 4.50 m. (a) Who jumped the longest distance? (b) By how many metres did Rehana beat Teena? Express your answer in metres and centimetres. Textbook Exercise • Sports Day Long Jump 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Jump Comparisons:
• (a) Longest jump: Rehana (4.50 m).
• (b) Difference: 4.50 m - 3.50 m = 1.00 m = 1 metre (or 100 cm).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Longest: Rehana (4.50 m) 1.5 M
Difference: 1 metre (100 cm) 1.5 M
Q6 Look at the exchange rates against Indian Rupee (₹):
• 1 US Dollar ($) = ₹75.00
• 1 Euro (€) = ₹85.00
• 1 Kuwaiti Dinar = ₹250.00
(a) Arun's aunt sent him $10 from USA. How much money is that in Indian Rupees? (b) Majid's father works in Kuwait and gets 100 Dinars as salary. How much is his salary in Indian Rupees?
Textbook Exercise • Foreign Currency Exchange 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Currency Conversions:
• (a) $10 in Rupees: 10 × ₹75 = ₹750.
• (b) 100 Kuwaiti Dinars in Rupees: 100 × ₹250 = ₹25,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): ₹750 1.5 M
Part (b): ₹25,000 1.5 M
Q7 Convert each fraction into decimal form:
(a) 7/10
(b) 45/100
(c) 3/100
(d) 1 4/10
Textbook Exercise • Fractions to Decimals 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Decimals Conversion:
• (a) 7/10 = 0.7.
• (b) 45/100 = 0.45.
• (c) 3/100 = 0.03.
• (d) 1 4/10 = 1 + 0.4 = 1.4.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
0.7 1 M
0.45 1 M
0.03 1 M
1.4 1 M
Q8 Convert each decimal to a fraction and reduce to lowest terms:
(a) 0.6
(b) 0.25
(c) 0.08
Textbook Exercise • Decimals to Fractions in Lowest Terms 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fractions in Lowest Terms:
• (a) 0.6 = 6/10 = 3/5 (dividing by 2).
• (b) 0.25 = 25/100 = 1/4 (dividing by 25).
• (c) 0.08 = 8/100 = 2/25 (dividing by 4).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
3/5 1 M
1/4 1 M
2/25 1 M
Q9 Put >, < or = between the decimal numbers:
(a) 0.5 and 0.05
(b) 3.45 and 3.54
(c) 1.20 and 1.2
(d) 0.89 and 0.9
Textbook Exercise • Comparing Decimals 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Decimal Comparisons:
• (a) 0.5 & 0.05: 5 tenths > 0 tenths. 0.5 > 0.05.
• (b) 3.45 & 3.54: 4 tenths < 5 tenths. 3.45 < 3.54.
• (c) 1.20 & 1.2: Trailing zeros do not change value. 1.20 = 1.2.
• (d) 0.89 & 0.9: 0.89 < 0.90 (8 tenths < 9 tenths). 0.89 < 0.9.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
0.5 > 0.05 1 M
3.45 < 3.54 1 M
1.20 = 1.2 1 M
0.89 < 0.9 1 M
Q10 In the number 45.68:
(a) What is the place value of digit 6?
(b) What is the place value of digit 8?
(c) Write 45.68 in expanded form.
Textbook Exercise • Place Value in Decimals 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Decimal Place Value:
• (a) Digit 6: In tenths place = 6/10 = 0.6.
• (b) Digit 8: In hundredths place = 8/100 = 0.08.
• (c) Expanded form: 40 + 5 + 6/10 + 8/100 (or 40 + 5 + 0.6 + 0.08).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Tenths / 0.6 1 M
Hundredths / 0.08 1 M
Expanded notation 1 M
Q11 Rohan bought a notebook for ₹25.75, a pen for ₹12.50, and an eraser for ₹4.25. (a) What is his total bill? (b) If he gave a ₹50 note to the shopkeeper, how much change did he receive? Textbook Exercise • Adding Decimals (Shopping Bill) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Bill & Change Calculation:
• (a) Total Bill:
  25.75
+ 12.50
+  4.25
= ₹42.50.
• (b) Change received: ₹50.00 - ₹42.50 = ₹7.50.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total bill: ₹42.50 1.5 M
Change: ₹7.50 1.5 M
Q12 Solve: (a) 15.4 - 8.75 (b) 100.00 - 45.65. Textbook Exercise • Subtracting Decimals 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Decimal Subtractions:
• (a) 15.40 - 8.75:
  15.40 - 8.75 = 6.65.
• (b) 100.00 - 45.65:
  100.00 - 45.65 = 54.35.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 6.65 1 M
Part (b): 54.35 1 M
Q13 Express in metres using decimals:
(a) 15 cm
(b) 6 cm
(c) 2 m 45 cm
(d) 9 m 7 cm
Textbook Exercise • Metres and Centimetres in Decimals 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Metre Conversions (1 m = 100 cm; divide cm by 100):
• (a) 15 cm = 15 ÷ 100 = 0.15 m.
• (b) 6 cm = 6 ÷ 100 = 0.06 m.
• (c) 2 m 45 cm = 2 + 0.45 = 2.45 m.
• (d) 9 m 7 cm = 9 + 0.07 = 9.07 m.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
0.15 m 1 M
0.06 m 1 M
2.45 m 1 M
9.07 m 1 M
Q14 Express in kilograms using decimals:
(a) 500 g
(b) 250 g
(c) 50 g
(d) 4 kg 75 g
Textbook Exercise • Kilograms and Grams in Decimals 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Kilogram Conversions (1 kg = 1,000 g; divide g by 1,000):
• (a) 500 g = 500 ÷ 1000 = 0.5 kg.
• (b) 250 g = 250 ÷ 1000 = 0.25 kg.
• (c) 50 g = 50 ÷ 1000 = 0.05 kg.
• (d) 4 kg 75 g = 4 + 75/1000 = 4.075 kg.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
0.5 kg 1 M
0.25 kg 1 M
0.05 kg 1 M
4.075 kg 1 M
Q15 At 3:00 PM, the temperature in Kolkata was 28.5°C. By 3:00 AM next morning, the temperature had fallen to 19.8°C. How many degrees did the temperature fall? Textbook Exercise • Temperature Fall Calculation 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Temperature Drop:
• Temperature fall = 28.5°C - 19.8°C = 8.7°C.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Subtraction statement 1 M
Answer: 8.7°C 1 M
Q16 Dinesh was 1.42 metres tall in Class 4. By Class 5, his height increased by 0.08 metres. How tall is Dinesh now? Textbook Exercise • Height Growth in Decimals 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Height Addition:
• New height = 1.42 m + 0.08 m = 1.50 metres (or 1.5 m).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Addition 1.42 + 0.08 1 M
Answer: 1.50 m 1 M
Q17 A large square is divided into 100 small equal squares. (a) What fraction and what decimal does 1 small square represent? (b) If 38 squares are shaded green, what decimal does the shaded region represent? (c) What decimal represents the unshaded region? Textbook Exercise • Hundredths Grid Model 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Hundredths Grid:
• (a) 1 small square: Fraction = 1/100, Decimal = 0.01.
• (b) 38 shaded squares: 38/100 = 0.38.
• (c) Unshaded region: 100 - 38 = 62 squares. Decimal = 62/100 = 0.62.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1/100 & 0.01 1 M
Shaded: 0.38 1 M
Unshaded: 0.62 1 M
Q18 A matchstick placed against a ruler starts at mark 2.4 cm and ends at mark 6.7 cm. What is the actual length of the matchstick? Textbook Exercise • Matchstick Length Measurement 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Length Difference:
• Length = End mark - Start mark = 6.7 cm - 2.4 cm = 4.3 cm (or 43 mm).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Subtraction shown 1 M
Length: 4.3 cm 1 M
Q19 Evaluate without long multiplication:
(a) 4.56 × 10
(b) 0.07 × 100
(c) 3.8 ÷ 10
Textbook Exercise • Multiplying Decimals by 10, 100 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Decimal Shift Rules:
• (a) 4.56 × 10: Move decimal 1 place right = 45.6.
• (b) 0.07 × 100: Move decimal 2 places right = 7.
• (c) 3.8 ÷ 10: Move decimal 1 place left = 0.38.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
45.6 1 M
7 1 M
0.38 1 M
Q20 Round off the following decimals to the nearest whole number:
(a) 7.3
(b) 12.8
(c) 24.5
Textbook Exercise • Rounding Off Decimals 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rounding Rules:
• (a) 7.3: Tenths digit is 3 (< 5), rounds down to 7.
• (b) 12.8: Tenths digit is 8 (≥ 5), rounds up to 13.
• (c) 24.5: Tenths digit is 5 (halfway), standard rule rounds up to 25.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
7 1 M
13 1 M
25 1 M
Q21 The cost of petrol is ₹96.50 per litre. What will be the cost of 5 litres of petrol? Textbook Exercise • Petrol Price Calculation 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multiplication:
• Cost = 5 × ₹96.50 = ₹482.50.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Multiplication statement 1 M
Answer: ₹482.50 1 M
Q22 Arrange the following numbers in ascending order (smallest to greatest):
0.4, 0.04, 0.44, 4.04, 0.004.
Textbook Exercise • Ordering Decimals Ascending 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Ascending Ordering:
• Converting to thousandths: 0.004, 0.040, 0.400, 0.440, 4.040.
• Ascending order: 0.004 < 0.04 < 0.4 < 0.44 < 4.04.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Equal decimal places comparison 1 M
Correct ordered sequence 1 M
Q23 A jug contains 2.75 litres of water. 1.25 litres are poured into a glass. How much water is left in the jug? Textbook Exercise • Water Jug Capacity Problem 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Subtraction:
• Water remaining = 2.75 - 1.25 = 1.50 litres (or 1.5 litres).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Subtraction 2.75 - 1.25 1 M
Answer: 1.50 litres 1 M
Q24 Between which two whole numbers does 3.7 lie on a number line? Which whole number is it closer to? Textbook Exercise • Decimal Number Line 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Number Line Positioning:
• 3.7 lies between whole numbers 3 and 4.
• Since the tenths digit is 7 (> 5), it is closer to 4.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Between 3 and 4 1 M
Closer to 4 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Tenths and Hundredths

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Tenths and Hundredths in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
11
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 11 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 11: Area and its Boundary

क्षेत्रफल और घेरा (परिमाप, डाक टिकट क्षेत्रफल एवं राजा का सोने का तार)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Perimeter = Total length of the boundary: P = 2 × (L + B) for rectangles, P = 4 × S for squares.
  • Area = Measure of region enclosed: A = L × B for rectangles, A = S × S for squares.
  • Shapes with the SAME perimeter can enclose DIFFERENT areas.
  • A square encloses the maximum area for any given rectangular perimeter.
Same Perimeter (20 cm) Enclosing Different Areas Shape A: 9 cm × 1 cm Perimeter = 20 cm | Area = 9 sq cm Shape B: 7 cm × 3 cm Perimeter = 20 cm | Area = 21 sq cm Shape C: 5 cm × 5 cm Perimeter = 20 cm | Max Area = 25 sq cm Mathematical Law: For a given perimeter, a square always encloses the largest possible area.
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Arbaaz planned to divide his land equally among his three children—Nasreen, Shahid, and Zaid. He wanted to give each child 30 square metres of land. Nasreen's land is 5 m long and 6 m wide. Shahid's land is 3 m wide and 10 m long. Zaid's land is 2 m wide and 15 m long.
(a) Find the area of each child's land.
(b) Who got the land with the longest boundary (perimeter)?
Textbook Exercise • Land Division among Three Children 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Perimeter & Area Calculations:
• (a) Areas:
- Nasreen: 5 m × 6 m = 30 sq m.
- Shahid: 3 m × 10 m = 30 sq m.
- Zaid: 2 m × 15 m = 30 sq m.
• (b) Boundaries (Perimeter = 2 × (l + b)):
- Nasreen: 2 × (5 + 6) = 2 × 11 = 22 metres.
- Shahid: 2 × (3 + 10) = 2 × 13 = 26 metres.
- Zaid: 2 × (2 + 15) = 2 × 17 = 34 metres.
• Zaid got the land with the longest boundary (34 metres).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
All three areas equal 30 sq m 1.5 M
Perimeter calculations: 22, 26, 34 m 1.5 M
Conclusion: Zaid has longest boundary 1 M
Q2 How can you cut a small 14 cm × 9 cm postcard in a continuous spiral strip so that it opens into a huge belt large enough for a person to pass through? Textbook Exercise • Postcard Loop (Paper Cutting Trick) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Postcard Belt Cutting Technique:
1. Fold the postcard in half along its length.
2. Cut narrow parallel slits starting alternately from the folded edge and from the open edge, leaving a small 2 mm margin at each turn so the strip is not severed completely.
3. Cut open the folds of the inner loops (leaving the two end loops intact).
4. Pull the paper gently: the thin cuts unfold into a huge continuous zigzag paper belt with a perimeter exceeding 2 to 3 metres, allowing a child or adult to step right through!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Alternating slit cutting procedure explained 2 M
Continuous loop expansion explained 1 M
Q3 A square field has a side of 40 metres. (a) What is the total length of wire needed to put a fence of 4 rounds around the field? (b) If fencing costs ₹15 per metre, what is the cost of fencing? (c) If ploughing the field costs ₹2 per square metre, what is the cost of ploughing? Textbook Exercise • Cost of Fencing vs Tiling 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Step-by-step Solution:
• (a) Wire length: Perimeter of 1 round = 4 × 40 m = 160 m. For 4 rounds = 4 × 160 = 640 metres.
• (b) Cost of fencing: 640 m × ₹15 = ₹9,600.
• (c) Cost of ploughing: Area = 40 m × 40 m = 1,600 sq m. Cost = 1,600 × ₹2 = ₹3,200.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Wire length: 640 m 1.5 M
Fencing cost: ₹9,600 1 M
Ploughing cost: ₹3,200 1.5 M
Q4 A saree is 5.5 metres long and 1.2 metres wide. A decorative zari border is to be stitched along all 4 outer edges of the saree. What is the total length of border required in metres? Textbook Exercise • Saree Border Length 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Perimeter of Saree:
• Perimeter = 2 × (Length + Width) = 2 × (5.5 + 1.2) = 2 × 6.7 = 13.4 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Formula 2(l + w) 1 M
Answer: 13.4 metres 1 M
Q5 Two rectangular vegetable plots both have a perimeter of 36 metres: Plot A is 10 m long and 8 m wide. Plot B is 12 m long and 6 m wide. (a) Verify that both plots have the same perimeter. (b) Find the area of Plot A and Plot B. (c) Which plot gives more area to grow vegetables? Textbook Exercise • Comparing Rectangles with Equal Perimeter 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Comparison:
• (a) Perimeters:
- Plot A: 2 × (10 + 8) = 2 × 18 = 36 m.
- Plot B: 2 × (12 + 6) = 2 × 18 = 36 m. (Verified!).
• (b) Areas:
- Area of Plot A = 10 × 8 = 80 sq m.
- Area of Plot B = 12 × 6 = 72 sq m.
• (c) Conclusion: Plot A gives 80 - 72 = 8 sq m more area (shapes closer to a square maximize area!).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Verification of perimeters 1 M
Areas: 80 sq m and 72 sq m 2 M
Plot A gives more area 1 M
Q6 A hall floor is 15 metres long and 8 metres wide. A square carpet of side 6 metres is laid on the floor. Find the area of the floor that is left bare (not carpeted). Textbook Exercise • Carpet Fitting in a Hall 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Area Difference:
1. Area of hall floor = 15 m × 8 m = 120 sq metres.
2. Area of square carpet = 6 m × 6 m = 36 sq metres.
3. Bare floor area: 120 - 36 = 84 sq metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Hall area: 120 sq m 1 M
Carpet area: 36 sq m 1 M
Bare area: 84 sq m 1 M
Q7 A loop of string of length 20 cm is placed on a table: (a) If it forms a square, what is its area? (b) If it forms a rectangle of width 4 cm, what is its area? (c) Which shape has greater area? Textbook Exercise • Thread Loop Shape Shifting 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
String Loop (Perimeter = 20 cm):
• (a) Square: Side = 20 ÷ 4 = 5 cm. Area = 5 × 5 = 25 sq cm.
• (b) Rectangle: Width = 4 cm. Length = (20 ÷ 2) - 4 = 10 - 4 = 6 cm. Area = 6 × 4 = 24 sq cm.
• (c) Conclusion: The Square has greater area by 1 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Square area: 25 sq cm 1 M
Rectangle area: 24 sq cm 1 M
Square has greater area 1 M
Q8 A bathroom wall measures 3 metres by 2 metres. It is to be covered with square ceramic tiles of side 20 cm. How many tiles are required? Textbook Exercise • Square Tiles for a Bathroom 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tile Calculations:
• Wall length = 3 m = 300 cm; Wall height = 2 m = 200 cm.
• Area of wall = 300 × 200 = 60,000 sq cm.
• Area of 1 tile = 20 × 20 = 400 sq cm.
• Number of tiles: 60,000 ÷ 400 = 150 tiles.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Conversions to cm 1 M
Wall and tile areas 1 M
Total tiles: 150 1 M
Q9 A square lawn has an area of 144 square metres. (a) What is the length of each side of the lawn? (b) What is the perimeter of the lawn? Textbook Exercise • Perimeter from Area of Square 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Side and Perimeter:
• (a) Side length: Side = √144 = 12 metres.
• (b) Perimeter: 4 × Side = 4 × 12 = 48 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Side: 12 metres 1 M
Perimeter: 48 metres 1 M
Q10 A square has a side of 10 cm. Two diagonals are drawn, dividing it into four equal triangles. (a) What is the total area of the square? (b) What is the area of each triangle? Textbook Exercise • Dividing Square into Triangles 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Area Division:
• (a) Square area: 10 cm × 10 cm = 100 sq cm.
• (b) Triangle area: 100 sq cm ÷ 4 = 25 sq cm each.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Square area: 100 sq cm 1 M
Each triangle: 25 sq cm 1 M
Q11 A school rectangular athletic field is 120 metres long and 80 metres wide. An athlete runs 5 complete laps around the field. What total distance did the athlete run in kilometres? Textbook Exercise • Running Track Laps 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Distance Run:
• Perimeter of 1 lap = 2 × (120 + 80) = 2 × 200 = 400 metres.
• 5 laps = 5 × 400 = 2,000 metres.
• In kilometres = 2,000 ÷ 1,000 = 2 kilometres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 lap: 400 m 1 M
5 laps: 2,000 m 1 M
Conversion: 2 km 1 M
Q12 A room has a rectangular wall of 5 m by 3 m with a window of 1.5 m by 1 m. (a) What is the area of the wall to be painted (excluding the window)? (b) If painting costs ₹40 per square metre, what is the total cost? Textbook Exercise • Painting Cost of Wall 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Painting Calculation:
• Total wall area = 5 × 3 = 15 sq m.
• Window area = 1.5 × 1 = 1.5 sq m.
• (a) Area to paint: 15 - 1.5 = 13.5 sq metres.
• (b) Painting cost: 13.5 × ₹40 = ₹540.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Net paintable area: 13.5 sq m 1.5 M
Cost: ₹540 1.5 M
Q13 A rectangular park has a perimeter of 180 metres. If its length is 55 metres, find its width and its area. Textbook Exercise • Finding Width from Perimeter 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Width and Area:
• Half perimeter (l + w) = 180 ÷ 2 = 90 metres.
• Width = 90 - 55 = 35 metres.
• Area = Length × Width = 55 m × 35 m = 1,925 sq metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Width: 35 m 1.5 M
Area: 1,925 sq m 1.5 M
Q14 A wire bent into the shape of a rectangle of 18 cm by 12 cm is straightened and then rebent into a square. (a) What is the length of the wire? (b) What will be the side of the square? (c) Which shape encloses more area? Textbook Exercise • Wire Shape Transition 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Wire Calculations:
• (a) Wire length (Perimeter): 2 × (18 + 12) = 2 × 30 = 60 cm.
• (b) Side of square: 60 ÷ 4 = 15 cm.
• (c) Area comparison:
- Rectangle area = 18 × 12 = 216 sq cm.
- Square area = 15 × 15 = 225 sq cm.
The Square encloses more area by 225 - 216 = 9 sq cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter: 60 cm 1 M
Square side: 15 cm 1 M
Areas calculated: 216 & 225 sq cm 1 M
Square encloses more area 1 M
Q15 A square garden has a side of 25 metres. Inside it, a square pond of side 5 metres is dug in the centre. The remaining area is planted with green turf grass. If turfing costs ₹50 per square metre, find the total turfing expense. Textbook Exercise • Cost of Grass Turfing 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Turfing Calculations:
• Total garden area = 25 × 25 = 625 sq m.
• Pond area = 5 × 5 = 25 sq m.
• Turfed area = 625 - 25 = 600 sq m.
• Total expense: 600 × ₹50 = ₹30,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Garden area: 625 sq m 1 M
Turf area: 600 sq m 1 M
Total expense: ₹30,000 1 M
Q16 A rectangle has length 6 cm and width 4 cm. If both its length and width are tripled: (a) What happens to its perimeter? (b) What happens to its area? Textbook Exercise • Tripling the Dimensions of a Rectangle 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tripling Scaling:
• Original: Perimeter = 2(6+4) = 20 cm; Area = 6×4 = 24 sq cm.
• New dimensions: Length = 18 cm, Width = 12 cm.
• (a) New Perimeter: 2(18+12) = 60 cm (3 times larger).
• (b) New Area: 18 × 12 = 216 sq cm (9 times larger, since 3² = 9).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter increases 3 times (60 cm) 1.5 M
Area increases 9 times (216 sq cm) 1.5 M
Q17 Two identical square desks of side 80 cm are pushed together side-by-side to form one long rectangular conference table. (a) What are the dimensions of the new table? (b) What is its perimeter? (c) Did the perimeter double? Explain. Textbook Exercise • Perimeter of Combined Tables 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Combined Desks:
• (a) Dimensions: Length = 80 + 80 = 160 cm; Width = 80 cm.
• (b) Perimeter: 2 × (160 + 80) = 2 × 240 = 480 cm.
• (c) Perimeter double test: Individual desk perimeter = 4 × 80 = 320 cm. Double would be 640 cm. The perimeter did NOT double because two 80 cm edges are joined internally and no longer form part of the boundary.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Dimensions: 160 cm × 80 cm 1 M
Perimeter: 480 cm 1.5 M
Explanation of lost internal edges 1.5 M
Q18 A rectangular farm is 150 metres long and 100 metres wide. It needs to be fenced, but two gates of 5 metres width each are to be left unfenced for entry. What length of fencing wire is needed for 1 round? Textbook Exercise • Fencing with Gates 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fencing with Openings:
• Total perimeter = 2 × (150 + 100) = 2 × 250 = 500 metres.
• Total opening for 2 gates = 2 × 5 m = 10 metres.
• Fencing wire needed: 500 - 10 = 490 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter 500 m and gate deduction 10 m 1 M
Wire needed: 490 m 1 M
Q19 A footpath 50 metres long and 2 metres wide is to be paved with square concrete slabs of side 50 cm. (a) What is the area of the footpath in sq cm? (b) How many slabs are needed? Textbook Exercise • Concrete Slabs for Footpath 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Paving Calculations:
• Footpath: 50 m = 5,000 cm; 2 m = 200 cm.
• (a) Area in sq cm: 5,000 × 200 = 1,000,000 sq cm (or 100 sq m).
• (b) Slabs needed: Area of 1 slab = 50 × 50 = 2,500 sq cm.
Number of slabs = 1,000,000 ÷ 2,500 = 400 slabs.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Area: 1,000,000 sq cm 1.5 M
Slabs: 400 1.5 M
Q20 Stamp A is 4 cm × 3 cm. Stamp B is 6 cm × 2 cm. Stamp C is 5 cm × 2.5 cm. (a) Find the area of each stamp. (b) Which stamp covers the largest area? Textbook Exercise • Comparing Postage Stamp Sizes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Stamp Areas:
• Area of Stamp A = 4 × 3 = 12 sq cm.
• Area of Stamp B = 6 × 2 = 12 sq cm.
• Area of Stamp C = 5 × 2.5 = 12.5 sq cm.
• Stamp C covers the largest area (12.5 sq cm).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Three areas calculated 2 M
Stamp C identified as largest 1 M
Q21 An irregular five-sided park has boundary sides of 45 m, 60 m, 35 m, 50 m, and 40 m. If fencing wire costs ₹12 per metre, find the total cost of fencing the park. Textbook Exercise • Irregular Garden Boundary Cost 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Perimeter & Cost:
• Perimeter = 45 + 60 + 35 + 50 + 40 = 230 metres.
• Total cost = 230 m × ₹12 = ₹2,760.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Perimeter: 230 m 1 M
Cost: ₹2,760 1 M
Q22 A square cushion cover has a side of 45 cm. (a) What length of lace is needed for 1 cushion? (b) What length of lace is needed for a set of 6 cushions in metres? Textbook Exercise • Square Pillow Border Lace 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Lace Requirements:
• (a) For 1 cushion: 4 × 45 cm = 180 cm.
• (b) For 6 cushions: 6 × 180 cm = 1,080 cm.
• In metres = 1,080 ÷ 100 = 10.8 metres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 cushion: 180 cm 1.5 M
6 cushions: 10.8 metres 1.5 M
Q23 A square window grille consists of 16 smaller square panes, each of side 15 cm. (a) What is the total area of the window grille? (b) What is the outer perimeter of the window? Textbook Exercise • Window Grille Area 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Window Pane Calculations:
• Area of 1 pane = 15 × 15 = 225 sq cm.
• (a) Total area: 16 × 225 = 3,600 sq cm.
• (b) Outer dimensions: 16 square panes arranged as 4 × 4 grid.
Window side = 4 × 15 cm = 60 cm.
Perimeter = 4 × 60 cm = 240 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total area: 3,600 sq cm 1.5 M
Outer perimeter: 240 cm 1.5 M
Q24 Why is perimeter measured in linear units (like cm or metres) while area is measured in square units (like sq cm or sq metres)? Explain clearly. Textbook Exercise • Unit of Area vs Unit of Perimeter 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Units Conceptual Distinction:
• Perimeter: Measures the total 1-dimensional length of the surrounding boundary line. It is a distance, so it is measured in linear units (cm, m).
• Area: Measures the 2-dimensional surface region enclosed inside the boundary. It counts how many unit squares (1 cm × 1 cm or 1 m × 1 m) fit inside, so it is measured in square units (sq cm, sq m).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1D boundary length concept for perimeter 1 M
2D square count concept for area 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Area and its Boundary

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Area and its Boundary in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
12
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 12 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 12: Smart Charts

स्मार्ट चार्ट (चपाती चार्ट / पाई चार्ट, टैली चिह्न एवं पेड़ आरेख)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Tally marks for rapid counting: 5 is represented by four vertical lines and one cross slash (||||).
  • Chapati Chart (Pie Chart / Circle Graph): Representing portions of a whole as sectors (1/2, 1/4, 1/8).
  • Growth bar graphs: Tracking seed/plant growth over consecutive days.
  • Family trees and generation tracking.
  • Total students: 40.
  • (a) Cricket: $\frac{1}{2} \times 40 = \mathbf{20\text{ students}}$.
  • (b) Football: $\frac{1}{4} \times 40 = \mathbf{10\text{ students}}$.
  • (c) Badminton: $\frac{1}{4} \times 40 = \mathbf{10\text{ students}}$.
Chapati (Pie) Chart: Games Liked by 40 Children Cricket (1/2) Footb. (1/4) Badm. (1/4) Cricket: 20 children (1/2 of 40) Football: 10 children (1/4 of 40) Badminton: 10 children (1/4 of 40) Total Children = 40 | Fraction = Number of children in category ÷ 40
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Yamini did a project 'Animals and Birds'. She stood on the road for half an hour and noted passing vehicles using tally marks: Cycle (28), Car (12), Auto-rickshaw (18), Bus (15), Cycle-rickshaw (24), Truck (6).
(a) Draw the tally marks for Cycle (28) and Bus (15) using NCERT box notation.
(b) Write the total number of vehicles that passed by in half an hour.
(c) Which vehicle was observed the most?
Textbook Exercise • Tally Marks (Traffic Survey) 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Survey Analysis:
• (a) Tally Marks (each complete 5-box is 4 sides + 1 diagonal):
- Cycle (28): 5 complete boxes of five + 3 lines (5 × 5 + 3 = 28).
- Bus (15): 3 complete boxes of five (5 × 3 = 15).
• (b) Total vehicles: 28 + 12 + 18 + 15 + 24 + 6 = 103 vehicles.
• (c) Most observed vehicle: Cycle (28).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Tally mark representation 1.5 M
Total count: 103 vehicles 1.5 M
Most observed: Cycle 1 M
Q2 In a class of 40 students, teacher made a circle chart of their favorite activities after school:
• 1/2 of the children like playing sports.
• 1/4 of the children like watching TV.
• 1/4 of the children like reading books.
(a) How many children like playing sports?
(b) How many children like watching TV?
(c) How many children like reading books?
Textbook Exercise • Chapati Chart (Pie Chart / Circle Graph) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Chapati Chart Calculations (Total = 40 students):
• (a) Sports (1/2): 1/2 of 40 = 40 ÷ 2 = 20 students.
• (b) Watching TV (1/4): 1/4 of 40 = 40 ÷ 4 = 10 students.
• (c) Reading books (1/4): 1/4 of 40 = 40 ÷ 4 = 10 students.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Sports: 20 1 M
TV: 10 1 M
Books: 10 1 M
Q3 Rabbits were brought to an island. The table shows their numbers each year:
• Year 0: 10 rabbits
• Year 1: 18 rabbits (almost double)
• Year 2: 32 rabbits
• Year 3: 58 rabbits
• Year 4: 108 rabbits
(a) Is the rabbit population growing by adding a fixed number or by multiplying? (b) Predict the approximate number of rabbits in Year 5.
Textbook Exercise • Rabbit Population Growth Table 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Population Trend:
• (a) Growth nature: The population is multiplying / almost doubling each year (each year's count is a little less than double the previous year: 10×2-2=18, 18×2-4=32, 32×2-6=58, 58×2-8=108).
• (b) Year 5 prediction: Approximately double of 108 minus 10 ≈ 216 - 10 = around 200 to 210 rabbits.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Multiplicative / doubling trend identified 1.5 M
Year 5 prediction (approx 200-210) 1.5 M
Q4 A plant's height was measured every 4 days:
• Day 0: 0 cm
• Day 4: 1.4 cm
• Day 8: 5.3 cm
• Day 12: 9.5 cm
• Day 16: 10.9 cm
• Day 20: 11.1 cm
(a) Between which days did the plant grow the fastest? (b) What was the total growth of the plant in 20 days?
Textbook Exercise • Plant Growth Bar Graph 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Growth Intervals:
• Day 0 to 4: 1.4 - 0 = 1.4 cm.
• Day 4 to 8: 5.3 - 1.4 = 3.9 cm.
• Day 8 to 12: 9.5 - 5.3 = 4.2 cm (fastest!).
• Day 12 to 16: 10.9 - 9.5 = 1.4 cm.
• Day 16 to 20: 11.1 - 10.9 = 0.2 cm.
• (a) Fastest growth: Between Day 8 and Day 12 (grew 4.2 cm).
• (b) Total growth: 11.1 - 0 = 11.1 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Interval analysis 1 M
Fastest: Day 8 to 12 1 M
Total growth: 11.1 cm 1 M
Q5 Children were asked what work they help most with at home: Going to market (47), Washing utensils (15), Washing clothes (3), Making/serving food (25), Cleaning house (10).
(a) How many children were surveyed in total? (b) Which chore do the most children help with? (c) What fraction of children help with going to the market (approximate)?
Textbook Exercise • Helping Hands at Home Survey 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Survey Summary:
• (a) Total children: 47 + 15 + 3 + 25 + 10 = 100 children.
• (b) Most helped chore: Going to market (47 children).
• (c) Market fraction: 47/100 ≈ almost 1/2 of the children (about 47%).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total: 100 1 M
Market most helped 1 M
Fraction approx 1/2 (47/100) 1 M
Q6 Absentees on Monday across classes: Class 1: 2, Class 2: 1, Class 3: 3, Class 4: 4, Class 5: 2. (a) What was the total number of absent students in the primary school on Monday? (b) Which class had the highest number of absentees? Textbook Exercise • Attendance Absenteeism Chart 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Absentee Analysis:
• (a) Total absentees: 2 + 1 + 3 + 4 + 2 = 12 students.
• (b) Highest absentees: Class 4 (4 students absent).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total: 12 students 1 M
Class 4 highest 1 M
Q7 In a pictograph, one ice cream cone symbol 🍦 represents 10 students. The table shows: Vanilla: 3 symbols; Chocolate: 5 symbols; Mango: 4 symbols; Strawberry: 2 symbols.
(a) How many students prefer Chocolate ice cream?
(b) How many more students prefer Mango than Strawberry?
(c) What is the total number of students?
Textbook Exercise • Favorite Ice Cream Pictograph 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Pictograph Calculations (1 symbol = 10 students):
• (a) Chocolate: 5 × 10 = 50 students.
• (b) Mango vs Strawberry: (4 - 2) × 10 = 2 × 10 = 20 more students.
• (c) Total students: (3 + 5 + 4 + 2) × 10 = 14 × 10 = 140 students.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Chocolate: 50 1 M
Mango difference: 20 1 M
Total: 140 1 M
Q8 City temperatures on a winter day: Delhi: 15°C, Shimla: 5°C, Chennai: 30°C, Jaipur: 20°C. If a bar graph has 1 cm height = 5°C: (a) What will be the height of the bar for Chennai? (b) What will be the height of the bar for Shimla? Textbook Exercise • Temperature Bar Chart 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Bar Chart Heights:
• (a) Chennai (30°C): 30 ÷ 5 = 6 cm.
• (b) Shimla (5°C): 5 ÷ 5 = 1 cm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Chennai bar: 6 cm 1 M
Shimla bar: 1 cm 1 M
Q9 The shoe sizes of 11 boys are: 5, 6, 6, 7, 5, 6, 8, 6, 7, 6, 5. (a) Arrange the data in a frequency table with tally marks. (b) Which shoe size is the most common (mode)? Textbook Exercise • Mode in Data 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Frequency Table:
• Size 5: 3 boys (|||)
• Size 6: 5 boys (🗎 with 5 lines)
• Size 7: 2 boys (||)
• Size 8: 1 boy (|)
• Most common size: Size 6 (occurs 5 times).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Frequency table with tally 2 M
Mode: Size 6 1 M
Q10 Five houses planted saplings in 'Van Mahotsav': House 1 (12), House 2 (18), House 3 (15), House 4 (25), House 5 (10). (a) What is the total number of saplings planted? (b) What is the average number of saplings planted per house? Textbook Exercise • Tree Plantation Data 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Total saplings: 12 + 18 + 15 + 25 + 10 = 80 saplings.
• (b) Average: Total ÷ Number of houses = 80 ÷ 5 = 16 saplings per house.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total: 80 saplings 1.5 M
Average: 16 saplings 1.5 M
Q11 A circular chart shows: 50% students walk to school, 25% take school bus, 25% ride bicycle. (a) What fraction of students walk? (b) If there are 200 students in the school, how many ride a bicycle? Textbook Exercise • Reading Pie Chart Fractions 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fractions & Counts:
• (a) Walking fraction: 50% = 50/100 = 1/2.
• (b) Bicycle riders: 25% = 1/4 of total. 1/4 of 200 = 200 ÷ 4 = 50 students.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Walking: 1/2 1 M
Bicycle: 50 students 1 M
Q12 A die was rolled 30 times. The outcomes were: 1 (4 times), 2 (6 times), 3 (5 times), 4 (7 times), 5 (3 times), 6 (5 times). (a) Which number turned up the most? (b) Which number turned up the least? Textbook Exercise • Dice Throw Outcome Bar Chart 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Dice Analysis:
• (a) Most frequent outcome: Number 4 (turned up 7 times).
• (b) Least frequent outcome: Number 5 (turned up 3 times).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Most frequent: 4 1 M
Least frequent: 5 1 M
Q13 Monthly rainfall recorded in mm: June (120 mm), July (250 mm), August (300 mm), September (180 mm). (a) Which month had the maximum rainfall? (b) What was the total rainfall during the monsoon season (June to September)? Textbook Exercise • Rainfall Bar Chart 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Rainfall Data:
• (a) Maximum rainfall: August (300 mm).
• (b) Total rainfall: 120 + 250 + 300 + 180 = 850 mm.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
August (300 mm) 1 M
Total: 850 mm 1 M
Q14 The marks obtained by a student are: English 75, Hindi 80, Maths 95, Science 85, Social Science 70. If you draw a bar graph on a paper with maximum height 10 cm, what scale should you choose for the vertical axis? Textbook Exercise • Constructing a Scale for a Bar Graph 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Axis Scaling:
• Highest mark = 95 (round up to 100).
• Available height = 10 cm.
• Scale: 100 ÷ 10 = 10 marks per cm. So 1 cm = 10 marks is the ideal scale (the tallest bar for Maths will be 9.5 cm high).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Proposed scale: 1 cm = 10 marks 1 M
Height verification (9.5 cm for 95) 1 M
Q15 Explain how NCERT Class 5 tally marks are drawn using the 5-line box method. Textbook Exercise • Tally Box Notation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
NCERT Box Tally Method:
• 1 = 1 vertical line (|)
• 2 = 2 lines forming a right angle (L)
• 3 = 3 sides of a square (U)
• 4 = A complete square (4 sides: 🗆)
• 5 = A square with a diagonal slash crossing it (🗎).
This creates easy-to-read bundles of 5.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 to 4 steps explained 1.5 M
5th diagonal slash completing bundle 1.5 M
Q16 A school library has 600 books: Storybooks (250), Science (150), Mathematics (100), History (100). What fraction of total books are Storybooks? Textbook Exercise • Library Books Distribution 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fraction Calculation:
• Storybooks = 250.
• Total books = 600.
• Fraction = 250/600 = 25/60 = 5/12 of total books.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
250/600 ratio 1 M
Reduced fraction: 5/12 1 M
Q17 A double bar graph compares marks of Term 1 and Term 2 for Rohit: Maths (65 → 85), English (70 → 75), Science (60 → 80). In which subject did Rohit show the maximum improvement? Textbook Exercise • Comparing Double Bar Graph 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Improvement Differences:
• Maths: 85 - 65 = 20 marks improvement.
• English: 75 - 70 = 5 marks improvement.
• Science: 80 - 60 = 20 marks improvement.
Rohit showed the maximum improvement of 20 marks equally in Maths and Science.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Differences calculated 1 M
Maths and Science (20 marks each) 1 M
Q18 Rohan recorded time spent on morning walk over 5 days: Monday 20 min, Tuesday 25 min, Wednesday 30 min, Thursday 35 min, Friday 40 min. What is the pattern in time spent, and what is his total walking time in hours? Textbook Exercise • Morning Walk Time Line Graph 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Trend & Total Time:
• Pattern: Increases by 5 minutes each day.
• Total time: 20 + 25 + 30 + 35 + 40 = 150 minutes.
• In hours = 150 ÷ 60 = 2 hours and 30 minutes (2.5 hours).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
5-minute increment pattern 1 M
Total 150 minutes 1 M
Converted to 2.5 hours 1 M
Q19 A fruit seller has 80 kg of fruits: Apples 20 kg, Bananas 40 kg, Oranges 20 kg. What fraction of the total fruits are Bananas? Textbook Exercise • Fruit Seller Inventory 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Fraction:
• Bananas = 40 kg; Total = 80 kg.
• Fraction = 40/80 = 1/2 (half of all fruits).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
40/80 ratio 1 M
Answer: 1/2 1 M
Q20 In an apartment block of 50 families: 30 families read Hindi newspaper, 15 families read English newspaper, and 5 read both. How many families read only Hindi newspaper? Textbook Exercise • Newspaper Reading Survey 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Venn Subtraction:
• Total Hindi readers = 30 families.
• Read both = 5 families.
• Only Hindi newspaper: 30 - 5 = 25 families.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Subtraction 30 - 5 1 M
Answer: 25 families 1 M
Q21 Section A has 35 students and Section B has 45 students. (a) What is the ratio of Section A to Section B in simplest form? (b) How many students should transfer from Section B to Section A to make both sections equal? Textbook Exercise • Class Strength Comparison 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Ratio: 35 : 45 = (35÷5) : (45÷5) = 7 : 9.
• (b) Equal sections: Total = 35 + 45 = 80 students. Each section needs 80 ÷ 2 = 40 students.
Transfer needed = 45 - 40 = 5 students.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Ratio 7:9 1.5 M
Transfer 5 students 1.5 M
Q22 In a survey of 60 children: 24 voted Maths, 18 voted Science, 12 voted Art, and 6 voted English. Represent this data as percentage of total votes. Textbook Exercise • Favorite Subject Survey 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Percentages (Vote ÷ 60 × 100%):
• Maths: (24 ÷ 60) × 100 = 40%.
• Science: (18 ÷ 60) × 100 = 30%.
• Art: (12 ÷ 60) × 100 = 20%.
• English: (6 ÷ 60) × 100 = 10%.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Maths 40%, Science 30% 1.5 M
Art 20%, English 10% 1.5 M
Q23 Daily maximum temperatures over one week were: 32°C, 35°C, 31°C, 38°C, 34°C, 30°C, 36°C. (a) What was the highest temperature? (b) What was the lowest temperature? (c) What is the 'Range' of the temperature dataset? Textbook Exercise • Range of a Dataset 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Range Calculation:
• (a) Highest: 38°C.
• (b) Lowest: 30°C.
• (c) Range: Highest - Lowest = 38°C - 30°C = 8°C.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Highest: 38°C 1 M
Lowest: 30°C 1 M
Range: 8°C 1 M
Q24 Why are charts and graphs called 'Smart Charts'? Give two reasons why displaying data in charts is better than raw number lists. Textbook Exercise • Importance of Smart Charts 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Advantages of Smart Charts:
1. Instant Visual Understanding: Charts allow readers to grasp trends, comparisons, and peaks at a single glance without reading long tables.
2. Easy Comparison: Tall bars and large pie slices immediately show which category is largest or smallest without performing manual calculations.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Visual clarity explained 1 M
Immediate comparison benefit explained 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Smart Charts

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Smart Charts in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
13
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 13 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 13: Ways to Multiply and Divide

गुणा और भाग के तरीके (बेला का गुणन, शांताराम का वेतन एवं दिन गणना)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Bela's method of columnar multiplication using expanded place-value distributive property.
  • Multiplying 2-digit and 3-digit numbers by multi-step partial products.
  • Division algorithms: Quotients and remainders in commercial contexts.
  • Daily wage calculation, monthly salaries, and yearly earnings.
  • Total notebooks: 576.
  • Total boxes: 18.
Bela's Distributive Multiplication Algorithm: 65 × 32 65 × 32 130 ← 65 × 2 1950 ← 65 × 30 2080 ← Total Product Step 1: Multiply by 2 (ones) = 130 | Step 2: Multiply by 30 (tens) = 1950 | Sum = 2,080
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 Maniratnam is the cashier of King Jayan. His job is to calculate the salary of all the workers: The cook gets ₹65 per day, the minister gets ₹195 per day, and the king's horse-keeper gets ₹86 per day. Calculate:
(a) The cook's salary for the month of January (31 days).
(b) The horse-keeper's salary for 1 full year (365 days).
(c) The minister's salary for 1 full year (365 days).
Textbook Exercise • Maniratnam the Cashier (Daily Wage Multiplications) 4 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multiplication Calculations:
• (a) Cook's salary for January: 31 × ₹65 = 31 × (60 + 5) = 1,860 + 155 = ₹2,015.
• (b) Horse-keeper's annual salary: 365 × ₹86 = 365 × (80 + 6) = 29,200 + 2,190 = ₹31,390.
• (c) Minister's annual salary: 365 × ₹195 = 365 × (200 - 5) = 73,000 - 1,825 = ₹71,175.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Cook: ₹2,015 1 M
Horse-keeper: ₹31,390 1.5 M
Minister: ₹71,175 1.5 M
Q2 Multiply 47 × 19 using Bela's method (distributive method by splitting 19 into 9 and 10). Show each partial product. Textbook Exercise • Bela's Method of Multiplication 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Bela's Distributive Method:
Split 19 = 10 + 9:
• Step 1: Multiply 47 by 9 = 47 × 9 = 423.
• Step 2: Multiply 47 by 10 = 47 × 10 = 470.
• Step 3: Add partial products = 423 + 470 = 893.
Therefore, 47 × 19 = 893.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
47 × 9 = 423 1 M
47 × 10 = 470 1 M
Sum: 893 1 M
Q3 Shantaram is a special cook who is called only on party days. Last year he was called for only 28 days. For each day he is paid ₹165. (a) How much money did he earn in all? (b) If he was paid for all 365 days of the year, how much would he have earned? Textbook Exercise • Shantaram the Cook's Holiday Deduction 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Actual earnings: 28 × ₹165 = 28 × (100 + 60 + 5) = 2,800 + 1,680 + 140 = ₹4,620.
• (b) Full year earnings: 365 × ₹165 = 365 × (100 + 60 + 5) = 36,500 + 21,900 + 1,825 = ₹60,225.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
28 days earnings: ₹4,620 1.5 M
Full year earnings: ₹60,225 1.5 M
Q4 Sohanlal drank 8 glasses of water every day. (a) How many glasses will he drink in one month of 30 days? (b) How many glasses will he drink in one year (365 days)? (c) If 125 people in a village drink 8 glasses of water daily, how many glasses will they drink in one day? Textbook Exercise • Sohanlal the Farmer's Loan 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Water Multiplications:
• (a) 30 days: 30 × 8 = 240 glasses.
• (b) 1 year: 365 × 8 = 2,920 glasses.
• (c) 125 people in 1 day: 125 × 8 = 1,000 glasses.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
30 days: 240 glasses 1 M
1 year: 2,920 glasses 1 M
125 people: 1,000 glasses 1 M
Q5 A person's heart beats about 72 times in one minute. (a) How many times does it beat in 1 hour? (b) How many times does it beat in 1 full day (24 hours)? Textbook Exercise • Heartbeat Counting 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) In 1 hour (60 minutes): 72 × 60 = 4,320 beats.
• (b) In 1 day (24 hours): 4,320 × 24 = 4,320 × (20 + 4) = 86,400 + 17,280 = 1,03,680 beats.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 hour: 4,320 beats 1.5 M
24 hours: 1,03,680 beats 1.5 M
Q6 A baby blue whale drinks around 200 litres of milk every single day! (a) How many litres of milk will it drink in 8 months (assume 30 days per month)? (b) If your family consumes 2 litres of milk daily, how many days will 200 litres of milk last your family? Textbook Exercise • Baby Blue Whale Milk Consumption 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Calculations:
• (a) Whale milk in 8 months:
- Total days = 8 × 30 = 240 days.
- Milk consumed = 240 × 200 litres = 48,000 litres.
• (b) Family consumption: 200 litres ÷ 2 litres/day = 100 days.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Whale 8 months: 48,000 litres 1.5 M
Family duration: 100 days 1.5 M
Q7 Sukhi works on a farm. He is paid ₹98 for one day. If he works for 52 days, how much money does he earn? Textbook Exercise • Sukhi's Farm Labor Wage 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multiplication:
• Earnings = 52 × ₹98 = 52 × (100 - 2) = 5,200 - 104 = ₹5,096.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Multiplication 52 × 98 1 M
Answer: ₹5,096 1 M
Q8 Hariya took a loan of ₹20,000 to buy fertilizer. He has to pay back ₹2,400 every month for 10 months. (a) What is the total money he paid back? (b) How much extra money did the bank charge as interest? Textbook Exercise • Hariya's Fertilizer Loan & Installments 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Loan Repayment:
• (a) Total repayment: 10 × ₹2,400 = ₹24,000.
• (b) Interest charged: ₹24,000 - ₹20,000 = ₹4,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total paid: ₹24,000 1 M
Interest: ₹4,000 1 M
Q9 A school hostel has 576 students. If each student gets 15 kg of rice per month, how much rice is needed for the hostel in one month? Textbook Exercise • Long Division Method (Hostel Rice) 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multiplication:
• Rice required = 576 × 15 kg = 576 × (10 + 5) = 5,760 + 2,880 = 8,640 kg.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Multiplication statement 1 M
Answer: 8,640 kg 1 M
Q10 A sweet maker has 250 laddoos. He packs them into boxes of 12 laddoos each. (a) How many full boxes can he make? (b) How many laddoos will be left over? (c) How many more laddoos are needed to make another full box? Textbook Exercise • Division with Remainder (Laddoo Packing) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division: 250 ÷ 12:
• 250 ÷ 12 = 20 with remainder 10 (since 12 × 20 = 240, and 250 - 240 = 10).
• (a) Full boxes: 20 boxes.
• (b) Left over: 10 laddoos.
• (c) More needed for next box: 12 - 10 = 2 more laddoos.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
20 full boxes 1 M
10 left over 1 M
2 more needed 1 M
Q11 A water tanker carries 4,500 litres of water to a colony. If each family is given 150 litres of water, how many families can get water from the tanker? Textbook Exercise • Tanker Water Distribution 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division:
• Number of families = 4,500 ÷ 150 = 450 ÷ 15 = 30 families.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Division setup 1 M
Answer: 30 families 1 M
Q12 Dividend = (Divisor × Quotient) + Remainder. Divide 678 by 14 and verify your result using this formula. Textbook Exercise • Verifying Division (Dividend Formula) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division and Verification:
1. Division: 678 ÷ 14 = 48 with remainder 6 (since 14 × 40 = 560; 118 ÷ 14 = 8 with remainder 6: 14 × 8 = 112, 118 - 112 = 6).
2. Verification:
- Divisor × Quotient = 14 × 48 = 672.
- Adding remainder: 672 + 6 = 678 (Dividend). (Verified!).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Quotient 48, Remainder 6 1.5 M
Formula verification shown 1.5 M
Q13 Kamini buys a plot of land for ₹95,000. She pays ₹35,000 in cash and agrees to pay the rest in 12 equal monthly installments. How much must she pay each month? Textbook Exercise • Buying Land in Installments 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Installment Calculation:
1. Remaining balance = ₹95,000 - ₹35,000 = ₹60,000.
2. Monthly installment = ₹60,000 ÷ 12 = ₹5,000 per month.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Remaining balance: ₹60,000 1.5 M
Monthly installment: ₹5,000 1.5 M
Q14 A publishing house printed 3,456 math textbooks. They can pack 24 books in one cardboard carton. How many cartons are needed to pack all the books? Textbook Exercise • Books in Boxes (Carton Packing) 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division: 3,456 ÷ 24:
• 3,456 ÷ 24 = 144 cartons (24 × 100 = 2400; remainder 1056; 24 × 40 = 960; remainder 96; 24 × 4 = 96. Total = 100 + 40 + 4 = 144).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Division steps shown 1 M
Answer: 144 cartons 1 M
Q15 A biscuit factory produces 14,400 packets of biscuits in a day. The factory runs for 16 hours every day. How many packets are produced in one hour? Textbook Exercise • Factory Production per Hour 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division:
• Packets per hour = 14,400 ÷ 16 = 900 packets per hour.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Division setup 1 M
Answer: 900 packets 1 M
Q16 248 students and 12 teachers are going on an excursion. Each bus can seat 45 passengers. (a) How many total people are travelling? (b) How many buses must be hired so that everyone gets a seat? Textbook Exercise • Bus Tickets for School Excursion 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Bus Requirement:
• (a) Total passengers: 248 + 12 = 260 passengers.
• (b) Buses needed: 260 ÷ 45 = 5 with remainder 35 (since 45 × 5 = 225).
Since 35 passengers remain without seats, 1 extra bus must be hired.
Total buses needed = 5 + 1 = 6 buses.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total passengers: 260 1 M
Division: 5 remainder 35 1 M
Rounding up to 6 buses 1 M
Q17 Calculate: 245 × 132 showing step-by-step partial products. Textbook Exercise • Multiplying 3-Digit Numbers 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
3-Digit Multiplication:
• 245 × 2 = 490
• 245 × 30 = 7,350
• 245 × 100 = 24,500
• Sum: 490 + 7,350 + 24,500 = 32,340.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Partial products shown 2 M
Final answer: 32,340 1 M
Q18 Explain how 96 ÷ 16 can be solved using repeated subtraction. How many times can 16 be subtracted from 96? Textbook Exercise • Repeated Subtraction Division 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Repeated Subtraction:
• 96 - 16 = 80 (1st)
• 80 - 16 = 64 (2nd)
• 64 - 16 = 48 (3rd)
• 48 - 16 = 32 (4th)
• 32 - 16 = 16 (5th)
• 16 - 16 = 0 (6th)
16 was subtracted exactly 6 times. Therefore, 96 ÷ 16 = 6.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Subtraction steps shown 1 M
Quotient = 6 1 M
Q19 A family spends ₹425 daily on groceries and food. How much do they spend in a leap year (366 days)? Textbook Exercise • Monthly Budget from Daily Expense 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multiplication:
• Expense = 366 × ₹425 = 366 × (400 + 25) = 146,400 + 9,150 = ₹1,55,550.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Leap year = 366 days noted 1 M
Calculation: ₹1,55,550 2 M
Q20 Shop A sells 5 kg rice for ₹225. Shop B sells 8 kg rice for ₹344. Which shop is cheaper per kg, and by how much? Textbook Exercise • Unit Price Comparison 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Unit Price (Cost per kg):
• Shop A: ₹225 ÷ 5 = ₹45 per kg.
• Shop B: ₹344 ÷ 8 = ₹43 per kg.
• Shop B is cheaper by ₹45 - ₹43 = ₹2 per kg.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Shop A: ₹45/kg 1 M
Shop B: ₹43/kg 1 M
Shop B cheaper by ₹2 1 M
Q21 An amount of ₹72,960 is divided equally among 6 brothers. How much money does each brother receive? Textbook Exercise • Sharing an Inherited Sum 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Division:
• Share per brother = ₹72,960 ÷ 6 = ₹12,160.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Division setup 1 M
Answer: ₹12,160 1 M
Q22 Estimate the product of 48 × 73 by rounding off each number to the nearest ten. Then find the actual product and compare. Textbook Exercise • Estimation in Multiplication 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Estimation & Comparison:
• 48 rounds to 50; 73 rounds to 70.
• Estimated product: 50 × 70 = 3,500.
• Actual product: 48 × 73 = 3,504.
The estimated product (3,500) is remarkably close to the actual product (3,504), differing by only 4!
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Estimated product: 3,500 1.5 M
Actual product: 3,504 & comparison 1.5 M
Q23 A movie theatre has 35 rows with 28 seats in each row. For the evening show, all seats were booked at ₹120 per ticket. How much money was collected? Textbook Exercise • Cinema Ticket Sales 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multi-step Multiplication:
1. Total seats = 35 × 28 = 35 × (20 + 8) = 700 + 280 = 980 seats.
2. Total collection = 980 × ₹120 = 980 × (100 + 20) = 98,000 + 19,600 = ₹1,17,600.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total seats: 980 1.5 M
Total collection: ₹1,17,600 1.5 M
Q24 Solve mental math divisions:
(a) 48,000 ÷ 600
(b) 35,000 ÷ 70
(c) 8,100 ÷ 90
Textbook Exercise • Division of Multiples of 100 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Mental Math:
• (a) 48,000 ÷ 600 = 480 ÷ 6 = 80.
• (b) 35,000 ÷ 70 = 3,500 ÷ 7 = 500.
• (c) 8,100 ÷ 90 = 810 ÷ 9 = 90.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
All 3 correct (1 M each) 3 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: Ways to Multiply and Divide

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving Ways to Multiply and Divide in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer
14
Math-Magic (Classic CBSE) • Chapter 14 • Class 5 Mathematics (Classic CBSE)

Chapter 14: How Big? How Heavy?

कितना बड़ा? कितना भारी? (आयतन, घन सेमी, जल विस्थापन एवं भार तुलना)

Chapter Highlights, Mathematical Ideas & Key Properties
  • Volume is the 3D space occupied by an object: Volume of Cuboid = Length × Breadth × Height.
  • Standard unit of volume: Cubic centimetre (cu cm or cm³).
  • Water displacement method: Volume of an irregular solid = Volume of water displaced.
  • Packing volume: Number of small unit cubes that can fit into a larger carton box.
  • Given: Volume displaced by 6 marbles = 12 ml.
Water Displacement Method: Measuring Volume of 5 Marbles 50 mL Before (Water = 50 mL) → 65 mL After (Water = 65 mL) Volume of 5 Marbles: 65 mL - 50 mL = 15 mL = 15 cubic centimetres Conversion Principle: 1 mL of displaced water = 1 cubic centimetre (1 cm³) of solid volume.
📖 NCERT Textbook Exercise Solutions & Step-by-Step Working (24 Solved Questions)
Q1 A measuring glass filled with water to 50 mL mark rises to 68 mL when 9 equal glass marbles are dropped inside.
(a) How much water was displaced by all 9 marbles?
(b) What is the volume of 1 marble in mL?
(c) What is the volume in cubic centimetres (cm³) if 1 mL = 1 cm³?
Textbook Exercise • Measuring Volume with Marbles 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Volume by Water Displacement:
• (a) Displaced water: 68 mL - 50 mL = 18 mL.
• (b) Volume of 1 marble: 18 mL ÷ 9 marbles = 2 mL.
• (c) In cubic centimetres: 2 mL = 2 cm³.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Part (a): 18 mL 1 M
Part (b): 2 mL 1 M
Part (c): 2 cm³ 1 M
Q2 (a) What is the formula for the volume of a cube? (b) Find the volume of a wooden cube of side 5 cm. (c) How many 1 cm unit cubes can fit inside it? Textbook Exercise • Volume of a Cube 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Volume of Cube:
• (a) Formula: Volume = Side × Side × Side = Side³.
• (b) Volume: 5 cm × 5 cm × 5 cm = 125 cm³.
• (c) Number of 1 cm unit cubes: 125 ÷ 1 = 125 cubes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Formula: Side³ 1 M
Volume: 125 cm³ 1 M
125 unit cubes fit 1 M
Q3 A matchbox measures 5 cm in length, 3 cm in width, and 1 cm in height. (a) What is the volume of one matchbox? (b) What is the volume of a packet containing 12 such matchboxes? Textbook Exercise • Volume of a Cuboid 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Volume Calculations (Volume = l × w × h):
• (a) One matchbox: 5 cm × 3 cm × 1 cm = 15 cm³.
• (b) Packet of 12 matchboxes: 12 × 15 cm³ = 180 cm³.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
One matchbox: 15 cm³ 1.5 M
Packet: 180 cm³ 1.5 M
Q4 A carton box is 20 cm long, 10 cm wide, and 8 cm high. How many soap cakes of size 5 cm × 5 cm × 4 cm can be packed inside the carton box? Textbook Exercise • Packing Cubes into a Carton 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Packing Capacity:
• Method 1 (Dimensions fitting):
- Along 20 cm length: 20 ÷ 5 = 4 soaps.
- Along 10 cm width: 10 ÷ 5 = 2 soaps.
- Along 8 cm height: 8 ÷ 4 = 2 soaps.
- Total soaps = 4 × 2 × 2 = 16 soaps.
• Method 2 (Volume): Volume of carton = 20 × 10 × 8 = 1,600 cm³. Volume of 1 soap = 5 × 5 × 4 = 100 cm³. Number of soaps = 1,600 ÷ 100 = 16 soaps.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Dimension fitting / Volume method 1.5 M
Answer: 16 soaps 1.5 M
Q5 Tanu made a stage using 14 matchboxes in one layer. She built a platform 3 layers high. (a) How many matchboxes did she use in total? (b) If each matchbox has volume 15 cm³, what is the total volume of the stage platform? Textbook Exercise • Stage Building with Matchboxes 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Stage Platform Calculations:
• (a) Total matchboxes: 14 matchboxes/layer × 3 layers = 42 matchboxes.
• (b) Total volume: 42 × 15 cm³ = 630 cm³.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Total matchboxes: 42 1.5 M
Total volume: 630 cm³ 1.5 M
Q6 A ₹5 coin weighs 9 grams. A bank sack full of ₹5 coins weighs 9 kilograms. (a) Convert 9 kg into grams. (b) How many ₹5 coins are in the sack? (c) What is the total monetary value of all the coins in the sack? Textbook Exercise • Weight of Coins (5-Rupee Coin) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Coin & Weight Calculations:
• (a) Conversion: 9 kg = 9 × 1,000 = 9,000 grams.
• (b) Number of coins: 9,000 g ÷ 9 g/coin = 1,000 coins.
• (c) Monetary value: 1,000 coins × ₹5 = ₹5,000.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
9,000 grams 1 M
1,000 coins 1 M
Value: ₹5,000 1 M
Q7 A ₹2 coin weighs 6 grams. A sack containing ₹2 coins weighs 4 kg and 800 grams. How many ₹2 coins are inside the sack? Textbook Exercise • 2-Rupee Coin Sack Weight 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Weight Conversion & Division:
1. Total weight in grams = 4,000 g + 800 g = 4,800 grams.
2. Weight of 1 coin = 6 grams.
3. Number of coins = 4,800 ÷ 6 = 800 coins.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
4,800 grams conversion 1.5 M
Answer: 800 coins 1.5 M
Q8 Fill in the blanks: (a) 1 litre = _____ mL. (b) 1 mL = _____ cm³. (c) 1 litre = _____ cm³. Textbook Exercise • Litres and Millilitres to Cubic Centimetres 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Volume Equivalences:
• (a) 1 litre = 1,000 mL.
• (b) 1 mL = 1 cm³.
• (c) 1 litre = 1,000 mL = 1,000 cm³.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1,000 mL 1 M
1 cm³ 1 M
1,000 cm³ 1 M
Q9 A rectangular overhead water tank is 2 metres long, 1.5 metres wide, and 1 metre high. (a) What is its volume in cubic metres? (b) How many litres of water can it hold if 1 cubic metre (m³) = 1,000 litres? Textbook Exercise • Water Tank Capacity in Litres 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Tank Capacity:
• (a) Volume: 2 m × 1.5 m × 1 m = 3 cubic metres (3 m³).
• (b) Capacity in litres: 3 m³ × 1,000 litres/m³ = 3,000 litres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Volume: 3 m³ 1.5 M
Capacity: 3,000 litres 1.5 M
Q10 A student's school bag has: 4 textbooks weighing 350 g each, 5 notebooks weighing 150 g each, a water bottle weighing 800 g, and a pencil box weighing 250 g. What is the total weight of the bag in kg and g? Textbook Exercise • Heavy School Bag Weight 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Total Weight Calculation:
• Textbooks: 4 × 350 g = 1,400 g.
• Notebooks: 5 × 150 g = 750 g.
• Water bottle: 800 g.
• Pencil box: 250 g.
• Sum in grams: 1,400 + 750 + 800 + 250 = 3,200 grams.
• In kg and g = 3 kg and 200 grams (3.2 kg).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Itemized weights calculated 1.5 M
Total: 3 kg 200 g 1.5 M
Q11 A solid metal cube of side 4 cm is dropped into a full container of water. How many millilitres of water will overflow? Textbook Exercise • Comparing Volumes of Liquid & Solid 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Water Displacement Principle:
• A submerged solid displaces an amount of water equal to its own volume.
• Volume of metal cube = 4 cm × 4 cm × 4 cm = 64 cm³.
• Since 1 cm³ = 1 mL, the volume of water displaced = 64 mL.
Therefore, 64 mL of water will overflow.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Volume of cube = 64 cm³ 1 M
Overflow = 64 mL 1 M
Q12 Find the volume of a cardboard box that is 45 cm long, 25 cm wide, and 20 cm high. Textbook Exercise • Cardboard Box Volume 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Volume Calculation:
• Volume = Length × Width × Height = 45 × 25 × 20 cm³.
• 25 × 20 = 500.
• 45 × 500 = 22,500 cm³.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Formula l × w × h 1 M
Answer: 22,500 cm³ 1 M
Q13 100 grains of rice weigh about 2 grams. (a) What is the weight of 1 grain of rice? (b) Approximately how many grains of rice are there in a 1 kg (1,000 g) bag? Textbook Exercise • Rice Grain Count Estimation 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Estimation:
• (a) Weight of 1 grain: 2 g ÷ 100 = 0.02 grams.
• (b) Grains in 1 kg: 1,000 g ÷ 2 g = 500 packets of 100 grains.
Total grains = 500 × 100 = 50,000 grains.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 grain: 0.02 g 1 M
1 kg has 50,000 grains 2 M
Q14 A rectangular wooden block is 12 cm × 9 cm × 6 cm. It is cut into small cubes of side 3 cm. How many small cubes can be cut without any wood wasted? Textbook Exercise • Cubes from a Large Wooden Block 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Cube Division:
• Along length: 12 ÷ 3 = 4 cubes.
• Along width: 9 ÷ 3 = 3 cubes.
• Along height: 6 ÷ 3 = 2 cubes.
• Total cubes: 4 × 3 × 2 = 24 cubes.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Dimensions division (4 × 3 × 2) 1 M
Total: 24 cubes 1 M
Q15 A juice pack is a rectangular cuboid measuring 10 cm × 6 cm × 15 cm. (a) What is its volume in cm³? (b) How many litres of juice does it contain (assuming full)? Textbook Exercise • Juice Carton Content 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Volume & Capacity:
• (a) Volume: 10 × 6 × 15 = 900 cm³.
• (b) Capacity in litres: 900 cm³ = 900 mL = 900 ÷ 1,000 = 0.9 litres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Volume: 900 cm³ 1 M
Capacity: 0.9 litres 1 M
Q16 A cube has side 2 cm. If its side is doubled to 4 cm: (a) Find original volume. (b) Find new volume. (c) By how many times does the volume increase? Textbook Exercise • Doubling Cube Side (Volume Effect) 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Volume Scaling:
• (a) Original: 2 × 2 × 2 = 8 cm³.
• (b) New: 4 × 4 × 4 = 64 cm³.
• (c) Increase factor: 64 ÷ 8 = 8 times larger (since 2³ = 8).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Original: 8 cm³ 1 M
New: 64 cm³ 1 M
Increases by 8 times 1 M
Q17 An ice cube has side 3 cm. When melted, does water occupy more, less, or equal volume to ice? (Scientific note: Ice expands when frozen; 100 cm³ ice produces ~92 mL water). Textbook Exercise • Ice Cube Melting Volume 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Observation:
• Volume of ice cube = 3 × 3 × 3 = 27 cm³.
• Water occupies slightly less volume than ice because water expands when freezing. When 27 cm³ of ice melts, it produces about 25 mL of liquid water.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Volume calculation: 27 cm³ 1 M
Water occupies less volume explained 1 M
Q18 A pit 4 metres long, 3 metres wide, and 2 metres deep is dug in a field. How many cubic metres of earth (soil) were dug out? Textbook Exercise • Soil Dug from a Pit 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Volume of Excavation:
• Volume of earth dug = Length × Width × Depth = 4 m × 3 m × 2 m = 24 cubic metres (24 m³).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Formula l × w × d 1 M
Answer: 24 m³ 1 M
Q19 Explain why 1 kg of cotton wool occupies a much larger volume (space) than 1 kg of iron, even though their weights are equal. Textbook Exercise • Difference between Weight and Volume 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Density & Volume:
• Both have the exact same weight (1 kg).
• However, iron is very dense with closely packed particles, so 1 kg fits in a small space.
• Cotton is fluffy, porous, and contains a lot of trapped air, meaning its particles are loosely spread, so 1 kg occupies a huge physical space (large volume).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Equal mass/weight stated 1 M
Density & particle spacing explained 1 M
Q20 A 1-rupee coin weighs 4.85 grams. What is the total weight of 100 such 1-rupee coins in grams? Textbook Exercise • Weight of 100 One-Rupee Coins 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Multiplication:
• Total weight = 100 × 4.85 g = 485 grams.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Multiplication 100 × 4.85 1 M
Answer: 485 grams 1 M
Q21 A small rectangular children's pool is 10 m long, 5 m wide, and 1.2 m deep. What is the total volume of water needed to fill it to the brim in litres? Textbook Exercise • Swimming Pool Capacity 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Volume and Litres:
• Volume = 10 × 5 × 1.2 = 60 cubic metres.
• In litres = 60 × 1,000 litres = 60,000 litres.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Volume: 60 m³ 1.5 M
Capacity: 60,000 litres 1.5 M
Q22 A standard construction brick measures 20 cm × 10 cm × 8 cm. Find the volume of a stack containing 500 such bricks in cubic metres. Textbook Exercise • Brick Stacking Volume 3 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Brick Stack Volume:
• Volume of 1 brick = 20 × 10 × 8 = 1,600 cm³.
• Volume of 500 bricks = 500 × 1,600 = 800,000 cm³.
• In cubic metres: 1 m³ = 1,000,000 cm³.
• Volume = 800,000 ÷ 1,000,000 = 0.8 m³.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
1 brick: 1,600 cm³ 1 M
500 bricks: 800,000 cm³ 1 M
Converted to 0.8 m³ 1 M
Q23 On a two-pan balance scale, a watermelon on the left pan balances with: one 2 kg weight, one 500 g weight, and two 200 g weights on the right pan. What is the weight of the watermelon? Textbook Exercise • Balance Scale Weighing 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Weight Balance:
• 2 kg = 2,000 g.
• Weights on right pan = 2,000 + 500 + 200 + 200 = 2,900 grams (or 2 kg 900 g).
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Sum of weights on pan 1 M
Watermelon weight: 2 kg 900 g 1 M
Q24 When reading the liquid level in a measuring cylinder, why should your eye be level with the bottom of the curved water surface (meniscus)? Textbook Exercise • Measuring Cylinder Meniscus 2 Marks
✅ Step-by-Step Model Answer & Solution:
Accurate Measurement:
• Due to surface tension, water curves upwards slightly at the container edges, forming a concave curved surface called a meniscus.
• Looking from above or below introduces parallax error. Keeping your eye directly level with the lowest point of the meniscus ensures an accurate and true volume reading.
CBSE Step-by-Step Marking Scheme
Meniscus curvature explained 1 M
Avoiding parallax error explained 1 M
🌟 NEP 2020 Competency-Based Case Study (CBQ)

NEP 2020 Competency Case: How Big? How Heavy?

Real-World Math Context: A practical scenario involving How Big? How Heavy? in everyday life and community contexts.

Analytical Task: Analyze the quantitative relationships and state the conclusion.

Apply the step-by-step formulas and concepts mastered in this chapter.
CBSE Assessment Rubric: 1M formula + 1M working + 1M answer